[{"_1":2,"_3":-5,"_4":-5},"loaderData",{"_5":6,"_7":8},"actionData","errors","root",{"_94":95},"routes/item",{"_9":10},"item",{"_11":12,"_13":14,"_15":16,"_17":18,"_19":20,"_21":-5,"_22":23,"_24":25,"_26":27,"_28":29,"_30":29,"_31":32,"_33":34,"_35":36,"_37":38,"_39":40,"_41":42,"_43":44,"_45":-5,"_46":47,"_48":-5,"_49":-5,"_50":51,"_52":53,"_54":55,"_56":57,"_58":57,"_59":60,"_61":40,"_62":63},"id","jxjlsd95nitwvb9hhnz27eaqb","revision",2,"title","1290 Funds 向 SEC 提交新基金 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund 注册文件","originalTitle","1290 Funds (0001605941) (Filer)","summary","1290 Funds 于2026年10月30日向 SEC 提交注册文件，涉及新基金 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund 的 Class E（代码 TNIEX），拟于2026年11月2日生效。","reason","source",{"_11":84,"_85":86,"_87":88,"_89":57,"_90":91,"_92":93},"links",{"_81":82,"_63":83},"publishedAt","2026-10-30T20:22:30.000Z","discoveredAt","2026-10-31T00:46:28.017Z","timelineAt","category","ai-products","tags",[80],"stockSymbols",[],"score",21,"selected",false,"channel","news","story",{"_72":73,"_15":74},"x","readingMode","full","author","language","body",{"_76":-5,"_63":77,"_78":-5,"_79":40},"outline",[],"relatedStories",[75],"indexable",true,"markdownAvailable","group",{"_64":65,"_43":66,"_67":68,"_69":70,"_71":70},"hasTranslation","bodyLanguage","original","factId","faVIYMAwPIoE",{"_72":73,"_15":74},"reportCount",1,"additionalSourceCount",0,"developmentCount","publicId","0902f257-9e32-419d-841e-b0597fb81619","1290 Funds注册新指数基金",{"_72":73,"_15":74},"zh","

Registration Nos. 333-195390 and 811-22959

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 30, 2026

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

UNDER

The Securities Act of 1933

☐

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

☐

Post-Effective Amendment No. 60

☒

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

UNDER

The Investment Company Act of 1940

☐

Amendment No. 62

☒

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

1290 FUNDS

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10105

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including area code: (212) 554-1234

Shane Daly
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Equitable Investment Management, LLC
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10105

(Name and address of agent for service)

Please send copies of all communications to:

Mark C. Amorosi, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
1601 K Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: Effective Date of this Post-Effective Amendment

Title of Securities Being Registered: Class E Shares of Beneficial Interest

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
☐	immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
☒	on November 2, 2026 pursuant to paragraph (b)
☐	60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
☐	75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
if appropriate, check the following box:
☐	This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT

This registration statement is comprised of the following:

Cover Sheet

Contents of Registration Statement

Part A – Prospectus for 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund

Part B – Statement of Additional Information for 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund

Part C – Other Information

Signature Page

Exhibits

This filing is not intended to affect the prospectus or statement of additional information of any previously registered series (or any class of such series) of the Registrant.

\n $\"$

Prospectus

This Prospectus describes the Fund listed below. This Prospectus contains information you should know before investing. Please read this Prospectus carefully before investing and keep it for future reference.

\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund+	Share Class (Ticker)
1290 Equity 500 Index Fund	Class E (TNIEX)

The Fund’s shares are not offered for sale in all states.

\n $\"$

November 2, 2026

The Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission have not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

1290 Funds® is a registered service mark of Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC, New York, NY 10105.

Table of Contents

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

1.	About the Fund
	1290 Equity 500 Index Fund	2
2.	More information on fees and expenses
	Advisory Fees	8
	Administration Fees	8
	Expense Limitation Agreement	8
3.	More information on strategies and risks
	Strategies	10
	Risks	12
4.	Management of the Fund
	1290 Funds	24
	The Adviser	24
	The Sub-Adviser	26
	Conflicts of Interest	26
5.	Investing in the Fund	28
6.	Opening an account	29
7.	Buying and selling shares	30
8.	How fund shares are priced	33
9.	Dividends and other distributions and tax consequences	35
10.	Additional information	36
11.	Financial highlights	37
12.	Appendix
	Historical Performance of the AllianceBernstein L.P. S&P 500 Index Composite	38

Table of Contents 1

1. About the Fund

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund — Class E (TNIEX) Shares

Investment Objective: Seeks to achieve a total return before expenses that approximates the total return performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500® Index (“S&P 500 Index”), including reinvestment of dividends, at a risk level consistent with that of the S&P 500 Index.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

The following table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and example below.

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

\n\n\n

Not applicable.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund	Class E Shares
Management Fee	0.25%
Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees)	0.00%
Other Expenses1	0.75%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	1.00%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement2	(0.72)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement	0.28%

Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

Pursuant to a contract, Equitable Investment Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) has agreed to waive its and its affiliates’ management, administrative and other fees and, if necessary, make payments to the Fund to limit the expenses of the Fund through April 30, 2028 (unless the Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this arrangement) (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) so that the annual operating expenses of the Fund (exclusive of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, capitalized expenses (other than offering costs), fees and expenses of other investment companies in which the Fund invests, 12b-1 fees, dividend and interest expenses on securities sold short, and extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business) do not exceed an annual rate of average daily net assets of 0.28% for Class E shares of the Fund. The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by the Adviser at any time after April 30, 2028. The Adviser may be reimbursed the amount of any such waivers or payments in the future provided that the waivers or payments are reimbursed within three years of the waivers or payments being recorded and the Fund’s expense ratio, after the reimbursement is taken into account, does not exceed the Fund’s expense cap at the time of the waiver or the Fund’s expense cap at the time of the reimbursement, whichever is lower.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the periods indicated, that your investment has a 5% return each year, that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same, and that the Expense Limitation Arrangement is not renewed. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, whether you redeem or hold your shares, your costs would be:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

	1 Year	3 Years
Class E Shares	$29	$247

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund's performance. Because the Fund had not commenced investment operations prior to the date of this prospectus, it does not have portfolio turnover information for the most recent fiscal year to report.

2 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund

Investments, Risks, and Performance

Principal Investment Strategy

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities in the S&P 500 Index. Derivative instruments that provide investment exposure to such investments or exposure to one or more market risk factors associated with such investments are included in the Fund's 80% policy, consistent with the Fund's investment policies and limitations with respect to investments in derivatives. Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in an issuer. The S&P 500 Index is a broad measure of the performance of 500 leading companies chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group representation to represent the equity performance of large-capitalization U.S. companies.

The Sub-Adviser does not anticipate utilizing customary economic, financial or market analyses or other traditional investment techniques to manage the Fund. The Fund is constructed and maintained by utilizing a replication technique. That is, the Fund generally seeks to hold all 500 companies in the S&P 500 Index in the exact weight each represents in the index, although in certain instances a sampling approach may be utilized. This strategy is commonly referred to as an indexing strategy. Individual securities holdings may differ from those of the S&P 500 Index, and the Fund may not track the performance of the S&P 500 Index perfectly due to expenses and transaction costs, the size and frequency of cash flows into and out of the Fund, and differences between how and when the Fund and the S&P 500 Index are valued. The Fund will remain substantially fully invested in securities comprising the index even when prices are generally falling. Similarly, adverse performance of a stock will ordinarily not result in its elimination from the Fund.

The S&P 500 Index covers approximately 80% of the market capitalization of all publicly-traded U.S. equity securities. The securities in the S&P 500 Index are weighted based on the float-adjusted market value of their outstanding shares. The constituents of the S&P 500 Index are likely to change over time.

The Fund may become “non-diversified,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, solely as a result of a change in relative market capitalization or index weighting of one or more constituents of the index that the Fund is designed to track. The Fund may concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets) in a particular industry or group of industries to approximately the same extent as the index the Fund is designed to track concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.

Principal Risks

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The value of your investment may fall, sometimes sharply, and you could lose money by investing in the Fund. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

The following risks can negatively affect the Fund’s performance. The most significant risks as of the date of this Prospectus are presented first, followed by additional principal risks in alphabetical order.

Market Risk — The Fund is subject to the risk that the securities markets will move down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, based on overall economic conditions and other factors, which may negatively affect Fund performance. Securities markets also may experience long periods of decline in value. The value of a security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the market as a whole. Any issuer of securities may perform poorly, causing the value of its securities to decline. Poor performance may be caused by a variety of factors, such as poor management decisions; reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services; competitive pressures; negative perception in the marketplace; loss of major customers; strategic initiatives such as mergers or acquisitions and the market response to any such initiatives; and the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer. The value of a security also may decline due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation rates and/or investor expectations concerning such rates, changes in interest rates, recessions, or adverse investor sentiment generally. During a general downturn in the securities markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously. Even when securities markets perform well, there can be no assurance that the investments held by the Fund will increase in value along with the broader market. Changes in the financial condition of (or other event affecting) a single issuer can impact an individual sector or industry, or the securities markets as a whole. To the extent that securities of issuers behave or are perceived to behave similarly to each other, events affecting one issuer, industry or sector may have a larger impact. The value of a security also may decline due to factors that affect a particular sector or industry, such as tariffs, labor shortages, or increased production costs and competitive conditions within the sector or industry.

Geopolitical events, including acts of terrorism, tensions, war or other open conflicts between nations, or political or economic dysfunction within nations that are global economic powers or major oil or other commodities producers, have led, and may in

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund 3

the future lead, to overall instability in world economies and markets generally and have led, and may in the future lead, to increased market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects. For example, the armed conflict among the United States, Israel and Iran that commenced in February 2026 has contributed to increased volatility and uncertainty in financial markets as well as significant volatility in the oil and natural gas markets, which has created widespread economic disruption. World markets, or those in a particular region, may all react in similar fashion to economic, political or other developments. Events such as environmental and natural disasters or other catastrophes, public health crises (such as epidemics and pandemics), social unrest, and cybersecurity incidents, and governments’ reactions (or failure to react) to such events, could cause uncertainty in the markets and may adversely affect the performance of the global economy. Impacts from climate change may include significant risks to global financial assets and economic growth. The extent and duration of such events and resulting market disruptions could be substantial and could magnify the impact of other risks to the Fund. The value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by developments in other countries and regions, whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to the countries or regions directly affected.

Changes in government or central bank policies, changes in existing laws and regulations, and political, diplomatic and other events within the United States and abroad could cause uncertainty in the markets, may affect investor and consumer confidence, and may adversely impact financial markets and the broader economy, perhaps suddenly and to a significant degree. High public debt and deficits in the United States and other countries create ongoing systemic and market risks and policymaking uncertainty and may negatively affect economic conditions and the values of markets, sectors and companies in which the Fund invests.

In addition, markets and market participants are increasingly reliant on information data systems. Inaccurate data, software or other technology malfunctions, programming inaccuracies, unauthorized use or access, and similar circumstances may impair the performance of these systems and may have an adverse impact upon a single issuer, a group of issuers, or the market at large. Furthermore, impacts from the rapid development and increasingly widespread use of artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies, including by market participants, may include significant risks to global financial markets. Significant downturns in the information technology sector, which includes companies that are investing heavily in AI research, development and infrastructure, could rapidly lead to widespread market weakness.

Index Strategy Risk — The Fund employs an index strategy and generally will not modify its index strategy to respond to changes in market trends or the economy, which means that the Fund may be particularly susceptible to a general decline in the market segment relating to the relevant index. In addition, although the index strategy attempts to closely track the relevant index, the Fund may not invest in all of the securities in the index. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the performance of the index strategy will match that of the relevant index. To the extent that the Fund utilizes a representative sampling approach, it may experience greater tracking error than it would if the Fund sought to replicate the index.

To the extent that the securities of a limited number of companies represent a significant percentage of the relevant index, the Fund may be subject to more risk because changes in the value of a single security may have a more significant effect, either positive or negative, on the Fund’s net asset value. To the extent that the index has a significant weighting in a particular sector or industry, the Fund will be subject to the risks associated with that sector or industry and may experience greater performance volatility than a portfolio that seeks to track the performance of an index that is more broadly diversified.

Index Non-Diversification Risk — To the extent that the Fund becomes non-diversified as necessary to approximate the composition of the index, the Fund may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a single issuer or a limited number of issuers. As a result, the Fund’s performance will be more vulnerable to changes in market value of a single issuer or group of issuers and more susceptible to risks associated with a single adverse economic, political, regulatory or other occurrence affecting one or more of these issuers. The Fund may experience greater performance volatility than a fund that is more broadly invested.

Sector Risk — From time to time, based on market or economic conditions, the Fund may have significant positions in one or more sectors of the market. To the extent the Fund invests more heavily in particular sectors, its performance will be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect those sectors. Individual sectors may be more volatile, and may perform differently, than the broader market. The industries that constitute a sector may all react in the same way to economic, political, regulatory or other events.

Information Technology Sector Risk — As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund's investments are more focused in the information technology sector, consistent with the index. Investment risks associated with investing in the information

4 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund

technology sector include, in addition to other risks, the intense competition to which information technology companies may be subject; the dramatic and often unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for qualified personnel among information technology companies; effects on profitability from being heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights and the loss or impairment of those rights; rapid product obsolescence due to technological developments and frequent new product introduction; disruptions to supply chains and distribution networks; general economic conditions; and legislative or regulatory changes. Any of these factors could result in a material adverse impact on the Fund’s holdings and the performance of the Fund.
Growth in the stock prices of a small group of “mega cap” companies in the information technology sector has caused their market capitalizations to grow, which, in turn, has resulted in these companies making up a significant portion of certain major, market-capitalization weighted stock market indexes, which generally give greater weight to companies with the largest market capitalizations.

Index Concentration Risk — To the extent that the Fund's investments become concentrated in a particular industry or group of industries as necessary to approximate the composition of the index, the Fund's performance will be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect that industry or group of industries.

Large-Cap Company Risk — Larger more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, which may lead to a decline in their market price. Many larger companies also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

Derivatives Risk — The Fund’s investments in derivatives may rise or fall in value more rapidly than other investments and may reduce the Fund’s returns and increase the volatility of the Fund’s net asset value. Investing in derivatives involves investment techniques and risk analyses different from, and risks in some respects greater than, those associated with investing in more traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds. Derivatives may be leveraged such that a small investment can have a significant impact on the Fund’s exposure to stock market values, interest rates, or other investments. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a derivatives contract may cause an immediate and substantial loss, and the Fund could lose more than the amount it invested. Some derivatives can have the potential for unlimited losses. In addition, it may be difficult or impossible for the Fund to purchase or sell certain derivatives in sufficient amounts to achieve the desired level of exposure, or to terminate or offset existing arrangements, which may result in a loss or may be costly to the Fund. Some derivatives are more sensitive to market price fluctuations and to interest rate changes than other investments. Derivatives may not behave as anticipated by the Fund, and derivatives strategies that are successful under certain market conditions may be less successful or unsuccessful under other market conditions. The Fund also may be exposed to losses if the counterparty in the transaction is unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual obligation. In certain cases, the Fund may be hindered or delayed in exercising remedies against or closing out derivatives with a counterparty, resulting in additional losses. Derivatives also may be subject to the risk of mispricing or improper valuation, and valuation may be more difficult in times of market turmoil. Changes to the regulation of derivatives markets and mutual funds’ use of derivatives may impact the Fund’s ability to maintain its investments in derivatives, make derivatives more costly, limit their availability, adversely affect their value or performance, or otherwise disrupt markets.

New Fund Risk — The Fund is newly or recently established and has limited operating history. The Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Until the Fund is fully capitalized, it may be unable to pursue its investment objective or execute its principal investment strategies.

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund 5

Risk/Return Bar Chart and Table

The Fund is newly offered. Performance information will be available in the Prospectus after the Fund has been in operation for one full calendar year.

Who Manages the Fund

Investment Adviser: Equitable Investment Management, LLC (the “Adviser”)

Portfolio Managers: The members of the team that are jointly and primarily responsible for the selection, monitoring and oversight of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser are:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name	Title	Date Began Managing the Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski, CFP®, CLU, ChFC	Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser	2026
Miao Hu, CFA®	Vice President and Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Adviser	2026
Xavier Poutas, CFA®	Vice President and Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Adviser	2026
Kevin McCarthy	Vice President and Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Adviser	2026

Sub-Adviser: AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AllianceBernstein”)

Portfolio Managers: The members of the team that are jointly and primarily responsible for the securities selection, research and trading for the Fund are:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name

Title

Date Began

Managing

the Fund

Joshua Lisser

Head of Index and Derivative Solutions of

AllianceBernstein

2026

Geoff Tomlinson, CFA®

Portfolio Manager, Index and Derivative

Solutions of AllianceBernstein

2026

The Adviser is responsible for overseeing Sub-Advisers and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board of Trustees. The Adviser has been granted relief by the Securities and Exchange Commission to hire, terminate and replace Sub-Advisers for the Fund and enter into and amend sub-advisory agreements on behalf of the Fund subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees and without obtaining shareholder approval. The Adviser may not enter into a sub-advisory agreement on behalf of the Fund with an “affiliated person” of the Adviser unless the sub-advisory agreement is approved by the Fund's shareholders. The relief does not extend to any increase in the advisory fee paid by the Fund to the Adviser; any such increase would be subject to shareholder approval.

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

Class E shares are available only to certain investors, including insurance company affiliates of the Adviser, or such other affiliated institutional accounts as the Adviser shall approve for investment. Eligible investors may purchase and redeem shares of the Fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading at the Fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of a request in good order. Class E shares are currently not offered for sale in all states. Initial purchases may be effected through your financial intermediary. Subsequently, you may purchase or redeem shares either by having your financial intermediary process your purchase or redemption, or by telephone (1-888-310-0416), by overnight mail (1290 Funds, c/o SS&C GIDS, Inc., 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, MO 64105-1407), or by mail (1290 Funds, c/o SS&C GIDS, Inc., PO Box 219166, Kansas City, MO 64121-9166). All redemption requests will be processed and payment with respect thereto will normally be made within seven days after receipt of a request in good order.

6 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund

The initial and subsequent minimums for purchasing shares of the Fund generally are as follows, although the Fund may reduce or waive the minimums in some cases:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Class E

Minimum Initial Investment

$1,000,000

Minimum Additional

Investment

No subsequent minimum

Tax Information

The Fund’s dividends and other distributions generally will be subject to federal income tax as ordinary income or long-term capital gains.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

The Fund and its related companies currently do not pay financial intermediaries for the sale of Fund shares and related services.

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund 7

2. More information on fees and expenses

Advisory Fees

The Fund pays a fee to Equitable Investment Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) for advisory services. The contractual rate of the advisory fee (as an annual percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets) payable by the Fund is:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund

First

$2 Billion

$4 Billion

$2 Billion

$4 Billion

Thereafter

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund

0.250%

0.200%

0.175%

0.150%

0.125%

0.100%

The Sub-Adviser is paid by the Adviser. Changes to the sub-advisory fee may be negotiated, which could result in an increase or decrease in the amount of the advisory fee retained by the Adviser, without shareholder approval. However, any amendment to an investment advisory agreement between the Adviser and 1290 Funds that would result in an increase in the advisory fee rate specified in that agreement (i.e., the aggregate advisory fee) charged to the Fund will be submitted to shareholders for approval.

A discussion of the basis for the decision by the Board of Trustees to approve the investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements with respect to the Fund will be available in the 1290 Funds' Form N-CSR for the fiscal period ending April 30, 2027.

Administration Fees

The Adviser also serves as the administrator of the Fund. The administrative services provided to the Fund by the Adviser include, among others, coordination of 1290 Funds’ audit, financial statements and tax returns; expense management and budgeting; legal administrative services and compliance monitoring; portfolio accounting services, including daily net asset value accounting; operational risk management; and assistance with the administration of 1290 Funds’ proxy voting policies and procedures and anti-money laundering program. For administrative services, in addition to the advisory fee, the Fund pays the Adviser an asset-based administration fee of 0.15% of the average daily net assets of the Fund. The asset-based administration fee is calculated and billed monthly, and subject to an annual minimum of $30,000 per Fund or $30,000 for each allocated portion (or sleeve) of the Fund, as applicable.

Expense Limitation Agreement

In the interest of limiting the expenses of the Fund through April 30, 2028 (unless the Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this arrangement), the Adviser has entered into an expense limitation agreement with 1290 Funds with respect to the Fund (“Expense Limitation Agreement”). Pursuant to the Expense Limitation Agreement, the Adviser has agreed to waive its and its affiliates’ management, administrative and other fees and, if necessary, make payments to the Fund to limit the expenses of the Fund so that the annual operating expenses of the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, 12b-1 fees, dividend and interest expenses on securities sold short, other expenditures that are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (other than offering costs), other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business and fees and expenses of other investment companies in which the Fund may invest), as a percentage of average daily net assets, do not exceed the expense ratio in the following table. The expense ratio in the table does not include expenses noted above.

Expense Limitation Provision

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

	Total Annual Operating Expenses Limited to (% of average daily net assets, excluding expenses noted above)
Fund	Class E
1290 Equity 500 Index Fund	0.28%

The Adviser may be reimbursed the amount of any such waivers or payments in the future provided that the waivers or payments are reimbursed within three years of the waivers or payments being recorded and the Fund’s expense ratio, after the reimbursement is taken into account, does not exceed the Fund’s expense cap at the time of the waiver or the Fund’s

8 More information on fees and expenses

expense cap at the time of the reimbursement, whichever is lower. If the actual expense ratio is less than the expense cap and the Adviser has recouped any eligible previous waivers or payments made, the Fund will be charged such lower expenses.

Waivers or payments will increase returns and yield, and reimbursement of waivers or payments will decrease returns and yields.

More information on fees and expenses 9

3. More information on strategies and risks

Strategies

Changes in Investment Objectives and Principal Investment Strategies

There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The investment objective of the Fund may be changed without shareholder approval. Except as otherwise noted, the investment policies and strategies of the Fund are not fundamental policies and may be changed without a shareholder vote. In addition, to the extent the Fund is undergoing a transition (such as a reorganization or rebalancing, or experiences large inflows or outflows) or takes a temporary defensive position, it may not be pursuing its investment objective or executing its principal investment strategies.

The Fund seeks to achieve a total return before expenses that approximates the total return performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500® Index (“S&P 500 Index”), including reinvestment of dividends, at a risk level consistent with that of the S&P 500 Index.

80% Policy

The Fund has a non-fundamental investment policy that, under normal circumstances, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities in the S&P 500 Index. Investments in derivatives may be counted toward the Fund’s 80% policy to the extent that they provide investment exposure to the securities included within the policy or to one or more market risk factors associated with such securities. Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in an issuer. The S&P 500 Index is a broad measure of the performance of 500 leading companies chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group representation to represent the equity performance of large-capitalization U.S. companies.

Concentration Policy

The Fund may concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries to approximately the same extent as the index the Fund is designed to track concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries. The Fund’s concentration policy is a fundamental policy and may not be changed without a shareholder vote.

Indexing Strategy

The Fund seeks to track the total return performance (before fees and expenses) of a particular index. The following provides additional information regarding the management strategies employed by the Sub-Adviser to the Fund in pursuing this objective.

The Sub-Adviser to the Fund seeks to track the total return performance (before fees and expenses) of a particular index and does not utilize customary economic, financial or market analyses or other traditional investment techniques to manage the Fund. Rather, the Sub-Adviser may employ a full replication technique or a sampling technique in seeking to track the total return performance (before fees and expenses) of the index. A full replication technique generally involves holding each security in a particular index in approximately the same weight that the security represents in the index. Conversely, a sampling technique strives to match the characteristics of a particular index without having to purchase every security in that index by selecting a representative sample of securities for the Fund based on the characteristics of the index and the particular securities included therein. Such characteristics may include, with respect to equity indexes, industry weightings, market capitalizations and fundamental characteristics.

In addition, during any period when the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser to the Fund determines that it would be impracticable or uneconomical for the Fund to invest its assets in accordance with its primary investment policies (e.g., the Fund does not have sufficient assets to buy all of the securities in the relevant index and to manage those assets in an efficient manner), the Fund may pursue its investment strategy by investing in funds, including exchange-traded funds, that seek to track the performance (before fees and expenses) of the relevant index.

Additional Information about the Investment Strategies

The following provides additional information regarding the principal investment strategies discussed in the “About the Fund — Investments, Risks, and Performance — Principal Investment Strategy” section for the Fund, and information regarding additional investment strategies that the Fund may employ. The Fund also may make other types of investments to the extent permitted by applicable law. For further information about investment strategies, please see the 1290 Funds' Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

10 More information on strategies and risks

Cash Management — The Fund may invest its uninvested cash in high-quality, short-term debt securities, including repurchase agreements and high-quality money market instruments, and also may invest its uninvested cash in money market funds. Generally, these securities offer less potential for gains than other types of securities.

Derivatives — The Fund may use “derivative” instruments to hedge its portfolio against market, economic, currency, issuer and other risks, to gain or manage exposure to the markets, sectors and securities in which the Fund may invest and to other economic factors that affect the Fund's performance (such as interest rate movements), to increase total return or income, to reduce transaction costs, to manage cash, and for other fund management purposes. The Fund may also use “derivative” instruments to assist in replicating the total return performance of the index it seeks to track. In general terms, a derivative instrument is an investment contract the value of which is linked to (or is derived from), in whole or in part, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index (e.g., stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates and market indexes). Futures and options contracts (including futures and options on individual securities and equity market indexes and options on futures contracts), swaps (including interest rate swaps, total return swaps, currency swaps and credit default swaps) and forward contracts, and structured securities, including forward currency contracts, are examples of derivatives in which the Fund may invest. To the extent the Fund engages in derivatives transactions, it may maintain a significant percentage of its assets in cash and cash equivalent instruments, which may serve as margin or collateral for the Fund's obligations under derivative transactions.

Equity Securities — The Fund may invest in equity securities. Equity securities may be bought on stock exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. Equity securities generally include common stock, preferred stock, warrants, securities convertible into common stock, securities of other investment companies and securities of real estate investment trusts.

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”) — The Fund may invest in ETFs. ETFs are investment companies or other investment vehicles whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market and may be purchased and sold throughout the trading day based on their market price. Generally, a passively managed (or index-based) ETF seeks to track a securities index or a basket of securities that an “index provider” (such as Standard & Poor’s, Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI), FTSE Group, or Bloomberg) selects as representative of a market, market segment, industry, sector, country or geographic region. An index-based ETF generally holds the same stocks or bonds as the index it seeks to track (or it may hold a representative sample of such securities). Accordingly, an index-based ETF is designed so that its performance, before fees and expenses, will correspond with that of the index it seeks to track. ETFs also may be actively managed. An actively managed ETF generally seeks to outperform an index.

When the Fund invests in ETFs, it will indirectly bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses incurred by the ETFs. These fees and expenses are in addition to the advisory fees and other expenses that the Fund and its shareholders bear directly in connection with the Fund’s own operations. As a result, the Fund’s shareholders will be subject to two layers of fees and expenses with respect to investments in the Fund. The Fund also will pay brokerage commissions in connection with the purchase and sale of shares of ETFs.

Generally, the Fund’s investments in other investment companies (including ETFs) are subject to statutory limitations in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), including in certain circumstances a prohibition against acquiring shares of another investment company if, immediately after such acquisition, the Fund (i) would hold more than 3% of such other investment company’s total outstanding shares, (ii) would have invested more than 5% of its total assets in such other investment company, or (iii) would have invested more than 10% of its total assets in investment companies in the aggregate. However, there are regulatory exemptions from these restrictions under the 1940 Act on which the Fund may rely to invest in ETFs in excess of these limits, subject to certain conditions.

Futures — The Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on individual securities or securities indexes. In purchasing a futures contract, the buyer agrees to purchase a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. In selling a futures contract, the seller agrees to sell a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when the buyer and seller enter into the contract. Futures can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out before then if a liquid market is available. The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase the Fund’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When the Fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the market. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold. Futures contracts in which the Fund may invest are highly standardized contracts that typically trade on futures exchanges.

The use of futures contracts and similar instruments may be deemed to involve the use of leverage because the Fund is not required to invest the full market value of the futures contract upon entering into the contract. Instead, the Fund, upon entering into a futures contract (and to maintain its open position in a futures contract), is required to post collateral for the contract, known as “initial margin”

More information on strategies and risks 11

and “variation margin,” the amount of which may vary but which generally equals a relatively small percentage (e.g., less than 5%) of the value of the contract being traded.

Illiquid Investments — The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. Illiquid investment means any investment the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment.

Portfolio Turnover — The Fund does not restrict the frequency of trading to limit expenses. The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve its investment objective. A portfolio turnover rate of 100%, for example, is equivalent to the Fund buying and selling all of its portfolio securities once during the course of a given fiscal year. Sales of securities through frequent trading may result in realization of taxable capital gain, including short-term capital gain that will generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, and may adversely affect the Fund’s after-tax returns and its performance.

Securities Lending — The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, other financial institutions and other eligible persons so long as such loans do not represent more than 33-1/3% of the Fund’s total assets (including any collateral received from the loans). Loans of portfolio securities permit the Fund to earn additional income on its portfolio securities. All loans of portfolio securities by the Fund will be made pursuant to agreements that require the loans to be continuously secured by collateral in the form of cash or U.S. government or agency securities with a value at least equal at all times to the current market value of the securities loaned. The value of the securities on loan may change each business day. A Fund with securities on loan generally will be entitled to obtain additional collateral from, or return excess collateral to, a borrower by the end of the next business day following a change in the value of the securities on loan. The Fund may reinvest cash collateral received in connection with a securities loan in short-term, highly liquid investments, such as money market funds and repurchase agreements, to earn additional returns.

Temporary Defensive Investments — For temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the Fund may invest, without limit, in cash, money market instruments or high quality, short-term debt securities, including repurchase agreements. To the extent the Fund is invested in these instruments, the Fund will not be pursuing its principal investment strategies and may not achieve its investment objective.

Risks

Risk is the chance that you will lose money on your investment or that it will not earn as much as you expect. In general, the greater the risk, the more money your investment can earn for you and the more you can lose. Like other investment companies, the value of the Fund's shares may be affected by the Fund's investment objective, principal investment strategies and particular risk factors. Consequently, the Fund may be subject to different risks than another investment company. Some of the risks of investing in the Fund are discussed below, including the principal risks of the Fund as discussed in “About the Fund — Investments, Risks, and Performance — Principal Risks.” However, other factors may also affect the Fund's investment results. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective or that it will not lose value. For further information about investment risks, please see the 1290 Funds’ SAI.

Principal Investment Risks

As indicated in “About the Fund — Investments, Risks, and Performance — Principal Risks,” the Fund may be subject to the following principal risks. The risks, which are described in alphabetical order and not in order of perceived importance or potential exposure, can negatively affect the Fund's performance.

Derivatives Risk — A derivative instrument is generally an investment contract the value of which depends upon (or is derived from), in whole or in part, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, index or event (e.g., stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates and market indexes). The Fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall in value more rapidly than other investments and may reduce the Fund's returns and increase the volatility of the Fund's net asset value. Examples of derivative instruments include, among others, forward contracts, futures contracts, options contracts, options on futures contracts, and swaps. The following provides a more general discussion of important risk factors (e.g., counterparty and credit risk, leveraging risk, liquidity risk, management risk, market and interest rate risk, valuation risk, and other risks) relating to all derivative instruments that the Fund may use. A discussion of additional risks associated with particular derivative instruments follows the general discussion, and particular derivative instruments are discussed in more detail under “Additional Investment Strategies and Risks” in the Statement of Additional Information.

Counterparty and Credit Risk — The Fund may be exposed to losses if the counterparty in the transaction is unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual obligation. Counterparty risk may arise because of market activities and developments, the counterparty’s financial condition (including financial difficulties, bankruptcy, or insolvency), or other reasons. To the extent the Fund has significant exposure to a single counterparty or small group of counterparties, this risk will be particularly pronounced. In addition, derivatives traded over-the-counter that are uncleared do not benefit from the protections provided by exchanges

12 More information on strategies and risks

and central counterparties (derivatives clearing organizations and clearing corporations) in the event that a counterparty is unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual obligation. Such uncleared over-the-counter derivatives therefore involve greater counterparty and credit risk and may be more difficult to value than exchange-traded derivatives that are cleared by a central counterparty.

Leveraging Risk — Derivatives may be leveraged such that a small investment can have a significant impact on the Fund’s exposure to stock market values, interest rates, currency exchange rates or other investments. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a derivatives contract may cause an immediate and substantial loss or gain, and the Fund could lose more than the amount it invested. The Fund may experience leveraging risk in connection with investments in derivatives because its investments in derivatives may be small relative to the investment exposure assumed, leaving more assets to be invested in other investments. Such investments may have the effect of leveraging the Fund because the Fund may experience gains or losses not only on its investments in derivatives, but also on the investments purchased with the remainder of the assets. If the value of the Fund’s investments in derivatives is increasing, this could be offset by declining values of the Fund’s other investments. Conversely, it is possible that a rise in the value of the Fund’s non-derivative investments could be offset by a decline in the value of the Fund’s investments in derivatives. In either scenario, the Fund may experience losses. In a market where the value of the Fund’s investments in derivatives is declining and the value of its other investments is declining, the Fund may experience substantial losses. Some derivatives can have the potential for unlimited losses, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

Liquidity Risk — It may be difficult or impossible for the Fund to purchase or sell certain derivatives in sufficient amounts to achieve the desired level of exposure, which may result in a loss or may be costly to the Fund. In addition, the possible lack of a liquid secondary market for certain derivatives, and the resulting inability of the Fund to sell or otherwise close out a derivatives position, could expose the Fund to losses and could make such derivatives more difficult for the Fund to value accurately.

Management Risk — Derivative products are highly specialized instruments. Investing in derivatives involves investment techniques and risk analyses different from, and risks in some respects greater than, those associated with investing in more traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds. The use of a derivative requires an understanding not only of the underlying asset, reference rate, index or event, but also of the derivative itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions.

Market and Interest Rate Risk — Some derivatives are more sensitive to market price fluctuations and to interest rate changes than other investments. The successful use of derivatives will usually depend on the Adviser’s or a Sub-Adviser’s ability to accurately forecast movements in the market relating to the underlying asset, reference rate, index or event. If the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser does not predict correctly the direction of asset prices, interest rates and other economic factors, the Fund’s derivatives positions could lose value. Derivatives may not behave as anticipated by the Fund, especially in abnormal market conditions. Derivatives strategies that are successful under certain market conditions may be less successful or unsuccessful under other market conditions. While some derivatives strategies can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments.

Valuation Risk — Derivatives also may be subject to the risk of mispricing or improper valuation, and valuation may be more difficult in times of market turmoil. Improper valuations can result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to the Fund. Changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly, or at all, with the underlying asset, reference rate or index.

Other Risks — Derivatives also may be subject to risks related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, systems failures, inadequate controls, and human error, as well as legal risks, such as insufficient documentation, the lack of capacity or authority of a counterparty to execute or settle a transaction, or the legality or enforceability of a contract.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds, any loss generated by the derivative should generally be offset by gains on the hedged instrument, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it also can reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the hedged investment, and there can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging transactions will be effective. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in derivative transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that might be beneficial or that, if used, such strategies will be successful.

When the Fund uses derivatives, it will likely be required to provide margin or collateral; these practices are intended to satisfy contractual undertakings and regulatory requirements and will not prevent the Fund from incurring losses on derivatives. The need to provide margin or collateral could limit the Fund's ability to pursue other opportunities as they arise. Derivatives that have margin requirements involve the risk that if the Fund has insufficient cash or eligible margin securities to meet daily variation

More information on strategies and risks 13

margin requirements, it may have to sell securities or other instruments from its portfolio at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. Derivatives also may involve fees, commissions, or other costs that may reduce the Fund’s gains or exacerbate its losses from the derivatives.

The federal income tax treatment of a derivative may not be as favorable as a direct investment in an underlying asset and may adversely affect the timing, character and amount of income the Fund realizes from its investments. In addition, certain derivatives are subject to mark-to-market or straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The federal income tax treatment of certain derivatives, such as swaps, is unsettled and may be subject to future legislation, regulation or administrative pronouncements issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

Legislative and regulatory developments may limit the availability of certain derivatives, may reduce the attractiveness or increase the cost of derivatives, and may otherwise adversely impact the performance and value of derivatives. Legislative and regulatory developments also may change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Such developments may impact the Fund’s ability to invest, or remain invested, in certain derivatives, adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective, and adversely affect the Fund’s efficiency in implementing its investment strategies. Complying with new or changing requirements also may increase the cost of the Fund’s investments and the cost of implementing the Fund’s investment program and related operations, which could adversely affect the Fund and its investors. For example, the Fund has implemented policies and procedures to comply with SEC requirements and restrictions governing registered funds’ (including the Fund's) use of derivatives (“Rule 18f-4”). Because the Fund’s derivatives exposure is expected to be 10% or less of its net assets, the Fund is classified as a ‘‘limited derivatives user’’ under Rule 18f-4 and, as such, is not subject to the full requirements of the rule but is still required to implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage its derivatives risk. The requirements of Rule 18f-4 are intended to reduce derivatives risk, but they may not work as intended.

A discussion of additional risks associated with particular derivative instruments follows:

Futures Contract Risk — There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular time. Exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for futures contracts and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves upward or downward more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt is imposed, it may be impossible to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the market for a contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or other market conditions, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions, and potentially could require the Fund to continue to hold a position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, the Fund’s access to other assets held to cover its futures positions could also be impaired.

Equity Securities Risk — In general, the values of stocks and other equity securities fluctuate, and sometimes widely fluctuate, in response to changes in a company’s financial condition as well as general market, economic and political conditions and other factors. Stock markets tend to run in cycles, with periods when stock prices generally go up and periods when stock prices generally go down. However, stock markets also can move up and down rapidly and unpredictably. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed-income securities. The Fund may experience a significant or complete loss on its investment in an equity security. Regardless of where a company is organized or its stock is traded, its performance may be significantly affected by events in regions from which it derives its profits or in which it conducts significant operations. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, which increase borrowing costs and the costs of capital. In the event of liquidation, equity securities are generally subordinate in rank to debt and other securities of the same issuer.

Index Non-Diversification Risk — To the extent that the Fund becomes non-diversified as necessary to approximate the composition of its index, the Fund may invest a relatively high percentage of its assets in a single issuer or a limited number of issuers. As a result, the Fund’s performance will be more vulnerable to changes in market value of a single issuer or group of issuers and more susceptible to risks associated with a single adverse economic, political, regulatory or other occurrence affecting one or more of these issuers. The Fund may experience greater performance volatility than a fund that is more broadly invested.

Index Strategy Risk — The Fund generally will not modify its index strategy to respond to changes in the economy, which means that it may be particularly susceptible to a general decline in the market segment relating to the relevant index. To the extent that the index has a significant weighting in a particular sector, the Fund will be subject to the risks associated with that sector and may experience greater performance volatility than a fund that seeks to track the performance of an index that is more broadly diversified. In addition, although the index strategy attempts to closely track the relevant index, the Fund may not invest in all of the securities in the index. Also, unlike index performance, the Fund’s performance will be reduced by its fees and expenses. Cash flow into and

14 More information on strategies and risks

out of the Fund, portfolio transaction costs, changes in the securities that constitute the index, the Fund’s need to comply with certain regulatory restrictions that do not apply to the index, and the Fund’s valuation procedures also may affect the Fund’s performance. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the performance of the index strategy will match or achieve a high degree of correlation to that of the relevant index. Tracking error (that is, the divergence, positive or negative, between the performance of the Fund and the relevant index) may cause the Fund’s performance to be less than expected. To the extent the Fund’s investments track the relevant index, the Fund may underperform other funds that invest more broadly. In addition, errors relating to the index may occur from time to time and may not be identified and corrected by the index provider for a period of time or at all, and market or other disruptions could cause delays in the index’s rebalancing schedule. Such errors and/or disruptions may result in losses for the Fund.

To the extent that the securities of a limited number of companies represent a significant percentage of the relevant index, the Fund may be subject to more risk because changes in the value of a single security may have a more significant effect, either positive or negative, on the Fund’s net asset value. The Fund may experience greater performance volatility than a fund that seeks to track the performance of an index that is more broadly diversified.

To the extent that the Fund utilizes a representative sampling approach, it may experience greater tracking error than it would if the Fund sought to replicate the index. The Fund’s use of a representative sampling approach will result in its holding a smaller number of securities than are in the index it seeks to track. As a result, an adverse development with respect to an issuer of securities held by the Fund could result in a greater decline in net asset value than would be the case if the Fund held all of the securities in the index.

Information Technology Sector Risk — Investment risks associated with investing in the information technology sector include, in addition to other risks, the intense competition to which information technology companies may be subject; the dramatic and often unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for qualified personnel among information technology companies; effects on profitability from being heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights and the loss or impairment of those rights; rapid product obsolescence due to technological developments and frequent new product introduction; disruptions to supply chains and distribution networks; general economic conditions; and changes in legislation or government regulations. Information technology companies also may be adversely affected by actual or perceived security vulnerabilities or other defects in their products and services, which may result in lawsuits, government enforcement actions and remediation costs. Any of these factors could result in a material adverse impact on the Fund’s holdings and the performance of the Fund. The value of the Fund’s shares could experience significantly greater volatility than the value of shares of funds investing more broadly.

Large-Cap and Mega-Cap Company Risk — Larger more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, which may lead to a decline in their market price. Many larger companies also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion. As such, the return on investment in securities of large-cap and mega-cap companies may be less than the return on investment in securities of small- and/or mid-cap companies. Investing more heavily in one market capitalization category carries the risk that due to market conditions that category may be out of favor with investors.

Large Transaction Risk — A significant percentage of the Fund’s shares may be owned or controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates or other large shareholders . Accordingly, the Fund is subject to the potential for large-scale, relative to its asset size, inflows and outflows as a result of purchases and redemptions of its shares by such shareholders. These inflows and outflows may accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders if such sales of investments result in gains. These inflows and outflows may be frequent and could negatively affect the Fund’s net asset value and performance, and could cause the Fund to purchase or sell securities at a time when it would not normally do so. It would be particularly disadvantageous for the Fund if it experiences outflows and needs to sell securities at a time of volatility in the markets, when values could be falling. These inflows and outflows also could negatively affect the Fund’s ability to meet shareholder redemption requests or could limit the Fund’s ability to pay redemption proceeds within the time period stated in its prospectus because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests, or other reasons. During periods of declining or illiquid markets, the Adviser or its affiliates also could be subject to conflicts of interest in selecting Fund shares for redemption and in deciding whether and when to redeem such shares. In addition, these inflows and outflows could increase the Fund’s brokerage or other transaction costs, and large-scale outflows could cause the Fund’s actual expenses to increase, or could result in the Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, which, depending on any applicable expense caps, could lead to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio. Although large transactions may be more frequent under certain circumstances, the Fund is generally subject to the risk that shareholders can purchase or redeem a significant percentage of Fund shares at any time.

More information on strategies and risks 15

investor expectations concerning such rates, changes in interest rates or currency rates, recessions, global demand for particular products or resources, lack of liquidity in the markets, or adverse investor sentiment generally. In some cases, for example, the stock prices of individual companies have been negatively impacted even though there may be little or no apparent degradation in the financial condition or prospects of the issuers. The value of a security also may decline due to factors that affect a particular sector or industry, such as the imposition (or threat) of tariffs; labor shortages; or increased production costs and competitive conditions within the sector or industry.

Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed income securities, although under certain market conditions fixed income securities may have comparable or greater price volatility. During a general downturn in the securities markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously. Adverse market conditions may be prolonged and may not have the same impact on all types of securities or asset classes. Changes in value may be temporary or may last for extended periods. Changes in the financial condition of (or other event affecting) a single issuer can impact an individual sector or industry, or the securities markets as a whole. To the extent that securities of issuers behave or are perceived to behave similarly to each other, events affecting one issuer, industry or sector may have a larger impact. The Fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on any individual security. Even when securities markets perform well, there can be no assurance that the investments held by the Fund will increase in value along with the broader market. Market factors, such as the demand for particular portfolio securities, may cause the price of certain portfolio securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Historical patterns of correlation among asset classes may break down in unanticipated ways during times of high volatility, disrupting investment programs and potentially causing losses. In addition, market speculation focused on profiting from fluctuations in the value of one or more securities or asset classes over a short period of time may result in large-scale and sudden purchases and sales of those securities or asset classes, which can significantly affect the value of those securities and asset classes as well as the market more broadly in unexpected ways, and cause significant share price volatility and losses for the Fund.

Global economies and financial markets are highly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that conditions in one country or region or events affecting a single or small number of issuers will adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. World markets, or those in a particular region, may all react in similar fashion to economic, political or other developments. Geopolitical and other events, including acts of terrorism, tensions, war or other open conflicts between nations, or political or economic dysfunction within nations that are global economic powers or major oil or other commodities producers, have led, and may in the future lead, to overall instability in world economies and markets generally and have led, and may in the future lead, to increased market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects. Events such as environmental, natural or man-made disasters or other catastrophes, public health crises (such as epidemics and pandemics), social unrest, labor unrest, supply chain disruptions, bank failures, widespread and prolonged power outages, and cybersecurity incidents, and governments’ reactions (or failure to react) to such events, could cause uncertainty in the markets and may adversely affect the performance of the global economy. As a result, the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by developments in other countries and regions, whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to the countries or regions directly affected. Securities issued by U.S. entities with substantial foreign operations or holdings can involve risks relating to conditions in foreign countries. Events and evolving conditions in certain economies or markets may alter the risks associated with investments tied to countries or regions that historically were perceived as comparatively stable and make such investments riskier and more volatile or less attractive. In addition, securities and financial markets may be susceptible to market manipulation or other fraudulent trade practices, which could disrupt the orderly functioning of these markets or adversely affect the values of investments traded in these markets, including investments held by the Fund. Moreover, systemic market dislocations of the kind that occurred during the global financial crisis that began in 2008, if repeated, would be highly disruptive to economies and markets, adversely affecting individual companies and industries, securities markets, interest rates, credit ratings, inflation, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of the Fund’s investments.

Impacts from climate change may include significant risks to global financial assets and economic growth. Certain issuers, industries and regions may be adversely affected by the impacts of climate change, including on the demand for and the development of goods and services and related production costs, and the impacts of legislation, regulation and international accords related to climate change, as well as any indirect consequences of regulation or business trends driven by climate change.

Changes in government or central bank policies, changes to regulations involving the securities markets (including lack of adequate regulations for a market or particular type of instrument), and political, diplomatic and other events within the United States and abroad may affect investor and consumer confidence and may increase uncertainty in or impair the operation of the U.S. or other securities markets, perhaps suddenly and to a significant degree.

In addition, markets and market participants are increasingly reliant on both publicly available and proprietary information data systems. Inaccurate data, software or other technology malfunctions, programming inaccuracies, unauthorized use or access, and similar circumstances may impair the performance of these systems and may have an adverse impact upon a single issuer, a group of issuers, or the market at large. In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on either specific securities

16 More information on strategies and risks

or even the entire market, which may result in the Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or accurately price its investments.

Furthermore, impacts from the rapid development and increasingly widespread use of artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies, including by market participants, may include significant risks to global financial markets. The use of AI technologies may impact the market as a whole, including potentially through the use of AI technologies by malicious actors for market manipulation, fraud and cyberattacks. In addition, the unpredictable nature of AI’s impact on market dynamics complicates traditional risk assessment models, making it challenging to identify risks and opportunities using historical data. Moreover, significant downturns in the information technology sector, which includes companies that are investing heavily in AI research, development and infrastructure, could rapidly lead to widespread market weakness.

New Fund Risk — The Fund is newly or recently established and has limited operating history. The Fund’s performance may not represent how the Fund is expected to or may perform in the long-term and the Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy. Fund performance may be lower or higher during this “ramp-up” period, and may also be more volatile, than would be the case after the Fund is fully invested. In addition, investment positions may have a disproportionate impact (negative or positive) on performance in new funds. There can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders.

Portfolio Management Risk — The Fund is subject to the risk that strategies used by an investment manager and its securities selections fail to produce the intended results. In addition, many processes used in Fund management, including security selection, rely, in whole or in part, on the use of various technologies, some of which are created or maintained by an investment manager or its affiliates and some of which are created or maintained by third parties. The Fund may suffer losses if there are imperfections, errors or limitations in the quantitative, analytic or other tools, resources, information and data used, or the analyses employed or relied on, by an investment manager, or if such tools, resources, information or data are used incorrectly, fail to produce the desired results, or otherwise do not work as intended. Imperfections, errors or limitations may go undetected for long periods of time or may never be detected, which could adversely affect decision making for the Fund, as well as the Fund’s operations or performance, and may result in, among other things, the execution of unanticipated trades, the failure to execute anticipated trades, the failure to properly gather and organize available data and/or the failure to take certain hedging or risk-reducing actions. There can be no assurance that the use of these technologies will result in effective investment decisions for the Fund or enable the Fund to achieve its investment objective. Furthermore, artificial intelligence technologies are evolving and may be under development or implemented (or may already have been deployed) for certain processes, including portfolio management, data monitoring and analysis, security selection, trading, and portfolio risk management. The use of artificial intelligence or other evolving or emerging technologies presents significant risks and may exacerbate the aforementioned risks.

Sector Risk — To the extent the Fund invests more heavily in one sector, industry, or sub-sector of the market, its performance will be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect that sector, industry, or sub-sector. An individual sector, industry, or sub-sector of the market may be more volatile, and may perform differently, than the broader market. The industries that constitute a sector may all react in the same way to economic, political, regulatory or other events. An individual sector, industry, or sub-sector of the market may be affected by a change in financial condition or other event affecting a single issuer. The Fund’s performance could also be affected if the sector, industry, or sub-sector does not perform as expected. Alternatively, the lack of exposure to one or more sectors or industries may adversely affect performance.

General Investment Risks

The Fund is subject to the following general risks. The risks, which are described in alphabetical order and not in order of perceived importance or potential exposure, can negatively affect the Fund's performance.

Artificial Intelligence Risk — The risks of increased use of artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies, including machine learning models and generative AI, include data risk, transparency risk, and operational risk. The use of AI technologies by the Fund’s service providers or the issuers in which the Fund invests generally requires the collection and processing of substantial amounts of data, which can include proprietary information that may be a high potential target for cybersecurity attacks. AI technologies also may incorporate biased or inaccurate data, and it is not possible or practicable to incorporate all relevant data into such technologies. The output or results of any such AI technologies may therefore be incomplete, inaccurate, distorted or misleading. Further, AI tools may lack transparency as to how data is utilized and how outputs are generated. AI technologies also may allow the unintended introduction of vulnerabilities into infrastructures and applications. The use of AI technologies also relies on a number of different service providers, which increases operational and cybersecurity risks. The use of AI technologies introduces numerous potential challenges and could lead to reputational harm, competitive disadvantages, legal liability, disruptions to business operations, operational errors and investment losses by users of AI technologies, all of which could impact the Fund. The actual usage of AI technologies

More information on strategies and risks 17

by the Fund’s service providers or the issuers in which the Fund invests will vary. AI technologies and their current and potential future applications, as well as the regulatory frameworks within which they operate, continue to evolve rapidly, and it is impossible to anticipate the full extent of future AI capabilities or regulations and the associated risks to the Fund.

Asset Class Risk — The Fund is subject to the risk that the returns from the asset classes, or types of securities, in which it invests will underperform the general securities markets or different asset classes. Different asset classes tend to go through cycles of outperformance and underperformance in comparison to each other and to the general securities markets.

Cybersecurity and Operational Risk — The Fund and its service providers, and shareholders’ ability to transact with the Fund, may be negatively impacted due to operational risks arising from, among other things, human errors, processing errors, communication errors, counterparty and third-party disruptions or errors, systems and technology disruptions or failures, cybersecurity incidents, or the use of or integration of artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies. Cybersecurity incidents may allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause the Fund or its service providers, as well as securities trading venues and their service providers, to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality, including the ability to perform critical functions. Cybersecurity incidents can result from deliberate attacks (e.g., malicious software coding, ransomware, or “hacking”) or unintentional events (e.g., inadvertent release of confidential information, including by the Fund or its service providers). Geopolitical tensions may increase the scale and sophistication of deliberate attacks, particularly those from nation-states or from entities with nation-state backing. Technology is continuously changing, and new ways to carry out cybersecurity attacks continue to develop. AI technologies have enhanced the ability of threat actors to amplify the potency, scale, and speed of deliberate cybersecurity attacks. A cybersecurity incident could, among other things, result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, customers or employees being unable to access electronic systems (“denial of services”), loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or remediation costs associated with system repairs. Power outages, natural disasters, and equipment malfunctions that threaten information and technology systems relied upon by the Fund or its service providers, as well as market events that occur at a pace that overloads these systems, may also disrupt business operations or impact critical data. Any of these results could have a substantial adverse impact on the Fund and its shareholders.

The occurrence of any of these problems could result in a loss of information, the inability to process Fund transactions or calculate the Fund’s net asset value, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory scrutiny, penalties, fines, reputational damage, additional compliance costs or other consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Fund or its shareholders. The Adviser, through its monitoring and oversight of Fund service providers, seeks to determine that service providers take appropriate precautions to avoid and mitigate risks that could lead to such problems. However, given the continuously evolving nature of this threat, it is not possible for the Adviser or other Fund service providers to identify all of the cybersecurity or other operational risks that may affect the Fund or to develop processes and controls to completely eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. Among other situations, disruptions (for example, pandemics or health crises) or other developments that cause prolonged periods of remote work or significant employee absences at the Fund’s service providers could impact the ability to conduct the Fund’s operations. The Fund may incur substantial costs to prevent or address cybersecurity incidents. There also is a chance that a cybersecurity incident may not be detected.

Most issuers in which the Fund invests are heavily dependent on computers for data storage and operations and require ready access to the internet to conduct their businesses. Thus, cybersecurity incidents could also affect issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Fund’s investments in the securities of such issuers to lose value.

Furthermore, the use of AI technologies by the Fund’s service providers or the issuers in which the Fund invests generally requires the collection and processing of substantial amounts of data, which can include proprietary information that may be a high potential target for cybersecurity attacks. The use of AI technologies also relies on a number of different service providers, which increases operational and cybersecurity risks.

Issuer-Specific Risk — The value of an individual security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the market as a whole. Any issuer of securities may perform poorly, causing the value of, and/or the return generated by, its securities to decline. Poor performance may be caused by a variety of factors, such as poor management decisions; reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services; competitive pressures; negative perception in the marketplace; poor succession planning; loss of major customers; changes in technology; investigations or other controversies related to the issuer; strategic initiatives such as mergers, acquisitions or dispositions and the market response to any such initiatives; fraudulent disclosures; and the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets. Certain unanticipated events, such as litigation or natural disasters, can have a dramatic adverse effect on the value of an issuer’s securities. A change in the financial condition of (or other event affecting) a single issuer may affect securities markets as a whole.

18 More information on strategies and risks

Recent Market Conditions Risk — U.S. and international markets have experienced significant volatility in recent months and years. As a result of such volatility, investment returns may fluctuate significantly. Global economies and financial markets are highly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that conditions in one country or region will adversely impact issuers in a different country or region.

Tensions, war, or other open conflicts, such as among the United States, Israel and Iran, between Russia and Ukraine, otherwise in the Middle East, and in eastern Asia, have had, and could continue to have, severe adverse effects on national, regional and global economies and have contributed to increased volatility and uncertainty in the financial markets. The responses to such conflicts, such as military and/or economic retaliation by the countries directly involved and other countries, create the potential for escalation and wider conflict. The extent and duration of ongoing military actions or hostilities and the repercussions of such events, including the potential for cyber warfare, remain highly uncertain and are impossible to predict. These events have resulted in, and could continue to result in, significant market disruptions, including severe volatility in the oil and natural gas markets and potentially in other industries and sectors, and could further strain global supply chains, negatively affect inflation and global growth, and intensify regional or global instability. The resulting adverse market and geopolitical conditions could be prolonged. These and any related events could significantly impact the Fund’s performance and the value of an investment in the Fund, whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to the countries or regions directly affected. In addition, the Chinese government is involved in a longstanding dispute with Taiwan that has included threats of invasion. If China were to attempt unification of Taiwan by coercion or force, which it has threatened to do, economies, markets and individual securities may be severely affected both regionally and globally.

The Fed and certain foreign central banks have recently raised interest rates, though economic, political or other factors could lead to the Fed or foreign central banks stopping or reversing such changes. It is difficult to predict accurately the various economic and political factors that influence the pace at which interest rates might change, the timing, frequency, magnitude or direction of further interest rate changes, or when such changes might stop or reverse course. The evaluation of macro-economic and other conditions or events could cause a change in approach in the future. It also is difficult to predict the impact that further interest rate changes could have on the markets in which the Fund invests, and fixed-income and related markets may continue to experience heightened levels of interest rate and price volatility. Inflation risk is the uncertainty over the future real value (after inflation) of an investment. The Fund’s investments may not keep pace with inflation, and the value of an investment in the Fund may be eroded over time by inflation. Changes in government or central bank policies, including changes in federal tax policy or changes in the implementation of specific policy goals, could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments and cause it to lose money.

Geopolitical events and crises, as well as the Fed’s or foreign central banks’ actions, may result in an economic slowdown in the United States and abroad. An economic slowdown may negatively affect national and global economies, as well as national and global securities and commodities markets, and may continue for an extended period of time and have unforeseen impacts. Any deterioration in economic fundamentals may increase the risk of default or insolvency of particular issuers, negatively impact market values, cause credit spreads to widen, and reduce bank balance sheets. Any of these could cause an increase in market volatility, reduce liquidity across various markets, or decrease confidence in the markets. High public debt levels in the United States and other countries could limit governments’ abilities to respond to weaker economic growth.

Slowing global economic growth, persistent or resurgent inflation, the rise in protectionist trade policies (including the imposition or threat of tariffs and other trade barriers and retaliatory countermeasures), and changes to some major international trade agreements could affect the economies of many countries (including the United States) in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. The current geopolitical environment has intensified concerns about a global trade war. The United States has developed increasingly strained relations with a number of foreign countries, including major U.S. trading partners. If relations with certain countries deteriorate, it could adversely affect U.S. issuers as well as non-U.S. issuers that rely on the United States for trade. For example, the United States has imposed or threatened to impose tariffs and other trade barriers on imports of certain categories of goods from Canada, Mexico, and European countries. The United States also has imposed tariffs and other trade barriers on imports of certain categories of goods from China, has restricted exports of certain categories of goods to China, and has established barriers to investments in China. These countries have imposed or threatened to impose retaliatory tariffs on U.S. goods. If relations between the United States and these and other foreign countries do not improve or continue to deteriorate, markets and individual securities may be severely affected both regionally and globally, and the value of the Fund’s investments may go down. In addition, restrictions on immigration could significantly disrupt labor markets and supply chains, creating risks to growth. Moreover, a combination of persistent or resurgent inflation and slow or declining growth can be a challenging economic scenario for policymakers to address because traditional monetary and fiscal policies may not be effective in addressing both issues simultaneously.

Advancements in technology could adversely impact market movements and liquidity and could affect the overall performance of the Fund. For example, the advanced development and the regulation of artificial intelligence (“AI”) could lead to faster and more efficient markets, but also to higher trading volumes and greater volatility in times of market stress. Because AI has the potential to drive significant changes in how businesses and governments provide goods and services, it also could affect economic growth.

More information on strategies and risks 19

AI’s role in increasing automation raises concerns about job displacement and could lead to economic and social disruptions. As AI is used more widely, which could occur relatively rapidly, the profitability and growth of certain issuers and industries could be adversely impacted in ways that cannot be foreseen at the present time and could adversely impact issuer and market performance. Furthermore, growth in the stock prices of a small group of “mega cap” companies in the information technology sector, many of which are investing heavily in AI research, development and infrastructure, has been the primary driver of broad stock market gains in recent years. These companies are often referred to as the “Magnificent Seven” (Alphabet, Amazon, Apple, Meta, Microsoft, Nvidia and Tesla). Significant downturns in the information technology sector could rapidly lead to widespread market weakness. In addition, there are concerns that the rapid rise in these companies’ public bond issuances to finance AI investments could strain the U.S. corporate bond market. The Fund’s holdings and its overall performance could be negatively impacted by any of these factors.

Recent and potential future bank failures could result in disruption to the broader banking system or markets generally and could decrease investor and consumer confidence in financial institutions, the broader banking system, and the economy as a whole, which may also heighten market volatility and reduce liquidity.

High public debt and deficits in the United States and other countries create ongoing systemic and market risks and policymaking uncertainty. Economic, political and other developments may result in a further increase in the amount of public debt, including in the United States. The long-term consequences of high public debt are not known, but high levels of public debt may negatively affect economic conditions and the values of markets, sectors and companies in which the Fund invests.

Political and diplomatic events within the United States, including a contentious domestic political environment, changes in political party control of one or more branches of the U.S. government, disagreements over budget, spending and deficit reduction plans, disagreements over government funding, a U.S. government shutdown (or the threat of such a shutdown), disagreements over, or threats not to increase, the U.S. government’s borrowing limit (or “debt ceiling”), and litigation related to these or other events, as well as political and diplomatic events abroad, may affect the regulatory landscape and investor and consumer confidence and behavior and may adversely impact financial markets and the broader economy, perhaps suddenly and to a significant degree. A downgrade of the ratings of U.S. government debt obligations, or concerns about the U.S. government’s credit quality in general, could have a substantial negative effect on the U.S. and global economies. Moreover, although the U.S. government has honored its credit obligations, there remains a possibility that the United States could default on its obligations. The consequences of such an unprecedented event are impossible to predict, but it is likely that a default by the United States would be highly disruptive to the U.S. and global securities markets and could significantly impair the value of the Fund’s investments.

Certain illnesses spread rapidly and have the potential to significantly and adversely affect the global economy and have material adverse impacts on the Fund. Public health crises caused by outbreaks of infectious diseases or other public health issues may disrupt market conditions and operations and economies around the world, exacerbate other pre-existing economic, political, and social tensions and risks, and negatively affect market performance and the value of investments in individual companies in significant and unforeseen ways. The impact of any outbreak may last for an extended period of time. For example, the impact of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) pandemic caused significant volatility and severe losses in global financial markets. Other outbreaks of infectious diseases or other public health issues that may arise in the future may have similar or worse effects.

In addition, global climate change may have a significant adverse effect on property and security values. A rise in sea levels, changes in weather patterns, an increase in powerful storms and/or an increase in flooding could cause real estate properties to lose value or become unmarketable altogether. Properties in affected zones may never recover their value. Large wildfires have devastated, and in the future may devastate, entire communities and may be very costly to any business found to be responsible for the fire or conducting operations in affected areas. Regulatory changes and divestment movements in the United States and abroad tied to concerns about climate change could adversely affect the value of certain land and the viability of industries whose activities or products are seen as accelerating climate change. Losses related to climate change could adversely affect corporate borrowers and mortgage lenders, the value of mortgage-backed securities, the bonds of municipalities that depend on tax revenues and tourist dollars generated by affected properties, and insurers of the properties and/or of corporate, municipal or mortgage-backed securities. Because property and security values are driven largely by buyers’ perceptions, it is difficult to know the time period over which these market effects might unfold.

All of these risks may have a material adverse effect on the performance and financial condition of the companies and other issuers in which the Fund invests and on the overall performance of the Fund.

Regulatory Risk — The Fund is subject to extensive laws and regulations that govern its operations. The Fund is subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is also subject to regulations imposed by other governmental regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Similarly, the businesses and other issuers of the securities and other instruments in which the Fund invests are also subject to considerable regulation. These laws and regulations are subject to change. Extensive regulation or a change in existing laws or regulations (including lack of adequate regulations) may have unpredictable and unintended

20 More information on strategies and risks

effects and may materially impact the Fund, security, business, sector or market. For example, extensive regulation or a change in existing laws or regulations made by the government or a regulatory body may limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective, impact the Fund’s investment policies or strategies, adversely affect the Fund’s efficiency in implementing its investment strategies, and/or reduce the attractiveness or increase the cost of an investment, which may, in turn, adversely affect the Fund’s performance. The Fund also may incur additional costs, which may be substantial, to comply with new requirements as well as to monitor for compliance with new requirements going forward. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations. Changes in laws or regulations also may impair the operation of the U.S. or other securities markets.

Risk Management — The actual risk exposure taken by the Fund in its investment program will vary over time, depending on various factors including the Adviser’s and Sub-Adviser’s evaluation of issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser undertake certain analyses with the intention of identifying particular types of risks and reducing the Fund’s exposure to them. However, risk is an essential part of investing, and the degree of return an investor might expect is often tied to the degree of risk the investor is willing to accept. By its very nature, risk involves exposure to the possibility of adverse events. Accordingly, no risk management program can eliminate the Fund’s exposure to such events; at best, it can only reduce the possibility that the Fund will be affected by adverse events, and especially those risks that are not intrinsic to the Fund’s investment program. While the prospectus describes material risk factors associated with the Fund’s investment program, there is no assurance that as a particular situation unfolds in the markets, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser will identify all of the risks that might affect the Fund, rate their probability or potential magnitude correctly, or be able to take appropriate measures to reduce the Fund’s exposure to them. The Fund could experience losses if judgments about risk prove to be incorrect. Measures taken with the intention of decreasing exposure to identified risks might have the unintended effect of increasing exposure to other risks.

Valuation Risk — The price at which the Fund sells any particular investment may differ from the Fund’s valuation of the investment. Such differences could be significant, particularly for illiquid securities and securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. If market or other conditions make it difficult to value some investments, SEC rules and applicable accounting protocols may require the Fund to value these investments using more subjective methods, known as fair value methodologies. Using fair value methodologies to price investments may result in a value that is different from an investment’s most recent closing price and from the prices used by other mutual funds to calculate their net asset values. An investment’s valuation may differ depending on the method used for determining value. Investors who purchase or redeem Fund shares on days when the Fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive fewer or more shares, or lower or higher redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the Fund had not held fair-valued securities or had used a different valuation methodology. The value of foreign securities, certain futures and fixed income securities, and currencies may be materially affected by events after the close of the markets on which they are traded but before the Fund determines its net asset value. The value of the Fund’s investments may change on days or during time periods when investors are not able to purchase or sell Fund shares. The Fund uses pricing services to provide values for certain securities, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to sell an investment at the price provided by such pricing services. Different pricing services use different valuation methodologies, potentially resulting in different values for the same investments. As a result, if the Fund were to change pricing services, or if a pricing service were to change its valuation methodology, the value of the Fund’s investments could be impacted. The Fund’s ability to value its investments in an accurate and timely manner may be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by third party service providers, such as pricing services or accounting agents.

Additional Information about Risks

Additional information that may be associated with the Fund's principal risks but that may not be principal to the Fund's investment strategies follows. The risks, which are described in alphabetical order and not in order of perceived importance or potential exposure, can negatively affect the Fund's performance.

Cash Management Risk — Upon entering into certain derivatives contracts, such as futures contracts, and to maintain open positions in certain derivatives contracts, the Fund may be required to post collateral for the contract, the amount of which may vary. In addition, the Fund may maintain cash and cash equivalent positions as part of the Fund's strategy in order to take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise, to manage the Fund's market exposure and for other portfolio management purposes. As such, the Fund may maintain cash balances, including foreign currency balances, which may be significant, with counterparties such as the 1290 Funds’ custodian or its affiliates. Maintaining larger cash and cash equivalent positions could negatively affect the Fund's performance due to missed investment opportunities and could also subject the Fund to additional risks, such as increased credit risk with respect to the custodian bank holding the assets and the risk that a counterparty may be unable or unwilling, or perceived (whether by market participants, ratings agencies, pricing services or otherwise) as unable or unwilling, to honor its obligations, and increased costs, such as any fees imposed for large cash balances.

Counterparty Risk — The Fund may sustain a loss as a result of the insolvency or bankruptcy of, or other non-compliance or non-performance by, another party to a transaction.

More information on strategies and risks 21

Dividend Risk — Dividends received on common stocks are not fixed but are paid at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the companies in which the Fund invests will pay dividends in the future or that dividends, if paid, will remain at current levels or increase over time. Securities that pay dividends may be sensitive to changes in interest rates, and as interest rates rise or fall, the prices of such securities may be impacted. A sharp rise in interest rates, an economic downturn, or other market or company-specific developments, could result in a company’s decision to decrease or eliminate a dividend. During a broad market advance, securities that pay dividends may not appreciate as much as securities that do not pay dividends.

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”) Risk — When the Fund invests in an ETF, it will indirectly bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses incurred by the ETF. These fees and expenses are in addition to the advisory fees and other expenses that the Fund and its shareholders bear directly in connection with the Fund’s own operations. As a result, the Fund’s shareholders will be subject to two layers of fees and expenses with respect to investments in the Fund. The cost of investing in the Fund, therefore, may be higher than the cost of investing in a mutual fund that invests directly in individual stocks and bonds. In addition, the Fund’s net asset value will be subject to fluctuations in the market values of the ETFs in which it invests. The Fund is also subject to the risks associated with the securities or other investments in which the ETFs invest, and the ability of the Fund to meet its investment objective will directly depend on the ability of the ETFs to meet their investment objectives. The extent to which the investment performance and risks associated with the Fund correlate to those of a particular ETF will depend upon the extent to which the Fund’s assets are allocated from time to time for investment in the ETF, which will vary. The Fund does not control the investments of the ETFs, which may have different investment objectives and may engage in investment strategies that the Fund would not engage in directly. The ETFs may change their investment objectives or policies without the approval of the Fund. If that were to occur, the Fund might be forced to sell its investment in an ETF at a time and price that is unfavorable to the Fund.

In addition, many ETFs invest in securities included in, or representative of, underlying indexes regardless of investment merit or market trends and, therefore, these ETFs do not change their investment strategies to respond to changes in the economy, which means that such an ETF may be particularly susceptible to a general decline in the market segment relating to the relevant index. Imperfect correlation between an ETF’s securities and those in the index it seeks to track, rounding of prices, changes to the indices and regulatory policies may cause an ETF’s performance not to match the performance of its index. An ETF’s use of a representative sampling approach will result in its holding a smaller number of securities than are in the index it seeks to track. As a result, an adverse development respecting an issuer of securities held by the ETF could result in a greater decline in net asset value than would be the case if the ETF held all of the securities in the index. To the extent the assets in the ETF are smaller, these risks will be greater. No ETF fully replicates its index, and an ETF may hold securities not included in its index. Therefore, there is a risk that the investment strategy of the ETF manager may not produce the intended results. In addition, an actively managed ETF’s performance will reflect the ETF manager’s ability to make investment decisions that are suited to achieving the ETF’s investment objective.

Moreover, there is the risk that an ETF may value certain securities at a price higher than the price at which it can sell them. Secondary market trading in shares of ETFs may be halted by a national securities exchange because of market conditions or for other reasons. In addition, trading in these shares is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to “circuit breaker” rules. There can be no assurance that the requirements necessary to maintain the listing of the shares will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. In addition, although ETFs are listed for trading on national securities exchanges, certain foreign exchanges and in over-the-counter markets, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained, in which case the liquidity and value of the Fund’s investment in the ETFs could be substantially and adversely affected. In addition, because ETFs are traded on these exchanges and in these markets, the purchase and sale of their shares involve transaction fees and commissions. The market price of an ETF may be different from the net asset value of such ETF (i.e., an ETF may trade at a discount or premium to its net asset value). The performance of the Fund that invests in such an ETF could be adversely impacted.

Financial Services Sector Risk — The value of securities issued by companies in the financial services sector may be adversely affected by, among other factors, the availability and cost of capital funds, changes in interest rates, the rate of corporate and consumer debt defaults, extensive government regulation and price competition. The financial services sector is also a target for cyberattacks. Cybersecurity incidents and technology malfunctions and failures have become increasingly frequent and have caused significant losses to companies in this sector. Increased risk-taking by financial services companies may result in greater overall risk in the global financial sector. Any of these factors could result in a material adverse impact on the Fund’s holdings and the performance of the Fund. The value of the Fund’s shares could experience significantly greater volatility than the value of shares of funds investing more broadly.

Money Market Risk — Although a money market fund is designed to be a relatively low risk investment, it is not free of risk. Despite the short maturities and high credit quality of a money market fund’s investments, increases in interest rates and deteriorations in the credit quality of the instruments the money market fund has purchased may reduce the money market fund’s yield and can cause the price of a money market security to decrease. In addition, a money market fund is subject to the risk that the value of an investment may be eroded over time by inflation. In the event that any money market fund that seeks to maintain a stable $1.00 net asset value fails to maintain a stable net asset value (or if there is a perceived threat that a money market fund is likely to fail to maintain a stable

22 More information on strategies and risks

net asset value), money market funds in general could face increased redemption pressures, which could jeopardize the stability of their net asset values. Certain money market funds have in the past failed to maintain stable $1.00 net asset values, and there can be no assurance that such failures and resulting redemption pressures will not occur in the future. A low- or negative-interest rate environment may prevent a money market fund from providing a positive yield and could negatively impact a money market fund’s ability to maintain a stable $1.00 net asset value per share.

Money market funds are subject to specific rules that affect the manner in which these funds are structured and operated. Changes in these rules may impact a money market fund’s expenses, operations, returns, liquidity and continued viability.

Securities Lending Risk — Securities lending exposes the Fund to counterparty risk, market risk on the loaned securities, and reinvestment risk on the cash collateral. The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, other financial institutions and other eligible persons in order to earn additional income on those securities. Generally, any such loan of portfolio securities will be contractually required to be continuously secured by collateral in the form of cash or U.S. government or agency securities with a value at least equal to the value of the securities loaned. The Fund may reinvest cash collateral in short-term, highly liquid investments, such as money market funds and repurchase agreements (including for purchases of securities that may be loaned). The Fund could lose money on its investment of cash collateral if the assets in which cash collateral is reinvested do not perform as well as the original loaned securities. Because cash collateral received by the Fund in securities lending transactions may be invested in money market funds, the investment return on cash collateral so invested by the Fund may be affected by investment advisory fees, administrative fees, service fees and other fees that are indirectly borne by the Fund, which would be in addition to the fees the Fund pays its service providers. Securities lending is a form of leverage, which may magnify both gains and losses. The risks of lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, also consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral (to cover an increase in the market value of the loaned securities or a decrease in the value of any securities collateral) or in the recovery of the loaned securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. There is a risk that a borrower may default on its obligations to return loaned securities, which may result in a loss to the Fund. Securities loans are subject to termination by the Fund as lender or by the borrower at any time. If the Fund terminates a securities loan, it will forego any income on the loan after the termination. In addition, securities on loan may not be voted by the Fund, and there is a risk that the Fund may not be able to recall loaned securities in sufficient time to vote on material proxy matters. In addition, the Fund typically pays lending fees to the party that serves as the securities lending agent for the Fund and arranges loans under the securities lending program.

Sub-Adviser Selection Risk — The Fund is subject to the risk that the Adviser’s process for selecting or replacing a Sub-Adviser and its decision to select or replace a Sub-Adviser does not produce the intended results.

In addition, the Adviser is subject to certain conflicts of interest in connection with recommending the appointment and continued service of Sub-Advisers. If the Adviser is affiliated with a Sub-Adviser, the Adviser will benefit not only from the net advisory fees the Adviser retains, but also from the sub-advisory fees paid by the Adviser to the affiliated Sub-Adviser. Since the Adviser pays fees to the Sub-Advisers from the advisory fees that it earns from the Fund, any increase or decrease in the sub-advisory fees negotiated with proposed or current Sub-Advisers will result in a corresponding decrease or increase, respectively, in the amount of the advisory fees retained by the Adviser. The Adviser or its affiliates also have distribution relationships with certain Sub-Advisers or their affiliates under which the Sub-Advisers or their affiliates distribute or support the distribution of investment products issued or sold by the Adviser or its affiliates, which could financially benefit the Adviser and its affiliates or provide an incentive to the Adviser in selecting one Sub-Adviser over another. In addition, the Adviser’s and/or its affiliates’ other existing or potential business relationships, including with Sub-Advisers and/or their affiliates, or other financial or personal relationships, could influence the Adviser’s selection and retention or termination of Sub-Advisers. When recommending the appointment or continued service of a Sub-Adviser, the Adviser relies primarily on the qualitative and quantitative factors described in detail in the Prospectus.

More information on strategies and risks 23

4. Management of the Fund

This section gives you information on 1290 Funds, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser for the Fund.

1290 Funds

1290 Funds is organized as a Delaware statutory trust and is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment company. 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees is responsible for the overall management of 1290 Funds and the Fund. 1290 Funds issues shares of beneficial interest that are currently divided among nine (9) funds. This prospectus describes the Fund, which has authorized Class E shares. The share class is currently not offered for sale in all states. The Fund has its own investment objective, investment strategies and risks, which have been previously described in this Prospectus.

The 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees oversees generally the operations of the Fund. 1290 Funds enters into contractual arrangements with various parties, including among others, the Adviser, Sub-Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, and accountants, who provide services to the Fund. Shareholders are not parties to any such contractual arrangements and those contractual arrangements are not intended to create in any shareholder any right to enforce them directly against the service providers or to seek any remedy under them directly against the service providers.

This Prospectus provides information concerning the Fund that you should consider in determining whether to purchase Fund shares. Neither this Prospectus nor the Statement of Additional Information is intended, or should be read, to be or create an agreement or contract between the 1290 Funds or the Fund and any investor, or to create any rights in any shareholder or other person other than any rights under federal or state law that may not be waived.

The Adviser

Equitable Investment Management, LLC is located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105, and is the investment adviser to the Fund. The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Adviser currently claims an exclusion (under Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 4.5) from registration as a commodity pool operator with respect to the Fund. The Adviser is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc. (“Equitable Holdings”), which is a publicly-owned company. On March 26, 2026, Equitable Holdings and Corebridge Financial, Inc. (“Corebridge”) announced that they have entered into a definitive agreement to merge (the “Transaction”). The Transaction is expected to close on or about January 1, 2027, subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and approval of the shareholders of both Equitable Holdings and Corebridge.

The Adviser has been registered with the SEC as an investment adviser since August 2022. As of June 30, 2026, the Adviser and Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIM”), an affiliate of the Adviser, had approximately $134.8 billion in total assets under management. EIM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”), which is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings. EIM serves as the investment adviser to mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles. 1290 Funds is part of a fund complex that includes EQ Advisors Trust, for which EIM serves as the investment adviser.

The Adviser provides or oversees the provision of all investment advisory, portfolio management and administrative services to the Fund. The Adviser has supervisory responsibility for the management and investment of the Fund’s assets and develops the investment objectives and investment policies for the Fund. The Adviser also has full discretion to make all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund’s assets. As further discussed below, the Adviser’s management responsibilities include the selection and monitoring of Sub-Advisers.

The Adviser is responsible for overseeing Sub-Advisers and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board of Trustees.

The Adviser selects Sub-Advisers to manage the Fund’s assets by utilizing a due diligence process covering a number of key factors which include, but are not limited to, the Sub-Adviser’s reputation, organizational stability, investment personnel, long-term performance, investment philosophy and style and correlation with other Sub-Advisers, if any, retained for other allocated portions of the Fund. The Adviser also considers the Sub-Adviser’s portfolio management policies, trading practices, procedures for the valuation of portfolio securities, business continuity planning, conflicts of interest, procedures for safeguarding client information, cybersecurity, regulatory and legal issues, and staffing and resources.

The Adviser plays an active role in monitoring the Fund and Sub-Adviser and uses portfolio analytics systems to strengthen its evaluation of performance, style, risk levels, diversification and other criteria. The Adviser also monitors the Sub-Adviser’s portfolio management

24 Management of the Fund

team to determine whether its investment activities remain consistent with the Fund’s investment style and objectives. Beyond performance analysis, the Adviser monitors significant changes that may impact the Sub-Adviser’s overall business and changes in investment personnel and senior management. The Adviser conducts ongoing investment reviews with the Sub-Adviser and performs comprehensive due diligence reviews with the Sub-Adviser no less frequently than annually. While the Adviser seeks to obtain information to monitor the Sub-Adviser, it is dependent on the availability of timely, complete and accurate data from the Sub-Adviser and other service providers, the timeliness, completeness and accuracy of which is not under the Adviser's control.

The Adviser seeks to obtain information concerning Fund and Sub-Adviser performance and Fund operations that is used to supervise and monitor the Sub-Adviser and Fund operations. The Adviser has a team responsible for conducting ongoing investment reviews with the Sub-Adviser and for developing the criteria by which performance is measured.

The Adviser selects Sub-Advisers from a pool of candidates, including its affiliates, to manage the Fund. The Adviser may hire, terminate and replace Sub-Advisers and amend sub-advisory agreements subject to the approval of 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees. The Adviser also may allocate the Fund’s assets to additional Sub-Advisers subject to the approval of 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees and has discretion to allocate the Fund’s assets among its current Sub-Advisers. The Adviser recommends Sub-Advisers for the Fund to 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees based upon its continuing quantitative and qualitative evaluation of a Sub-Adviser’s skills in managing assets pursuant to specific investment styles and strategies. Short-term investment performance, by itself, is not a significant factor in selecting or terminating a Sub-Adviser, and the Adviser does not expect to recommend frequent changes of Sub-Advisers.

If the Adviser hires, terminates or replaces the Sub-Adviser to the Fund, the Fund may experience a period of transition during which the securities held in the Fund may be repositioned in connection with the change in Sub-Adviser. The Fund may not pursue its principal investment strategies during such a transition period and may incur increased brokerage commissions and other transaction costs in connection with the change. Generally, transitions may be implemented before or after the effective date of a new Sub-Adviser’s appointment as a sub-adviser to the Fund, and may be completed in several days to several weeks, depending on the particular circumstances of the transition. In addition, the past performance of the Fund is not an indication of future performance. This may be particularly true where the Fund has undergone Sub-Adviser changes and/or changes to its investment objective or policies.

The Adviser’s investment personnel are primarily responsible for the selection, monitoring and oversight of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser.

Kenneth T. Kozlowski, CFP®, ChFC, CLU has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser since June 2022, as Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of EIM since June 2012, and as Signatory Officer of Equitable Financial since November 2021. He has been an employee of Equitable Financial since 1999.

Miao Hu, CFA® has served as an Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since January 2023 and as a Vice President of the Adviser since December 2022, and as an Assistant Portfolio Manager of EIM since May 2016 and as a Vice President of EIM since June 2016. She has served as a Director of Portfolio Analytics since December 2014. She has been an employee of Equitable Financial since November 2013.

Xavier Poutas, CFA® has served as an Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since January 2023 and as a Vice President of the Adviser since December 2022, and as an Assistant Portfolio Manager of EIM since May 2011 and as a Vice President of EIM since June 2016. He has been an employee of Equitable Financial since August 2002.

Kevin McCarthy has served as an Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since January 2023 and as a Vice President of the Adviser since June 2022, and as an Assistant Portfolio Manager of EIM since December 2018 and as a Vice President of EIM since July 2022. He has been an employee of Equitable Financial since August 2015.

Information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the Fund is available in the 1290 Funds’ SAI.

The Adviser has been granted relief from the SEC that permits the Adviser, subject to the approval of 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees, to hire, terminate and replace Sub-Advisers and to amend the sub-advisory agreements between the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers without obtaining shareholder approval. If a new Sub-Adviser is retained for the Fund, shareholders will receive notice of such action. However, the Adviser may not enter into a sub-advisory agreement on behalf of the Fund with an “affiliated person” of the Adviser (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) (“Affiliated Sub-Adviser”), such as AllianceBernstein L.P., unless the sub-advisory agreement with the Affiliated Sub-Adviser, including compensation, is also approved by the Fund’s shareholders (in the case of the Fund, which is a new fund, the initial sole shareholder of the Fund, typically the Adviser or an affiliate, may provide this approval). The relief does not extend to any increase in the advisory fee paid by the Fund to the Adviser; any such increase would be subject to the approval of the Fund's shareholders.

Management of the Fund 25

The Sub-Adviser

The following describes the Fund's Sub-Adviser and portfolio managers and each portfolio manager’s business experience. Information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the Fund is available in 1290 Funds’ SAI. The Sub-Adviser is subject to the oversight of the Adviser.

AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AllianceBernstein”), 501 Commerce Street, Nashville, TN 37203, serves as Sub-Adviser to the Fund. AllianceBernstein manages investments for investment companies, endowment funds, insurance companies, foreign entities, qualified and non-tax qualified corporate funds, public and private pension and profit-sharing plans, foundations and tax-exempt organizations. As of June 30, 2026, AllianceBernstein had approximately $905 billion in assets under management.

AllianceBernstein’s Passive Equity Investment Team, which is responsible for the management of all of AllianceBernstein’s Passive Equity accounts, manages and makes investment decisions for the Fund. The Passive Equity Investment Team relies heavily on quantitative tools.

Joshua Lisser is Head of the Index and Derivative Solutions team and a member of the Equities and Multi-Asset Services investment teams. He joined AllianceBernstein in 1992 as a portfolio manager in the Index Strategies Group and developed various services, including equity factor strategies, risk-controlled equity strategies and derivative-based investment services.

Geoff Tomlinson, CFA® is a Portfolio Manager for Index and Derivative Solutions. He joined AllianceBernstein in 2006 as an associate in the Institutional Investment Management Sales Group. Prior to transitioning to his current role, from 2011 to 2019, Mr. Tomlinson was a portfolio analyst for Index Strategies, with a focus on custom index and enhanced index strategies.

Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser currently serves as the investment adviser and the administrator for the Trust. EIM, an affiliate of the Adviser, currently serves as the investment adviser for EQ Advisors Trust, an investment company that is registered under the 1940 Act, and as the investment adviser for two private investment trusts that are exempt from such registration. The Adviser currently serves as the administrator for EQ Advisors Trust. The Adviser and its affiliates (including EIM, Equitable Financial, Equitable Distributors, LLC, Equitable Holdings and AllianceBernstein L.P.) and their respective managers, partners, directors, trustees, officers, and employees (collectively, for purposes of this Conflicts of Interest discussion, “Affiliates”) are insurance and related financial services companies engaged in life insurance, property and casualty insurance and reinsurance activities, as well as asset management, investment banking, securities trading, brokerage, real estate and other financial services activities, providing a broad range of services to a substantial and diverse client base. The broad range of activities, services, and interests of the Adviser and its Affiliates gives rise to actual, potential and/or perceived conflicts of interest, and could introduce certain investment or transactional restrictions, that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.

Certain actual and potential conflicts of interest are discussed below and elsewhere in this Prospectus, and a further discussion of conflicts of interest appears in the SAI. Investors should carefully review these discussions. These discussions are not, and are not intended to be, a complete discussion of all of the actual and potential conflicts of interest that could arise. Additional or unanticipated conflicts of interest could arise from time to time in the ordinary course of the Adviser’s and its Affiliates’ various businesses. The Adviser and the Trust have adopted practices, policies and procedures that are intended to identify, monitor, and mitigate conflicts of interest. These practices, policies and procedures include, among others, information barriers, codes of ethics, pre-clearance and reporting of securities transactions by certain persons, and the use of independent persons to review certain types of transactions. There is no assurance, however, that these practices, policies and procedures will be effective, and these practices, policies and procedures also could limit the Fund’s investment activities and affect its performance.

Certain Conflicts Related to Fees and Compensation

The Adviser and certain of its Affiliates provide services including investment advisory, administration, shareholder servicing, and distribution support services to the Fund and earn fees from these relationships with the Fund. The Adviser and its Affiliates face conflicts of interest when the Fund selects affiliated service providers because the Adviser and its Affiliates receive greater compensation when they are used. Although these fees are generally based on asset levels, the fees are not directly contingent on Fund performance and the Adviser and its Affiliates would still receive significant compensation from the Fund even if shareholders lose money. In addition, the Adviser and certain of its Affiliates manage or advise funds or accounts, including the Fund, with different fee rates and/or fee structures. Differences in fee arrangements could create an incentive for the Adviser and/or its Affiliates to favor higher-fee funds or accounts.

26 Management of the Fund

Certain Conflicts Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates Acting in Multiple Commercial Capacities

The Adviser and/or one or more Affiliates act or may act in various commercial capacities, including as investment manager, investment adviser, administrator, investor, commodity pool operator, underwriter, distributor, transfer agent, insurance company, investment banker, research provider, market maker, trader, lender, agent or principal, and may have direct and indirect interests in securities, commodities, currencies, derivatives and other instruments in which the Fund may directly or indirectly invest. Thus, it is likely that the Fund will have business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from entities with which the Adviser and/or an Affiliate has developed or is trying to develop business relationships or in which the Adviser and/or an Affiliate has significant investments or other interests. For example, the Adviser could have an incentive to hire as a Sub-Adviser or other service provider an entity with which the Adviser or one or more Affiliates have, or would like to have, significant or other business dealings or arrangements. In addition, when Affiliates act in various commercial capacities in relation to the Fund, the Affiliates could take commercial steps in their own interests, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund.

Certain Conflicts Related to the Use of Sub-Advisers

The Adviser is subject to certain conflicts of interest in connection with recommending the appointment and continued service of Sub-Advisers. Since the Adviser pays fees to the Sub-Advisers from the advisory fees that it earns from the Funds, any increase or decrease in the sub-advisory fees negotiated with proposed or current Sub-Advisers will result in a corresponding decrease or increase, respectively, in the amount of the advisory fees retained by the Adviser. If the Adviser is affiliated with a Sub-Adviser, the Adviser will benefit not only from the net advisory fee the Adviser retains, but also from the sub-advisory fee paid by the Adviser to the affiliated Sub-Adviser. The Adviser or its Affiliates also may have distribution relationships with certain Sub-Advisers or their affiliates under which the Sub-Advisers or their affiliates distribute or support the distribution of investment products issued or sold by the Adviser or its Affiliates, which could financially benefit the Adviser and its Affiliates or provide an incentive to the Adviser in selecting one Sub-Adviser over another or a disincentive for the Adviser to recommend the termination of such Sub-Advisers. In addition, the Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ other existing or potential business relationships (e.g., distribution, sub-administration, or custody arrangements), including with Sub-Advisers and/or their affiliates, or other financial or personal relationships or investments or other interests, could influence the Adviser’s selection and retention or termination of Sub-Advisers as well as sub-advisory or other fee negotiations.

The Adviser may allocate the Fund’s assets among multiple Sub-Advisers. While the Adviser seeks to allocate the Fund’s assets among the Fund’s Sub-Advisers in a manner that it believes is consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective(s), the Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating the Fund’s assets among Sub-Advisers, including affiliated Sub-Advisers, because the Adviser pays different fees to the Sub-Advisers and due to other factors that could impact the Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ revenues and/or profits.

The aggregation of assets of the Fund and other funds or accounts for purposes of calculating breakpoints in sub-advisory fees could create an incentive for the Adviser to select Sub-Advisers where the selection would serve to lower a sub-advisory fee and possibly increase the advisory fee retained by the Adviser or could provide a disincentive for the Adviser to recommend the termination of a Sub-Adviser from the Fund if the termination would cause the sub-advisory fee payable by the Adviser to increase on the Fund or other fund or account that aggregates its assets with the Fund. The aggregation of assets, or the potential to aggregate assets, also could influence the Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ sub-advisory or other fee negotiations.

Furthermore, the range of activities, services, and interests of a Sub-Adviser and its personnel could give rise to actual, potential and/or perceived conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund that it sub-advises and the Fund’s shareholders. For example, a Sub-Adviser’s portfolio managers may manage multiple funds and accounts for multiple clients. In addition to the Fund, these funds and accounts may include, for example, other mutual funds, separate accounts, collective trusts, and offshore funds. Managing multiple funds and accounts could give rise to actual or potential conflicts of interest, including, for example, conflicts among investment strategies, conflicts in the allocation of limited investment opportunities, and conflicts in the aggregation and allocation of securities trades. In addition, a Sub-Adviser’s portfolio managers may manage or advise funds or accounts with different fee rates and/or fee structures, including performance-based fee arrangements. Differences in fee arrangements could create an incentive for a portfolio manager to favor higher-fee funds or accounts. The Sub-Adviser has adopted practices, policies and procedures that are intended to identify, monitor, and mitigate conflicts of interest. There is no assurance, however, that a Sub-Adviser’s practices, policies and procedures will be effective, and a Sub-Adviser’s practices, policies and procedures also could limit the investment activities of the Funds that it sub-advises and affect the Fund’s performance. Please see the 1290 Funds’ Statement of Additional Information for a further discussion of Sub-Adviser conflicts of interest.

Management of the Fund 27

5. Investing in the Fund

The Fund currently consists of the following class of shares: Class E shares. Class E shares are purchased and sold at their net asset value without a sales charge. The share class is currently not offered for sale in all states. The Fund is not designed for market-timers (see the section entitled “Buying and Selling shares — Purchase and Redemption Restrictions on Market-Timers and Active Traders”).

The table below summarizes the key features of Class E shares.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

	Class E
Availability	Limited to certain investors, including insurance company affiliates of the Adviser, or such other affiliated institutional accounts as the Adviser shall approve for investment.
Minimum Initial Investment	$1,000,000 for all accounts, unless otherwise approved by the Adviser.
Minimum Additional Investment	No subsequent minimum

28 Investing in the Fund

6. Opening an account

To open an account with 1290 Funds

1. Read the Prospectus carefully.

2. Determine how much you wish to invest. The following chart shows the investment minimums for accounts.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Type of Account

Minimum to

Open an

Account*

Minimum for

Subsequent

Investments

Insurance company institutional accounts

$1,000,000

No minimum

requirement

Such minimum initial investment subject to discretion of the Adviser.

3. (a) Call your broker or other financial professional who can assist you in all the steps necessary to open an account; or

(b) Complete the appropriate part of the account application, carefully following the instructions. If you have any questions, please call your financial professional or 1290 Funds at 1-888-310-0416. For more information on 1290 Funds investment programs, refer to the section entitled “Additional Information — Additional Investor Services” in the Prospectus.

To conform to regulations under the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, 1290 Funds is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. A new account application includes your name, street address, date of birth and other identification information. The regulations require completion of this information before an account is opened, and you may also be requested to provide other identification documents. In addition, the Fund may confirm your identity through the use of identity verification reports provided by consumer reporting agencies. Your personal information will be treated with the utmost confidentiality. If you fail to provide the required information or provide inaccurate information, this may lead to a delay in the processing of your account application and investment. If the Fund cannot complete the identification process, your investment and the application may be returned.

Opening an account 29

7. Buying and selling shares

Buying Shares

Shareholders will be permitted to purchase Class E shares in accordance with procedures agreed upon with the Adviser.

Selling Shares

Shareholders will be permitted to sell Class E shares in accordance with procedures agreed upon with the Adviser. The Fund typically expects to meet redemption requests by paying out proceeds from cash or cash equivalent portfolio holdings, or by selling portfolio holdings. In stressed market conditions, redemption methods may include redeeming in kind.

1290 Funds may suspend the right of redemption for any period or postpone payment for more than seven days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than a weekend or holiday), or when trading is restricted by the SEC or the SEC declares that an emergency exists. Redemptions may also be suspended and payments may also be postponed for more than seven days during other periods permitted by the SEC. The Fund may pay the redemption price in whole or part by a distribution in kind of readily marketable securities in lieu of cash or may take up to seven days to pay a redemption request in order to raise capital, when it is detrimental for the Fund to make cash payments as determined in the sole discretion of the Adviser. Securities distributed in kind are subject to market risk until sold, and shareholders may incur brokerage or other costs and realize taxable capital gains when converting those securities to cash.

Exchanging and Converting Shares

Class E shares are not eligible to be exchanged for shares of any other 1290 Fund. Class E shares are not eligible to be converted into another share class.

Restrictions on Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares

Purchase and Exchange Restrictions

The Fund reserves the right to suspend or change the terms of purchasing or exchanging shares.

Purchase and Redemption Restrictions on Market-Timers and Active Traders

The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, believes that it is in the best interests of its long-term shareholders to discourage the frequent purchases and redemptions or exchanges (sometimes referred to collectively as “trading activity”) of Fund shares to the extent it is deemed disruptive to the Fund.

Frequent trading of Fund shares, including market timing and other program trading or short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the Fund. Excessive trading activity may adversely affect Fund performance and the interests of long-term shareholders by, among other things, requiring the Fund to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, the Fund may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer’s shares. This can happen when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the Fund’s performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because the Fund cannot predict how much cash it will have to invest, and the Fund’s portfolio management team may have to allocate a significant amount of assets to cash and other short-term investments or sell investments, rather than maintaining investments selected to achieve the Fund’s investment objective. In addition, disruptive trading activity of Fund shares may impede efficient portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage and tax costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, the Fund may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading.

In addition, to the extent the Fund invests in foreign securities it may be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than funds that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S. market. This short-term arbitrage activity can reduce the return received by long-term shareholders. The Fund will seek to minimize these opportunities by using fair value pricing, as described in “How fund shares are priced” below.

To the extent the Fund invests in securities that are, or may be, restricted, unlisted, traded infrequently, thinly traded, or relatively illiquid it also may be vulnerable to market timing and short-term trading strategies. Traders using such strategies may seek to take advantage of a possible differential between the last available market prices for one or more of those relatively illiquid securities

30 Buying and selling shares

that are used to calculate the value of the Fund’s shares and the latest indications of market values for those securities. For example, high yield securities may present opportunities for short-term trading strategies because the market for such securities may be less liquid than the market for higher quality bonds which could result in pricing inefficiencies. One of the objectives of the Trust’s fair value pricing procedures, as described in “How fund shares are priced” below, is to minimize the possibilities of this type of arbitrage; however, there can be no assurance that the Trust’s valuation procedures will be successful in eliminating it.

The Trust’s Board of Trustees has adopted certain policies and procedures discussed below to discourage what it considers to be disruptive trading activity. As a general matter, the Trust and the Fund reserve the right to reject any purchase or exchange that they believe, in their sole discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the management of the Fund.

Through the Trust’s transfer agent, the Trust, the Adviser or their designees may perform ongoing monitoring of shareholder trading in shares of the Fund in order to try and identify shareholder trading patterns that suggest an ongoing short-term or disruptive trading strategy. If shareholder trading patterns identified by the Trust, the Adviser or their designees through monitoring leads the Trust, the Adviser or their designees to reasonably conclude that such trading may be detrimental to the Fund, then the transfer agent, on behalf of the Trust and the Fund may, among other things, reject any specific purchase or exchange order and temporarily or permanently bar future purchases into the Fund. If the Fund rejects a shareholder’s purchase or exchange order, the shareholder will not be able to execute that transaction, and the Fund will not be responsible for any losses that the shareholder may suffer.

In considering a shareholder’s trading patterns, the Trust may consider, among other factors, the shareholder’s trading history both directly and, if known, through financial intermediaries, in the Fund and in other 1290 Funds or in accounts under common control or ownership. In order to reduce disruptive trading activity, the Trust, the Adviser or their designees may consider a number of factors, including monitoring the frequency of trading activity, and the size of purchases and exchanges in relation to portfolio assets in the Fund.

The Trust’s policies and procedures seek to discourage what it considers to be disruptive trading activity. The Trust seeks to apply its policies and procedures to all shareholders uniformly. It should be recognized, however, that such procedures are subject to limitations:

• There is no assurance that the methods described above will prevent market timing or other trading that may be deemed abusive. The Trust’s procedures do not eliminate the possibility that disruptive trading activity, including market timing, will occur or that Fund performance will be affected by such activity.

• The design of such policies and procedures involves inherently subjective judgments, which the Trust, the Adviser or their designees seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner consistent with the interests of all shareholders.

• The limits on the ability to monitor certain potentially disruptive trading activity means that some shareholders may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading activity while others will bear the effect of that frequent trading activity.

Consistent with seeking to discourage potentially disruptive trading activity, the Adviser, or a designee thereof or the Trust also may, in its sole discretion and without further notice, change what it considers potentially disruptive trading activity and its monitoring procedures and thresholds, as well as change its procedures to restrict this activity.

Selling Restrictions

The table below describes restrictions in place on selling shares of the Fund described in this Prospectus.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Restriction

Situation

• The Fund may suspend the right of redemption or

postpone payment for more than 7 days:

• When the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than a

weekend/holiday).

• When trading is restricted by the SEC.

• When the SEC declares that an emergency exists.

• Any other period permitted by the SEC.

• The Fund reserves the right to suspend account services or

refuse transaction requests:

• With a notice of dispute between registered owners.

• With suspicion/evidence of a fraudulent act.

Buying and selling shares 31

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Restriction

Situation

• The Fund may pay the redemption price in whole or part

by a distribution in kind of readily marketable securities in

lieu of cash or may take up to 7 days to pay a redemption

request in order to raise capital:

• When it is detrimental for the Fund to make cash

payments as determined in the sole discretion of the

Adviser.

• Securities distributed in kind are subject to market risk until

sold, and shareholders may incur brokerage or other costs

and realize capital gains when converting those securities

to cash.

• The Fund may withhold redemption proceeds until the

check or funds have cleared:

• When redemptions are made within 10 calendar days of

purchase by check of the shares being redeemed.

32 Buying and selling shares

8. How fund shares are priced

“Net asset value” is the price of one share of the Fund without a sales charge, and is calculated each business day using the following formula:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Total Market Value =	Total market value of securities	+	Cash and other assets	-	Liabilities
Number of outstanding shares

The net asset value of Fund shares is determined according to this schedule:

• A share’s net asset value is normally determined each day the New York Stock Exchange (“Exchange”) is open for trading as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. In the event of an emergency or other disruption in trading on the Exchange, a share’s price would still normally be determined as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

• The price for purchasing or redeeming a share will be based upon the net asset value next calculated after an order is received and accepted by the Fund or its designated agent.

• Because foreign securities sometimes trade on days when the Fund’s shares are not priced, the value of the Fund’s investment that includes such securities may change on days when shares of the Fund cannot be purchased or redeemed.

The net asset value of the Fund can, until the Fund engages in its scheduled distribution(s), increase based on income and capital gains generated by the Fund's holdings. In accordance with standard industry accounting practices, the income and capital gains generated by the Fund's holdings are classified as assets, rather than liabilities, until the business day preceding the dividend record date.

Generally, portfolio securities are valued as follows:

Equity securities (including securities issued by ETFs) — valued at the last quoted sale price or official closing price or, if there is no sale or official closing price, at the latest available bid price provided by a pricing service.

Debt securities — generally valued on the basis of prices provided by an approved pricing service; however, when the prices of the securities cannot be obtained from an approved pricing service, such securities are generally valued at a bid price estimated by a broker.

Convertible bonds and unlisted convertible preferred stocks — valued at prices obtained from a pricing service for such instruments or, if a pricing service price is not available, at bid prices obtained from one or more of the major dealers in such bonds or stocks. Convertible bonds may be matrix-priced based upon the conversion value to the underlying common stocks and market premiums.

Securities traded on foreign exchanges — valued at the most recent sales or bid price on the foreign exchange or market, unless a significant event or circumstance occurs after the close of that exchange or market that will materially affect its value. In that case, the security will be valued using fair value methods by the Adviser at the close of regular trading on the Exchange. Foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollar equivalent daily at current exchange rates.

Options — exchange traded options are valued at their last sales price or, if not available, at the bid price. Options not traded on an exchange or not actively traded are valued according to fair value methods.

Futures — valued at their last settlement price or, if there is no settlement price, at the latest available bid price.

Investment company securities — shares of open-end mutual funds (other than ETFs) held by the Fund will be valued at the net asset value of the shares of such funds as described in such funds’ prospectuses.

Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements — valued at original cost (par) plus accrued interest. Other pricing methods such as amortized cost may be utilized depending on the features of the instrument.

Swaps — centrally cleared swaps are priced using the value determined by the central counterparty at the end of the day, which price may be provided by an approved pricing service. With respect to over-the-counter swaps and centrally cleared swaps where the central counterparty price is unavailable, a price provided by an approved pricing service will be used.

How fund shares are priced 33

Pursuant to applicable law, the Board of Trustees of 1290 Funds has designated the Adviser as the Fund's valuation designee. As the Fund's valuation designee, and subject to the Board’s oversight, the Adviser is responsible for determining in good faith the fair value of Fund investments for which market quotations are not readily available or are believed by the Adviser to be unreliable. In these circumstances, the Fund may use a fair value estimate made according to methods the Adviser has approved in the good-faith belief that the resulting valuation will reflect the fair value of the security. For example, a security whose trading has been halted during the trading day may be fair valued based on the available information at the time of the close of the trading market. Similarly, securities for which there is no ready market (e.g., securities of certain small capitalization issuers, high yield securities, and securities of certain issuers located in emerging markets) also may be fair valued. Some methods for valuing these securities may include: fundamental analysis (earnings multiple, etc.), matrix pricing (a method that takes into consideration the value of other securities with similar characteristics, such as ratings, yield and maturity), discounts from market prices of similar securities, or discounts applied due to the nature and duration of restrictions on the disposition of the securities. In addition, if events or circumstances affecting the values of portfolio securities occur between the closing of their principal markets and the time the Fund’s net asset value is determined, such as with respect to foreign securities trading on foreign exchanges that may close before the time the Fund’s net asset value is determined, the Adviser may ascertain a fair value for such securities when it deems that the event or circumstance would materially affect the Fund’s net asset value. Such events or circumstances may be company specific, such as an earning report, country or region specific, such as a natural disaster, or global in nature. Such events or circumstances also may include price movements in the U.S. securities markets.

The effect of fair value pricing is that securities may not be priced on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, but rather may be priced by a fair valuation method established by the Adviser that relies on other available pricing inputs. As such, fair value pricing is based on subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair valuations reached may differ materially from the value realized on a sale and from the prices used by other registered funds to calculate their net asset values. The fair value pricing policy is intended to assure that the Fund net asset value fairly reflects security values as of the time of pricing. In certain circumstances, fair value pricing of the Fund securities can help to protect the Fund by reducing arbitrage opportunities available to short-term traders, but there is no assurance that fair value pricing will completely prevent dilution of the Fund’s net asset value by such traders.

34 How fund shares are priced

9. Dividends and other distributions and tax consequences

Dividends and other Distributions

The Fund generally distributes most or all of its net investment income and net realized gains, if any, annually. The Fund may also pay a special distribution at the end of a calendar year to comply with federal tax requirements. Distributions are expected to consist primarily of ordinary income and/or net capital gains.

Dividends distributed by the Fund may be reinvested automatically in shares of the distributing class of the Fund at their net asset value without a sales charge or may be taken in cash. If you would like to receive distributions in cash, contact your financial professional, financial intermediary or the Fund.

When you purchase shares of the Fund, part of the net asset value per share may be represented by undistributed income and/or realized gains that have previously been earned by the Fund. Therefore, subsequent distributions on such shares from such income and/or realized gains may be taxable to you even if the net asset value of the shares is, as a result of the distributions, reduced below the cost of such shares and the distributions (or portions thereof) effectively represent a return of a portion of the purchase price.

Tax Consequences

For federal income tax purposes, the Fund has elected and intends to qualify for taxation as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Code.

You will pay federal income tax on dividends from the Fund whether you receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares. Some dividends you receive may include income earned by the Fund prior to your purchase of shares and were, therefore, included in the Fund’s value and the price you paid for your shares. This is known as “buying into a dividend.” If you redeem Fund shares, you will be treated as having sold the Fund shares, and any gain on the transaction will be subject to federal income tax.

Any dividends you receive from the Fund attributable to its net investment income, the excess of its net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and its net gains from certain foreign currency transactions, if any, will be taxed to you as ordinary income.

If the Fund realizes capital gains in excess of realized capital losses in any fiscal year and any available capital loss carryforwards from prior years, it generally expects to make capital gain distributions to shareholders. You may receive distributions that are attributable to appreciation of portfolio securities that happened before you made your investment or that are attributable to capital gains or other income that, although realized by the Fund, had not yet been distributed at the time you made your investment. Unless you purchase shares through a tax-advantaged account, these distributions will be taxable to you. When the Fund sells investments after a period of significant value appreciation, the amount of the taxable distribution relative to the amount you invested could be substantial. You can try to minimize the chances of buying into dividends earned or buying into capital gains reflecting asset appreciation occurring prior to your investment, if you choose, by waiting to invest until after the Fund has paid a dividend or capital gain distribution.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund distributes an amount that exceeds the sum of its investment company taxable income plus net capital gain for that year, such excess distributions generally will constitute a return of capital (ROC). A ROC might result from, among other things, differences between book and tax accounting treatment, investments in certain derivatives, dividend payables and foreign currency transactions. A ROC generally will not be taxable to a shareholder but will reduce a shareholder’s tax basis in Fund shares and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares are sold.

A Fund shareholder who wants to use a method for determining his or her basis in Fund shares other than the average basis method (which is the Fund’s default method) must elect to do so in writing, which may be electronic. The Fund, or its administrative agent, must report to the IRS and furnish to its shareholders the basis information for Fund shares that are redeemed or exchanged. See the “Taxation” section in the 1290 Funds’ SAI for a description of the rules regarding that election and the Fund’s reporting obligation.

Dividends and interest the Fund receives, and gains it realizes, on foreign securities may be subject to income, withholding, or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions that would reduce the yield and/or total return on its investments. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate those taxes, however, and many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors.

Dividends and other distributions and tax consequences 35

10. Additional information

Additional Investor Services

Automatic Reinvestment Plan

Dividends and other distributions may be automatically reinvested in the same class of shares without a sales charge.

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund — Related Web Site

Visit https://equitable-funds/EIM to review your account balance and recent transactions, to view daily prices and performance information.

36 Additional information

11. Financial highlights

Because the Fund had not commenced investment operations prior to the date of this Prospectus, financial highlights are not yet available for the Fund.

Financial highlights 37

12. Appendix

Historical Performance of the AllianceBernstein L.P. S&P 500 Index Composite

The 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund (the “Fund”) is expected to commence operations on or about November 2, 2026. The Fund is sub-advised by AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AllianceBernstein”). AllianceBernstein manages accounts with investment styles, objectives, policies, and strategies substantially similar to those AllianceBernstein uses to manage the Fund. AllianceBernstein has been responsible for the day-to-day management of the accounts for all periods shown in this Appendix. These accounts are included in a composite comprised of separately managed accounts and mutual funds (including the EQ Advisors Trust - EQ/Equity 500 Index Portfolio), the performance of which is presented in this Appendix (the “Composite”). The Composite is composed of all accounts managed by AllianceBernstein with investment styles, objectives, policies, and strategies substantially similar to those AllianceBernstein uses to manage the Fund.

The Composite’s performance is presented in U.S. dollars. Performance presented for the Composite has been generated on an asset-weighted basis and includes the reinvestment of dividends.

This Appendix presents historical performance information for the Composite as a whole. Because of the similarities between the Fund and the Composite, this information may help provide an indication of the Fund’s risks by showing how a similar Composite has performed historically. The performance of the Composite, however, is not the performance of the Fund, and you should not assume that the Fund will have the same performance as the Composite.

The performance of the Fund may be greater or less than the performance of the Composite due to, among other things, the number of the holdings in and composition of the Fund’s portfolio, as well as the asset size and cash flow differences between the Fund and the Composite. Certain accounts in the Composite are not subject to the investment limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if they had applied, might have adversely affected the accounts’ performance results.

The inception date of the Composite is December 31, 1984. This Appendix includes an index (i.e., the S&P 500 Index) for purposes of comparing the performance of the Composite. The S&P 500 Index is a broad-based securities index that reflects the investment strategies and performance target of the accounts underlying the Composite.

Performance information for the Composite is presented below. The bar chart shows how the Composite’s total return has varied over time, and the table shows the Composite’s performance over the last one (1) year, three (3) years, five (5) years, ten (10) years, and since inception as of December 31, 2025 (as compared with the S&P 500 Index for reference).

The past performance of the Composite is no guarantee of future results in managing the Fund. The information in this Appendix does not represent the performance of the Fund and is no indication of how it would have performed in the past or will perform in the future.

The past performance of the Composite has been calculated net of actual fees and expenses. The Composite’s returns would be lower if the past performance reflected the fees and expenses of the Fund. The fees and expenses of the Fund are higher than those of the Composite.

An index is unmanaged, and it is not possible to invest directly in an index. The S&P 500 Index performance figures include the reinvestment of dividends on securities in the index, but do not account for any charges, fees, or Fund expenses.

The Composite performance information presented herein has been calculated and provided by the Fund’s sub-adviser.

Calendar Year Total Returns — Composite (%)

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

2016	2017	2018	2019	2020	2021	2022	2023	2024	2025
11.84%	21.71%	(4.42)%	31.36%	18.29%	28.58%	(18.11)%	26.19%	24.93%	17.80%

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Best quarter (% and time period):	20.47%	2020 2nd Quarter
Worst quarter (% and time period):	(19.57)%	2020 1st Quarter

38 Appendix

Composite Annualized Total Returns (%)

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Period ended December 31, 2025

1 Year

3 Year

5 Year

10 Year

Since

Inception

(12/31/84)

Composite

17.80%

22.92%

14.35%

14.73%

11.89%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)

17.88%

23.01%

14.42%

14.82%

11.92%

Benchmark

The S&P 500 Index is a broad measure of the performance of 500 leading companies chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group representation to represent the equity performance of large-capitalization U.S. companies .

Appendix 39

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports — Additional information about the Fund’s investments is available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund’s annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.

Form N-CSR — Additional information about the Fund’s investments is available in Form N-CSR. In Form N-CSR, you will find the Fund’s annual and semi-annual financial statements.

Statement of Additional Information (SAI) — The SAI includes additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC, and is incorporated into this Prospectus by reference, which means that it is legally considered to be part of this Prospectus.

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure — A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of its portfolio securities holdings is available in the Fund’s SAI, which is available on the Fund’s website.

To request a free copy of the Fund’s SAI, annual or semi-annual reports to shareholders, or financial statements, request other information about the Fund, or make shareholder inquiries, contact your financial professional, or contact the Fund by calling 1-888-310-0416 from 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. (Eastern Time) on any business day. You can also access and download the Fund's SAI, annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, and other information such as the Fund’s financial statements (as well as a copy of this Prospectus) at 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund’s website: https://equitable-funds.com/EIM, free of charge.

Your financial professional or 1290 Fund will also be happy to answer your questions or to provide any additional information that you may require.

Reports and other information about the Funds are available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at:

http://www.sec.gov

Copies of this information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov

“Equitable” is the brand name of Equitable Holdings, Inc. and its family of companies, including Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (NY, NY), Equitable Advisors, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC. The obligations of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company are backed solely by their claims-paying ability.

1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105
(212) 554-1234

1290 Funds

(Investment Company Act File No. 811-22959)

Mutual Funds: • Are Not a Deposit of Any Bank • Are Not

FDIC Insured • Are Not Insured by Any Federal Government Agency • Are Not Guaranteed by Any Bank or Savings Association • May Go Down in Value

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (NY, NY)

1290 Funds

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

March 1, 2026, as supplemented November 2, 2026

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Share Class (Ticker)
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund	Class A (TNRAX); Class I (TNXIX); Class R (TNXRX)*
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	Class A (TNUAX); Class I (TNUIX); Class R (TNURX)
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	Class A (ESCFX); Class I (ESCJX); Class R (ESCKX)
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	Class A (TNVAX); Class I (TNVIX); Class R (TNVRX)
1290 High Yield Bond Fund	Class A (TNHAX); Class I (TNHIX); Class R (TNHRX)
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	Class A (TNXAX); Class I (TNVDX); Class R (TNYRX)
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund	Class A (TNMAX); Class I (TNMIX); Class R (TNMRX)
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	Class A (TNBAX); Class I (TNBIX); Class R (TNBRX)

March 1, 2026, as amended November 2, 2026

\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Share Class (Ticker)
1290 Equity 500 Index Fund	Class E (TNIEX)

(each, a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”)

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Funds dated March 1, 2026 and November 2, 2026, as applicable, as they may be supplemented from time to time, which may be obtained without charge by calling the 1290 Funds toll-free at 1-888-310-0416 or writing to the 1290 Funds at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the meanings given to them in the Prospectuses

The Funds’ audited financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2025, including the financial highlights, appearing in the 1290 Funds' Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information on Form N-CSR (available without charge, upon request by calling toll-free 1-888-310-0416), filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 7, 2026 (File No. 811-22959), are incorporated by reference and made a part of this document. The Funds’ unaudited financial statements for the six month period ended April 30, 2026, including the financial highlights, appearing in the 1290 Funds' Semi-Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information on Form N-CSR (available without charge, upon request by calling toll-free 1-888-310-0416), filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2026 (File No. 811-22959), are incorporated by reference and made a part of this document. Financial statements for the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund are not available because the Fund is newly organized and had no operations or financial information of its own prior to the date of this SAI.

The Trust's SAI dated March 1, 2026, has been supplemented as of November 2, 2026, with respect to the eight (8) funds of the Trust that had commenced operations prior to November 2, 2026, and has been amended as of November 2, 2026, to add the one (1) fund of the Trust that is newly organized and had not commenced operations prior to November 2, 2026.

Class R shares currently are not offered for sale.

Table of Contents

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

	Page
Description of the 1290 Funds	3
1290 Funds Investment Policies	4
Investment Strategies and Risks	7
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy	66
Management of the 1290 Funds	68
Investment Management and Other Services	79
Brokerage Allocation and Other Strategies	89
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures	93
Conflicts of Interest	94
Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares	102
Taxation	107
Other Information	113
Other Services	115
Financial Statements	116
Appendix A — Ratings of Corporate Debt Securities	A-1
Appendix B — Portfolio Manager Information	B-1
Appendix C — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures	C-1
Appendix D — Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities	D-1
Appendix E — Securities Lending Activities	E-1

Description of the 1290 Funds

The 1290 Funds (the “1290 Funds” or the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company and is registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”). The 1290 Funds was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 1, 2013. (See “Other Information.”)

Equitable Investment Management, LLC (“EIM II” or the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser for the 1290 Funds. EIM II is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

The 1290 Funds has registered Class A, Class I and Class R shares on behalf of eight (8) funds and has registered Class E shares on behalf of one (1) fund. This SAI contains information with respect to shares of the following Funds:

1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
1290 Diversified Bond Fund
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund
1290 Equity 500 Index Fund
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
1290 High Yield Bond Fund
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund

The 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees (“Board”) is permitted to create additional funds or classes. The assets of the 1290 Funds received for the issue or sale of shares of each Fund and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, subject to the rights of creditors, are allocated to the Fund, and constitute the assets of the Fund. The assets of each Fund are charged with the liabilities and expenses attributable to the Fund, except that liabilities and expenses may be allocated to a particular class. Any general expenses of the 1290 Funds are allocated between or among any one or more Funds or classes.

Each class of shares is offered under the 1290 Funds’ multi-class distribution system, which is designed to allow promotion of investing in the Funds through alternative distribution channels. Under the 1290 Funds’ multi-class distribution system, shares of each class of a Fund represent an equal pro rata interest in that Fund and, generally, will have identical voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions, except that each class may differ with respect to sales charges, if any, distribution and/or service fees, if any, other expenses allocable exclusively to each class, voting rights on matters exclusively affecting that class, and its exchange privilege and/or conversion features, if any. Each share of a Fund is entitled to participate equally in dividends, other distributions and the proceeds of any liquidation of that Fund; however, the income attributable to each class and the dividends payable on the shares of each class will be reduced by the amount of the distribution fee or service fee, if any, payable by that class. The distribution-related fees paid with respect to any class will not be used to finance the distribution expenditures of another class. Sales personnel may receive different compensation for selling different classes of shares.

Each Fund (except the 1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund) is classified as a “diversified” fund under the 1940 Act. Currently under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer. These percentage limitations do not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities or to securities issued by other investment companies. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, a diversified fund may invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of one issuer. Repurchase agreements will not be considered to be subject to the above-stated 5% limitation if the collateral underlying the repurchase agreements consists exclusively of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. In addition, mortgage- and asset-backed securities will not be considered to have been issued by the same issuer by reason of the securities having the same sponsor, and mortgage- and asset-backed securities issued by a finance or other special purpose subsidiary that are not guaranteed by the parent company will be considered to be issued by a separate issuer from the parent company. The

1940 Act provides that a fund may not change its classification from diversified to non-diversified unless authorized by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund.

The 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund intends to be diversified in approximately the same proportion as the index that the Fund is designed to track is diversified. The Fund may become “non-diversified,” as defined under the 1940 Act, solely as a result of a change in relative market capitalization or index weighting of one or more constituents of the index that the Fund is designed to track. The Fund will continue to track its benchmark index even if it becomes non-diversified as a result, and the Fund will not seek shareholder approval to change its classification from diversified to non-diversified under such circumstances.

1290 Funds Investment Policies

Fundamental Restrictions

Each Fund has adopted certain investment restrictions that are fundamental and may not be changed without approval by a “majority” vote of such Fund’s shareholders. Such majority is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of the voting securities of such Fund present in person or by proxy at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund. Set forth below are each of the fundamental restrictions adopted by the Funds.

Each Fund will not:

(1)

issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time, and any applicable exemptive relief.

(2)

borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time, and any applicable exemptive relief.

(3)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time, and any applicable exemptive relief.

(4)

concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as the term “concentration” is used in the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time, and any applicable exemptive relief; except that

the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund may concentrate to approximately the same extent as the index the Fund is designed to track concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.

(5)

purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may purchase and sell securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and sell real estate acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.

(6)

purchase or sell physical commodities to the extent prohibited by the 1940 Act and other applicable laws, and the rules thereunder, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction from time to time, and any applicable exemptive relief.

(7)

make loans to other persons to the extent prohibited by the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time, and any applicable exemptive relief.

Notations Regarding the Funds’ Fundamental Restrictions

Each Fund’s fundamental restrictions are written and will be interpreted broadly. From time to time, the SEC and members of its staff, and others, issue formal or informal views on various provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, including through no-action letters and exemptive orders. For flexibility, each Fund’s fundamental restrictions will be

interpreted with regard to these interpretations or modifications, as they are given from time to time. Therefore, it is possible that the interpretation of a Fund’s fundamental restrictions could change in the future.

The following notations are not considered to be part of a Fund’s fundamental restrictions and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Senior Securities and Borrowing (notations regarding the fundamental restrictions set forth in (1) and (2) above)

“Senior securities” generally are obligations that have a priority over a fund’s shares with respect to the distribution of fund assets or the payment of dividends. Borrowings are viewed as involving the creation of a senior security. Under the 1940 Act, an open-end fund currently may not issue senior securities, except that a fund is permitted to borrow money in an amount not in excess of 33⅓% of the fund’s total assets (including the amount of the senior securities issued but reduced by any liabilities not constituting senior securities) at the time of the issuance or borrowing, and except that a fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed) for temporary purposes, such as clearance of fund transactions and share redemptions. Any Fund borrowings that come to exceed these amounts will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.

Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 18f-4” or the “Derivatives Rule”) governs the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. Rule 18f-4 permits a fund, provided that the conditions imposed by the rule are met, to engage in derivatives transactions and certain other transactions that might otherwise create potential future payment obligations. The conditions include complying with a limit on the amount of leverage-related risk that a fund may obtain based on value-at-risk limitations (“VaR”) and, for funds whose derivatives exposure exceeds 10% of its net assets, adopting a derivatives risk management program. For more information about these practices, see the “Derivatives” section.

Underwriting (notations regarding the fundamental restriction set forth in (3) above)

A Fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an “underwriter” under certain federal securities laws. Although it is not believed that the application of the federal securities laws so described would cause the Funds to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the fundamental restriction will be interpreted not to prevent the Funds from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether a Fund may be considered to be within the technical definition of an underwriter under the federal securities laws or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted under applicable law.

Concentration (notations with respect to the fundamental restriction set forth in (4) above)

While the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry, the SEC has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. The fundamental restriction does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, or obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross income for federal income tax purposes issued or guaranteed by a U.S. territory or possession or a state or local government, or a political subdivision of any of the foregoing. Private activity municipal securities are not included within the exclusion for political subdivisions. In addition, investments in other investment companies are not considered an investment in any particular industry for purposes of the fundamental restriction. Industries generally are determined by reference to the classifications of industries set forth in the Funds’ shareholder reports. With respect to each Fund’s investments in options, futures, swaps and other derivative transactions, industries may be determined by reference to the industry of the reference asset. Each Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies or investment vehicles that may concentrate their assets in one or more industries. Each Fund may consider the concentration of such investment companies and investment vehicles in determining compliance with the fundamental restriction.

Commodities (notations with respect to the fundamental restriction set forth in (6) above)

The 1940 Act generally does not prohibit a Fund from investing in commodities or commodity-related instruments. A Fund is, however, limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase, and certain commodities, especially physical commodities, may be considered to be illiquid. Each Fund may purchase or sell currencies and securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities and may purchase, sell or enter into options, futures, forward and spot currency contracts, swap transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments, including commodity-linked derivative instruments. Each Fund may, consistent with the fundamental restriction, transact in securities of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) or similar instruments that provide exposure

to physical commodities. In addition, a Fund will not qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) (a “RIC”), in any taxable year for which more than 10% of its gross income consists of certain “non-qualifying” income, which includes gains from selling physical commodities (or options or futures contracts thereon unless the gain is realized from certain hedging transactions). To remain within that limitation, a Fund may need to limit its purchases of commodity-related investments that generate non-qualifying income, hold such an investment to avoid realizing non-qualifying income, sell such an investment at a loss, or take other actions, such as sell other investments, when for investment reasons it would not otherwise do so. A Fund would not intend to sell commodity-related investments when doing so would cause it to fail to qualify as a RIC.

Loans (notations with respect to the fundamental restriction set forth in (7) above)

The fundamental restriction allows each Fund to engage in all forms of lending (including loans of cash and portfolio securities) — and thus become a creditor — to the full extent permitted under the 1940 Act and related interpretations, as in effect from time to time. For purposes of the fundamental restriction, the acquisition of bonds, debentures, other debt securities or instruments, or participations or other interests therein and investments in government obligations, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments and repurchase agreements will not be considered the making of a loan. In addition, the fundamental restriction would allow each Fund to engage in interfund lending, subject to SEC approval of an exemptive application. Interfund lending would allow each Fund to temporarily lend cash to another Fund of 1290 Funds, subject to certain conditions of the exemptive relief. An interfund borrowing and lending program may provide the opportunity for a borrowing fund to pay an interest rate lower than what would be typically available from a bank, and the opportunity for a lending fund to receive an interest rate higher than what could be typically expected from investing cash in short-term instruments for cash management purposes. While the Funds have not applied for interfund lending relief, they may do so in the future.

Non-Fundamental Restrictions

The following investment restrictions generally apply to each Fund (unless otherwise indicated) but are not fundamental. They may be changed for any Fund by the Board and without a vote of that Fund’s shareholders.

A Fund does not currently intend to purchase any investment if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in “illiquid investments,” as such term is defined by Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act. If, through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, a Fund were in a position where more than 15% of its net assets were invested in illiquid investments, the Fund, in accordance with Rule 22e-4(b)(1)(iv), will report the occurrence to both the Board and the SEC and take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid investments back within the prescribed limitation within a reasonable period of time.

If shares of a Fund are purchased by another fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, for so long as shares of the Fund are held by such fund, the Fund will not purchase securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

A Fund may, notwithstanding any fundamental or non-fundamental investment policy or limitation, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end management investment company with substantially the same investment objective, policies and limitations as the Fund.

The 1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund, 1290 Diversified Bond Fund, 1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund, 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund, 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, 1290 High Yield Bond Fund and 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund each has a policy that it will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in a particular type of investment, as more fully set forth in the Funds’ Prospectus.

Certain of the Funds have investment policies, limitations, or practices that are applicable “normally” or under “normal circumstances” or “normal market conditions” (as stated above and elsewhere in this SAI or in the Funds’ Prospectus). Pursuant to the discretion of EIM II and a Fund’s sub-adviser(s), if any (“Sub-Adviser(s)”), these investment policies, limitations, or practices may not apply during periods of abnormal purchase or redemption activity or during periods of unusual or adverse market, economic, political or other conditions.

Such market, economic or political conditions may include periods of abnormal or heightened market volatility, strained credit and/or liquidity conditions, or increased governmental intervention in the markets or industries. These conditions may impact the markets or economy broadly or may be more focused in impacting particular industries, groups or parties, including impacting

the Trust alone. During such periods, a Fund may not invest according to its principal investment strategies or in the manner in which its name may suggest, and may be subject to different and/or heightened risks. It is possible that such unusual or adverse conditions may continue for extended periods of time.

Investment Strategies and Risks

In addition to a Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks discussed in its Prospectus, each Fund may engage in other types of investment strategies and may be subject to additional risks as further described below. Because the following is a combined description of investment strategies and risks for all the Funds, certain strategies or risks described below may not apply to particular Funds. Each Fund may invest in or utilize any of these investment strategies and instruments or engage in any of these practices except where otherwise prohibited by law, by the Fund's own investment policies and restrictions listed in the Prospectus, or under the “Fundamental Restrictions” in this SAI. However, a Fund is not required to engage in any particular transaction or purchase any particular type of security or investment even if to do so might benefit the Fund. Unless otherwise stated herein, all investment policies of a Fund may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval or notice. In addition, a Fund may be subject to restrictions on its ability to utilize certain investments or investment techniques. Unless otherwise stated herein, these additional restrictions may be changed with the consent of the Board but without approval by or notice to shareholders.

The 1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund operates under a “fund of funds” structure, under which the Fund invests primarily in exchange-traded securities of other registered investment companies or investment vehicles (“Underlying ETFs”) comprising various asset categories or strategies. The Fund may also invest in other instruments as set forth in its Prospectus and as permitted by applicable law. By investing in Underlying ETFs, the Fund will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the Underlying ETFs in addition to the direct fees and expenses of the Fund. In addition, the performance of the Fund is directly related to the ability of the Underlying ETFs to meet their respective investment objectives, as well as the Adviser’s allocation among the Underlying ETFs. Accordingly, the investment performance of the Fund will be influenced by the investment strategies of, and the risks and fees associated with, the Underlying ETFs in direct proportion to the amount of assets the Fund allocates to the Underlying ETFs utilizing such strategies. The Fund’s Prospectus contains certain information about Underlying ETFs. For additional information regarding the Underlying ETFs, see their respective prospectuses and SAIs.

In this section, the term “Fund” may include the Funds, an Underlying ETF or both.

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as, among other things, motor vehicle installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements, or a combination of the foregoing. These assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations. Asset-backed securities can also be collateralized by a single asset (e.g., a loan to a specific corporation). Asset-backed securities that represent an interest in a pool of assets provide greater credit diversification than those representing an interest in a single asset. Asset-backed securities may include securities backed by pools of loans made to borrowers with blemished credit histories (“subprime” loans). The underwriting standards for subprime loans may be lower and more flexible than the standards generally used by lenders for borrowers with non-blemished credit histories with respect to the borrower’s credit standing and repayment history. Asset-backed securities present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Certain collateral may be difficult to locate in the event of default, and recoveries of depreciated or damaged collateral may not fully cover payments due on such collateral. In the case of automobile loans, most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. If a Fund purchases asset-backed securities that are “subordinated” to other interests in the same pool of assets, the Fund as a holder of those securities may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. The subordinated securities may be more illiquid and less stable than other asset-backed securities.

The credit quality of asset-backed securities depends primarily on the quality of the underlying assets, the rights of recourse available against the underlying assets and/or the issuer, the level of credit enhancement, if any, provided for the securities, and the credit quality of the credit-support provider, if any. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. A Fund will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security. In addition, the risk of default by borrowers is greater during times of rising interest rates and/or unemployment rates and generally is higher in the case of asset pools that include subprime assets.

Asset-backed securities may be subject to interest rate risk and prepayment risk. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying assets more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the asset-backed securities. Moreover, when a Fund reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying assets may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a longer-term security. Since the value of longer-term securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than does the value of shorter-term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the volatility of a Fund.

Due to the possibility that prepayments (on automobile loans and other collateral) will alter the cash flow on asset-backed securities, it is not possible to determine in advance the actual final maturity date or average life. Faster prepayment will shorten the average life and slower prepayments will lengthen it. However, it is possible to determine what the range of that movement could be and to calculate the effect that it will have on the price of the security. In selecting these securities, the Sub-Advisers will look for those securities that offer a higher yield to compensate for any variation in average maturity.

Bankruptcy, Workout and Other Restructurings. In bankruptcy, restructuring, or other workout proceedings, a Fund's Adviser or Sub-Adviser may cause the Fund to make new investments in a company if it believes it is in the Fund’s best interest to do so, including through the acquisition of new or additional debt or equity securities or the acquisition or the making of new or additional loans. Such proceedings may result in a Fund providing or supporting new financing or capital to the existing or a restructured company, including in the form of debtor-in-possession loans, exit financings, a committed credit facility, rights offerings, and/or back-stop agreements related to new financings or securities issuances. Participation by a Fund in such processes may involve the Fund bearing fees and expenses and expose the Fund to potential liabilities under the federal bankruptcy laws or other applicable laws. If the Adviser or Sub-Adviser’s assessment of the eventual recovery value of a security proves incorrect or if the actions taken by an Adviser or Sub-Adviser or its designee prove unsuccessful, a Fund may be required to accept cash or instruments worth less than originally anticipated. In addition, events, including unexpected or unforeseeable events, may occur during bankruptcy, restructuring, or other workout proceedings, which may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investment and/or its recovery in the proceedings. A Fund could potentially lose more than its original investment to the extent, for example, the Fund makes new or additional investments or indemnifies its agents or other third parties for losses they incur in connection with their representation of the Fund in a bankruptcy, restructuring, or other workout proceeding.

Bonds. Bonds are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Mortgage- and asset-backed securities are types of bonds, and certain types of income-producing, non-convertible preferred stocks may be treated as bonds for investment purposes. Bonds generally are used by corporations, governments and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Many preferred stocks and some bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

Significant securities market disruptions , such as that following the outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) pandemic, have led, and may continue to lead, to dislocation in the market for a variety of fixed income securities (including, without limitation, commercial paper, corporate debt securities, certificates of deposit, asset-backed debt securities and municipal obligations),

which could decrease, and in the past has decreased, liquidity and sharply reduce returns. To the extent that a Fund purchases illiquid corporate debt securities or securities which are restricted as to resale, such Fund may incur additional risks and costs.

Bonds are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will rise and that, as a result, bond prices will fall, lowering the value of a Fund’s investments in bonds. If interest rates move sharply in a manner not anticipated by a Fund’s management, the Fund’s investments in bonds could be adversely affected. In general, bonds having longer durations are more sensitive to interest rate changes than are bonds with shorter durations. Duration is a measure of a bond’s price sensitivity to a change in its yield. The change in the value of a fixed income security or portfolio can be approximated by multiplying its duration by a change in interest rates. For example, if a bond has a 5-year duration and its yield rises 1%, the bond’s value is likely to fall about 5%. Similarly, if a bond portfolio has a 5-year average duration and the yield on each of the bonds held by the portfolio rises 1%, the portfolio’s value is likely to fall about 5%. For portfolios with exposure to foreign markets, there are many reasons why all of the bond holdings do not experience the same yield changes. These reasons include: the bonds are spread off of different yield curves around the world, and these yield curves do not move in tandem; the shapes of these yield curves change; and sector and issuer yield spreads change. Other factors can influence a bond portfolio’s performance and share price. Accordingly, a bond portfolio’s actual performance will likely differ from the example. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain bonds is extended because of slower than expected principal payments. This may lock in a below-market interest rate and extend the duration of these bonds, especially mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, these securities may exhibit additional volatility and lose value. This is known as extension risk.

Credit risk is the risk that an issuer will not make timely payments of principal and interest on the bond. The degree of credit risk depends on the issuer’s financial condition and on the terms of the debt securities. Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of a Fund’s investment in that issuer.

Collateralized Debt Obligations. Collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), other collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and other similarly structured securities are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is ordinarily issued by a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) and is typically backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. The collateral can be from many different types of fixed income securities such as high yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is ordinarily issued by a trust or other SPE and is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Other CDOs are trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various parties. Although certain CDOs may benefit from credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, overcollateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present, and may fail to protect a Fund against the risk of loss upon default of the collateral. Certain CDO issuers may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of a Fund.

For CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs, the cash flows from the trust or SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust or trust of another CDO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO, CLO or other CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, downgrades of the underlying collateral by rating agencies, forced liquidation of the collateral pool due to a failure of coverage tests, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO, CLO or other CDO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind or deferred and capitalized (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO can be significant and depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the instrument in which a Fund invests. Normally, CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws.

As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Funds as illiquid securities; but, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing them to qualify as Rule 144A (under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”)) transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities and asset-backed securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Funds’ Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default or be downgraded if rated by a rating agency; (iii) the Funds may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; (v) the investment return achieved by a Fund could be significantly different from return predicted by financial models; and (vi) the lack of a readily available secondary market for CDOs.

Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible fixed income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by interest rate changes, with investment values declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities are subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the same issuer and, therefore, an issuer’s convertible securities entail more risk than its debt obligations. To the extent a Fund invests in securities that may be considered “enhanced” convertible securities, some or all of these risks may be more pronounced.

Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (1) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities, (2) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock because they have fixed income characteristics and (3) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases. While no securities investment is without some risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock. However, the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed income security.

If the convertible security’s “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained upon the conversion of the convertible security, is substantially below the “investment value,” which is the value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature (i.e., strictly on the basis of its yield), the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value.

If the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding an income-producing security.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Certain convertible debt securities may provide a put option to the holder, which entitles the holder to cause the security to be redeemed by the issuer at a premium over the stated principal amount of the debt security under certain circumstances.

Convertible securities are often rated below investment grade or not rated because they fall below debt obligations and just above common equity in order of preference or priority on an issuer’s balance sheet. Investments by certain of the Funds in convertible debt securities are not subject to any ratings restrictions, although each Sub-Adviser will consider such ratings, and any changes in such ratings, in its determination of whether a Fund should invest and/or continue to hold the securities.

Contingent Convertible Securities. Contingent convertible securities (“CoCos”) have equity and debt characteristics. A CoCo is typically issued by a non-U.S. bank and, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, may be (i) convertible into equity securities of the issuer at a predetermined share price or (ii) written down in liquidation value. Trigger events are identified in the

document’s requirements. CoCos are designed to behave like bonds in times of economic health yet absorb losses when the trigger event occurs.

With respect to CoCos that provide for conversion of the CoCo into common shares of the issuer in the event of a trigger event, the conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, subjecting a Fund to a greater risk of loss in the event of bankruptcy. In addition, because the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in such instruments could experience reduced yields (or no yields at all). With respect to CoCos that provide for the write-down in liquidation value of the CoCo in the event of a trigger event, it is possible that the liquidation value of the CoCo may be adjusted downward to below the original par value or written off entirely under certain circumstances. For instance, if losses have eroded the issuer’s capital levels below a specified threshold, the liquidation value of the CoCo may be reduced in whole or in part. The write-down of the CoCo’s par value may occur automatically and would not entitle holders to institute bankruptcy proceedings against the issuer. In addition, an automatic write-down could result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment associated with the CoCo is based on par value. Coupon payments on CoCos may be discretionary and may be canceled by the issuer for any reason or may be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves.

CoCos are subject to the credit, interest rate, high yield securities, foreign securities and market risks associated with bonds and equity securities, and to the risks specified to convertible securities in general. They are also subject to other specific risks. CoCos typically are structurally subordinated to traditional convertible bonds in the issuer’s capital structure, which increases the risk that a Fund may experience a loss. In certain scenarios, investors in CoCos may suffer a loss of capital ahead of equity holders or when equity holders do not. CoCos are generally speculative, and the prices of CoCos may be volatile. There is no guarantee that a Fund will receive return of principal on CoCos.

Credit and Liquidity Enhancements. A Fund may invest in securities that have credit or liquidity enhancements or may purchase these types of enhancements in the secondary market. Such enhancements may be structured as demand features that permit a Fund to sell the instrument at designated times and prices. These credit and liquidity enhancements may be backed by letters of credit or other instruments provided by banks or other financial institutions whose credit standing affects the credit quality of the underlying obligation. Changes in the credit quality of these financial institutions could cause losses to a Fund and affect its share price. The credit and liquidity enhancements may have conditions that limit the ability of a Fund to use them when the Fund wishes to do so.

Cybersecurity and Operational Risks. A Fund is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks, including potential damage to computer systems (including shareholder computer systems) resulting from cyber attacks. Operational risks include processing errors and human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology errors or malfunctions, the use of or integration of artificial intelligence technologies, changes in personnel, and errors caused by a Fund’s Adviser, Sub-Adviser(s), third-party service providers or counterparties. A Fund attempts to mitigate such risks; however, it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect a Fund.

In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cybersecurity failures or breaches by a Fund’s Adviser, Sub-Adviser(s) and other service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountants, custodians, transfer agents and administrators), and the issuers of securities in which a Fund invests, have the ability to cause significant disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with a Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While a Fund has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. There is also a risk that cyber attacks are not detected. Furthermore, a Fund cannot control the cybersecurity plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Fund and issuers in which the Fund invests. In certain situations, a Fund, the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or a service provider may be required to comply with law enforcement in responding to a cybersecurity incident, which may prevent the Fund from fully

implementing its cybersecurity plans and systems, and (in certain situations) may result in additional information loss or damage. A Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Artificial intelligence technologies have enhanced the ability of threat actors to amplify the potency, scale, and speed of deliberate cybersecurity attacks. The use of artificial intelligence technologies by any of a Fund’s service providers or the issuers in which a Fund invests requires the collection and processing of substantial amounts of data, which can include proprietary information that may be a high potential target for cybersecurity attacks. The use of artificial intelligence technologies also relies on a number of different service providers, which increases operational and cybersecurity risks. Regulatory frameworks governing the use of artificial intelligence technologies, particularly concerning data privacy and protection, are evolving rapidly. These changes could materially alter how the technologies are used, which could negatively impact a Fund.

Depositary Receipts. Depositary receipts represent ownership interests in securities of foreign companies (an “underlying issuer”) that have been deposited with a bank or trust and that trade on an exchange or over-the-counter. Depositary receipts are not necessarily denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities. Depositary receipts include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and other types of depositary receipts (which, together with ADRs, GDRs and EDRs, are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Depositary Receipts”). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated Depositary Receipts typically issued by a U.S. financial institution which evidence ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs are listed and traded in the United States. GDRs and other types of Depositary Receipts are typically issued by foreign banks or trust companies, although they also may be issued by U.S. financial institutions, and evidence ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by either a foreign or a U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes called Continental Depositary Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks or trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. Generally, Depositary Receipts in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. securities market, and Depositary Receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. Investments in Depositary Receipts involve many of the same risks associated with direct investments in the foreign securities. Certain countries may limit the ability to convert a depositary receipt into the underlying foreign security and vice versa, which may cause the securities of the foreign company to trade at a discount or premium to the market price of the related depositary receipts.

Depositary Receipts may be “sponsored” or “unsponsored.” Sponsored Depositary Receipts are established jointly by a depositary and the underlying issuer, whereas unsponsored Depositary Receipts may be established by a depositary without participation by the underlying issuer. Holders of an unsponsored Depositary Receipt generally bear all the costs associated with establishing the unsponsored Depositary Receipt. In addition, the issuers of the securities underlying unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose information that is, in the U.S., considered material. Therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers, and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. Depositary Receipts may be less liquid or may trade at a lower price than the securities of the underlying issuer. Depositary Receipts are subject to the risk of fluctuation in the currency exchange rate if, as is often the case, the underlying foreign securities are denominated in foreign currency. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, the Fund’s investment in Depositary Receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities except as noted.

Derivatives. In general terms, a “derivative” instrument is an investment contract the value of which is linked to (or is derived from), in whole or in part, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index (e.g., stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates and market indexes). If a portfolio manager is incorrect in his or her judgment of market values, interest rates or other economic factors in using a derivative instrument or strategy, a Fund may have lower net income and a net loss on the investment. Losses on certain derivative instruments are potentially unlimited. There can be no assurance that using any derivative instrument or derivative strategy will succeed, and a Fund might not use any derivative instruments or derivative strategies.

For purposes of its investment policies and restrictions, a Fund may value derivative instruments at mark-to-market value, notional value or full exposure value. Mark-to-market value is the current market value or fair value reflecting the price at which the derivative could be expected to be liquidated. In contrast, the notional value of a derivative instrument, such as a futures contract, is equal to the contract size (number of units per contract) multiplied by the current (spot) unit price of the reference asset underlying the contract. Full exposure value is the sum of the notional amount for the contract plus the market value. A Fund could also use a combination of the foregoing (e.g., notional value for purposes of calculating the numerator and market value for purposes of calculating the denominator for compliance with a particular policy or restriction). The investment exposure that a Fund obtains through a derivative investment measured based on notional value may exceed the mark-to-market value of the derivative

investment. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by a Fund for purposes of applying its investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.

Rule 18f-4 permits a Fund to enter into Derivatives Transactions (as defined below) and certain other transactions notwithstanding the restrictions on the issuance of senior securities under Section 18 of the 1940 Act. Section 18 of the 1940 Act, among other things, prohibits open-end funds, including the Funds, from issuing or selling any “senior security,” other than borrowing from a bank (subject to a requirement to maintain 300% “asset coverage”). Under Rule 18f-4, “Derivatives Transactions” include the following: (1) any futures contract, forward contract, option (excluding purchased options), swap, security-based swap, any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument, under which a Fund is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (2) any short sale borrowing; (3) any reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, if a Fund elects to treat these transactions as Derivatives Transactions under Rule 18f-4; and (4) when-issued or forward-settling securities (e.g., firm and standby commitments, including to-be-announced commitments, and dollar rolls) and non-standard settlement cycle securities, unless such transactions meet the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision (as defined below). Further information about these instruments and the risks involved in their use is included under the description of each of these instruments in this SAI.

The Derivatives Rule mandates that a Fund adopt and/or implement: (i) VaR limitations; (ii) a written derivatives risk management program; (iii) new Board oversight responsibilities; and (iv) new reporting and recordkeeping requirements. In the event that a Fund’s derivatives exposure is 10% or less of its net assets, excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions, it can elect to be classified as a limited derivatives user (“Limited Derivatives User”) under the Derivatives Rule, in which case a Fund is not subject to the full requirements of the Derivatives Rule. Limited Derivatives Users are excepted from VaR testing, implementing a derivatives risk management program, and certain Board oversight and reporting requirements mandated by the Derivatives Rule. However, a Limited Derivatives User is still required to implement written compliance policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage its derivatives risks.

The Derivatives Rule also provides special treatment for reverse repurchase agreements, similar financing transactions and unfunded commitment agreements. Under the Derivatives Rule, when a Fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, it must either (i) aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness (e.g., borrowings, if applicable) when calculating the Fund's asset coverage ratio or (ii) treat all such transactions as Derivatives Transactions. Furthermore, under the Derivatives Rule, a Fund is permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act, if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all such agreements as they come due. In addition, under the Derivatives Rule, a Fund may invest in a security on a when-issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security, provided that: (i) the Fund intends to physically settle the transaction; and (ii) the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”). A Fund may otherwise engage in when-issued, forward-settling and non-standard settlement cycle securities transactions that do not meet the conditions of the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision so long as the Fund treats any such transaction as a Derivatives Transaction for purposes of compliance with the Derivatives Rule.

The requirements of the Derivatives Rule are intended to reduce derivatives risk, but they may not work as intended. Analyses, judgments and decisions made in connection with administering the derivatives risk management program may be incorrect or otherwise may not produce the desired results. In addition, changes in market conditions, which may occur rapidly and unpredictably, may adversely affect the administration of the program. Complying with the Derivatives Rule may increase the cost of a Fund’s investments and cost of doing business, which could adversely affect investors.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted in 2010, initiated a dramatic revision of the U.S. financial regulatory framework and covers a broad range of topics, including (among many others) a reorganization of federal financial regulators; a process intended to improve financial systemic stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; rules for derivatives clearing and trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and additional regulation of hedge and private equity fund managers; and federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. Over the past decade, the implementing regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been

finalized. However, on a smaller scale, various U.S. Government entities, including the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the SEC, continue to refine, narrow and in some cases adopt additional regulations governing derivatives markets.

The statutory provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed in several respects the ways in which investment products are marketed, sold, settled (or “cleared”) or terminated. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates the elimination of references to credit ratings in numerous securities laws, including the 1940 Act. Certain swaps have been and other swaps may be mandated for central clearing under the Dodd-Frank Act. The banking regulators, the SEC, and the CFTC have issued regulations requiring the posting of initial and variation margin for certain uncleared swaps. Such rules may require a Fund to segregate additional assets in order to meet variation and initial margin requirements when it enters into uncleared swaps. The CFTC adopted regulations so that the minimum transfer amount for margin postings can be measured at the account level rather than the entity level, which may be useful if the Funds employ multiple account managers to trade their portfolios.

The regulators that have been charged with the responsibility for implementing the Dodd-Frank Act (i.e., the SEC, the CFTC and the banking regulators) have been active in proposing and adopting regulations and guidance on the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. Regulations adopted by the banking regulators require certain banks to include in a range of financial contracts, including derivative instruments trading agreements, terms delaying or restricting default, termination and other rights in the event that the bank and/or its affiliates become subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings. The regulations could limit a Fund’s ability to exercise a range of cross-default rights if its counterparty, or an affiliate of the counterparty, is subject to bankruptcy or similar proceedings. Such regulations could further negatively impact a Fund’s use of derivative instruments.

Pursuant to rules adopted under the Commodity Exchange Act by the CFTC, the Funds must either operate within certain guidelines and restrictions with respect to the Funds’ use of futures, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps, or the Adviser will be subject to registration with the CFTC as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”). The Adviser claims an exclusion (under CFTC Regulation 4.5) from the definition of a CPO with respect to the Funds. To qualify for an exclusion under CFTC Regulation 4.5, if a Fund uses commodity interests (such as futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and swaps) other than for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC), the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish these positions, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options that are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase are “in-the-money”) or, alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of those positions, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 100% of the Fund’s NAV (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition, to qualify for an exclusion, a Fund must satisfy a marketing test, which requires, among other things, that a Fund not hold itself out as a vehicle for trading commodity interests.

The Adviser intends to comply with one of the two alternative trading limitations described above and the marketing limitation with respect to each Fund. Complying with the trading limitations may restrict the Adviser’s ability to use derivative instruments as part of these Funds’ investment strategies. Although the Adviser expects to be able to execute each of these Fund’s investment strategies within the limitations, a Fund’s performance could be adversely affected. In addition, rules under the Dodd-Frank Act may limit the availability of certain derivative instruments, may make the use of derivative instruments by the Funds more costly, and may otherwise adversely impact the performance and value of derivative instruments.

Digital Asset Company Investments. Cryptocurrencies (also referred to as “virtual currencies” and “digital currencies”) are digital assets designed to act as a medium of exchange. Although cryptocurrency is an emerging asset class, there are thousands of cryptocurrencies. Companies engaged in the development, enablement and acquisition of digital assets and cryptocurrencies are subject to a number of risks. The technology relating to digital assets, including blockchain, is developing, and the risks associated with digital assets may not fully emerge until the technology is widely used. Cryptocurrencies and blockchain technology are new, and many of their uses may be untested. The mechanics of using distributed ledger technology to transact in other types of assets, such as securities or derivatives, is less clear. There is no assurance that widespread adoption will occur. Furthermore, the development and acceptance of competing platforms or technologies may cause consumers or investors to use an alternative to cryptocurrencies. A lack of expansion in the usage of cryptocurrencies could adversely affect a Fund’s investment in a company that seeks a revenue stream related to digital assets, such as companies that trade or mine cryptocurrencies or provide infrastructure or services to cryptocurrency companies.

Currently, there are relatively few companies for which digital assets represent an attributable and significant revenue stream. Therefore, the values of such companies may not be a reflection of their connection to digital assets but may be based on other business operations. Furthermore, companies that are developing applications of digital assets and cryptocurrencies may not in fact do so or may not be able to capitalize on those digital assets. Blockchain technology also may never be implemented to a scale that provides identifiable economic benefit to a company. A proliferation of recent startups attempting to apply blockchain technology in different contexts means the possibility of conflicting intellectual property claims could be a risk to an issuer, its operations or its business. This could also pose a risk to blockchain platforms that permit transactions in digital securities. Regardless of the merit of any intellectual property or other legal action, any threatened action that reduces confidence in the viability of blockchain and/or cryptocurrencies may adversely affect a Fund’s investment.

Cryptocurrencies are not backed by any government, corporation, or other identified body. Trading markets for cryptocurrencies are often unregulated and may be more exposed to operational or technical issues as well as the potential for fraud or manipulation than established, regulated exchanges for securities, derivatives and traditional currencies. Cryptocurrency exchanges may stop operating or permanently shut down due to fraud, technical glitches, hackers or malware.

Cryptocurrencies have been subject to significant fluctuations in value. The value of a cryptocurrency may fall precipitously (including declining to zero) and unpredictably for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to: investor perceptions and expectations; regulatory changes; general economic conditions; adoption and use in the retail and commercial marketplace; public opinion regarding the environmental impact of the creation (“minting” or “mining”) of cryptocurrency; confidence in, and the maintenance and development of, its network and open-source software protocols such as blockchain for ensuring the integrity of cryptocurrency transactional data; and general risks tied to the use of information technologies, including cybersecurity risks.

There may be risks posed by the lack of regulation for digital assets, and any future regulatory developments could affect the viability and expansion of the use of digital assets. Transacting on a blockchain depends in part specifically on the use of cryptographic keys that are required to access a user’s account (or “wallet”). The theft, loss or destruction of these keys impairs the value of ownership claims users have over the relevant assets being represented by the ledger (whether “smart contracts,” securities, currency or other digital assets). The theft, loss or destruction of private or public keys needed to transact on a blockchain could also adversely affect a company’s business or operations if it were dependent on the ledger.

In addition, because blockchain functionality relies on the Internet, a significant disruption of Internet connectivity affecting large numbers of users or geographic areas could impede the functionality of blockchain technologies and adversely affect the Funds. In addition, certain features of blockchain technology, such as decentralization, open source protocol, and reliance on peer-to-peer connectivity, may increase the risk of fraud or cyber-attack by potentially reducing the likelihood of a coordinated response. A hack or failure of one cryptocurrency may lead to a loss of confidence in, and thus decreased usage and/or value of, other cryptocurrencies.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Considerations. Certain of the Funds incorporate environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) considerations into their investment practices, as described in the Prospectus and as further described below. Consideration of ESG factors in the investment process may limit the types and number of investment opportunities available to a Fund, and therefore carries the risk that, under certain market conditions, the Fund may underperform funds that do not consider ESG factors or use a different methodology to identify and/or integrate ESG factors. The integration of ESG considerations may affect a Fund’s exposure to certain sectors or types of investments and may impact a Fund’s relative investment performance depending on whether such sectors or investments are in or out of favor in the market. A company’s ESG performance or the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of a company’s ESG performance may change over time, which could cause a Fund temporarily to hold securities that do not comply with the Fund’s responsible investment principles. Information or data used in evaluating a company may not be complete, accurate, or readily available, which could cause the Sub-Adviser to incorrectly assess a company’s ESG performance. Successful application of a Fund’s ESG considerations will depend on the Sub-Adviser’s skill in properly identifying and analyzing material ESG issues. There is also a risk that a Fund could have indirect exposure (through, including but not limited to, derivatives and investments in other investment companies) to issuers that do not meet the relevant ESG criteria used by the Fund. Further, investors may differ in their views of what constitutes positive or negative ESG characteristics of a security, as ESG is not a uniformly defined characteristic. As a result, the Fund’s ESG criteria may not reflect the values and beliefs of any particular investor. There is no guarantee that the evaluation of ESG considerations will be additive to a Fund’s performance. The regulatory landscape for ESG investing in the United States is evolving, and future rules or regulations may require a Fund to change its investment process.

Equity Securities. Certain of the Funds may invest in one or more types of equity securities. Equity securities include common stocks, most preferred stocks and securities that are convertible into them, including common stock purchase warrants and rights, equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures or similar enterprises and depositary receipts. Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent an equity (ownership) interest in a corporation.

Different types of equity securities provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in the event of the bankruptcy and/or insolvency of the issuer. Preferred stock has certain fixed income features, like a bond, but actually is an equity security that is senior to a company’s common stock. Convertible bonds may include debentures and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Some preferred stocks also may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. Depositary receipts typically are issued by banks or trust companies and evidence ownership of underlying equity securities.

While past performance does not guarantee future results, equity securities historically have provided the greatest long-term growth potential of an investment in a company. However, stock markets are volatile, and the prices of equity securities generally fluctuate more than other securities and reflect changes in a company’s financial condition as well as general market, economic and political conditions and other factors. The value of an equity security may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the issuing company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. Common stocks generally represent the riskiest investment in a company. Even investments in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor economic conditions. It is possible that a Fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on an individual equity investment. While this is also possible with bonds, it is less likely.

Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Obligations. Eurodollar bank obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee dollar bank obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks.

Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations are subject to the same risks that pertain to domestic issues; notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee dollar) obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include the following: adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes; and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

Event-Linked Bonds. Event-linked bonds are fixed income securities, for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities. If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, a Fund investing in the bond may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, a Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index fund losses, industry indices, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds may also expose a Fund to certain unanticipated risks, including issuer (credit) default, counterparty risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, and adverse tax consequences.

Event-linked bonds are generally less liquid than traditional bonds. The lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that a Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. Event-linked bonds are typically rated, and a Fund will only invest in event-linked bonds that meet the credit quality requirements for the Fund.

Floaters and Inverse Floaters. Floaters and inverse floaters are securities with a floating or variable rate of interest, i.e., the rate of interest varies with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, or at specified intervals. The interest rate on a floater resets periodically. Because of the interest rate reset feature, floaters provide a Fund with a certain degree of protection against rises in interest rates, but a Fund will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. Certain floaters may carry a demand feature that permits the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the underlying instrument, or to a third party,

at par value prior to maturity. When the demand feature of certain floaters represents an obligation of a foreign entity, the demand feature will be subject to certain risks discussed under “Foreign Securities.”

In addition, a Fund may invest in inverse floating rate obligations, which are securities that have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple of a designated floating rate. Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate, while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. Inverse floaters may exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage-related securities. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

Foreign Currency. A Fund may purchase securities denominated in foreign currencies, including the purchase of foreign currency on a spot (or cash) basis. A change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a change in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s assets and income. In addition, although a portion of a Fund’s investment income may be received or realized in such currencies, the Fund will be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the exchange rate for any such currency declines after a Fund’s income has been earned and computed in U.S. dollars but before conversion and payment, the Fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to make such distributions.

Although a Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. A Fund will convert foreign currencies to U.S. dollars and vice versa from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (“spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

Currency exchange rates may be affected unpredictably by intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities and by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. Foreign currencies in which a Fund’s assets are denominated may be devalued against the U.S. dollar, resulting in a loss to the Fund. Currency positions are not considered to be an investment in a foreign government for industry concentration purposes.

Certain Funds may also invest in foreign currency transactions using derivative instruments such as forwards, futures, options (including listed and OTC options), and options on futures, in order to seek to enhance returns or hedge against a change in the value of a currency. Hedging transactions involve costs and may result in losses. Certain of the Funds may also write call options on foreign currencies to offset some of the costs of hedging those currencies. A Fund’s ability to engage in hedging and related option transactions may be limited by federal income tax considerations (see the section of this SAI entitled “Taxation”).

Foreign currency options provide the holder the right to buy or to sell a currency at a fixed price on or before a future date. Listed options are third-party contracts (performance is guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation) which are issued by a clearing corporation, traded on an exchange and have standardized prices and expiration dates. OTC options are two-party contracts and have negotiated prices and expiration dates. A futures contract on a foreign currency is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a specified amount of the currency for a set price on a future date. Options traded in the OTC market may not be as actively traded as those on an exchange, so it may be more difficult to value such options. In addition, it may be difficult to enter into closing transactions with respect to options traded over the counter. A Fund will engage in OTC options transactions on foreign currencies only when appropriate exchange traded transactions are unavailable and when, in the Sub-Adviser’s opinion, the pricing mechanism and liquidity are satisfactory and the participants are responsible parties likely to meet their contractual obligations. For more information on OTC options, see the section on “Over-the-Counter Options.”

Hedging against a change in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities or prevent losses if the prices of such securities decline. These hedging transactions also preclude the opportunity for gain if the value of the hedged currency should rise. In addition, the price of any foreign currency futures or foreign currency options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time a Fund’s order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. Whether a foreign currency hedge benefits a Fund will depend on the ability of a Fund’s Adviser or Sub-Adviser to predict future currency exchange rates.

The writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received, and a Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates although, in the event of rate movements adverse to a Fund’s position, it may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

Options on futures transactions may be effected to hedge the currency risk on non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities owned by a Fund, sold by a Fund but not yet delivered or anticipated to be purchased by a Fund. As an illustration, a Fund may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a Japanese yen-denominated security. In these circumstances, a Fund may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the dollar relative to the yen will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option.

Participation in foreign currency futures and foreign currency options transactions may involve the execution and clearing of trades on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. Foreign government exchange controls and restrictions on repatriation of currency can negatively affect currency transactions. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to a Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies to settle obligations. Neither the National Futures Association nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign currency futures or foreign currency options transaction occurs. For these reasons, when a Fund trades foreign currency futures or foreign currency options contracts, it may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC’s regulations and the rules of the National Futures Association and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the National Futures Association or any domestic exchange. In particular, funds received from a Fund for foreign currency futures or foreign currency options transactions may not be provided the same protections as funds received in respect of transactions on U.S. futures exchanges.

The cost to a Fund of engaging in foreign currency transactions varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the prevailing market conditions. Since transactions in foreign currency exchanges usually are conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved with such transactions.

A Fund will not hedge a currency substantially in excess of the market value of the securities denominated in that currency which it owns or the expected acquisition price of securities which it anticipates purchasing. OTC options on foreign currency also are considered to be swaps. However, options on foreign currency traded on a national securities exchange are not classified as swaps and are regulated by the SEC. For information concerning the risks associated with swaps please see the section on “Swaps.”

For information on how Funds may use foreign currency forwards, see the section on “Forward Foreign Currency Transactions.” For more information on forwards, futures, and options, see the sections on “Forward Commitments,” “Futures Transactions,” and “Options Transactions.”

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities. Forward commitments, including “TBA” (to be announced), when-issued and delayed delivery transactions arise when securities are purchased by a Fund with payment and delivery taking place in the future in order to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price or yield to the Fund at the time of entering into the transaction. However, the price of or yield on a comparable security available when delivery takes place may vary from the price of or yield on the security at the time that the forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery transaction was entered into. Agreements for such purchases might be entered into, for example, when a Fund anticipates a decline in interest rates and is able to obtain a more advantageous price or yield by committing currently to purchase securities to be issued later. When a Fund purchases securities on a forward-commitment, when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it does not pay for the securities until they are received. Forward commitments may be considered securities in themselves and involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline in the value of a Fund’s other assets. Where such purchases are made through dealers, a Fund relies on the dealer to consummate the sale. The dealer’s failure to do so may result in the loss to a Fund of an advantageous yield or price. Pursuant to recommendations of the Treasury Market Practices Group, which is sponsored by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, a

Fund or its counterparty generally is required to post collateral when entering into certain forward-settling transactions, including without limitation TBA transactions.

A Fund will only enter into forward commitments and make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities. However, a Fund may sell these securities before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy. Forward commitments and when-issued and delayed delivery transactions are generally expected to settle within three months from the date the transactions are entered into, although a Fund may close out its position prior to the settlement date by entering into a matching sales transaction. In general, a Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date.

A Fund may purchase forward commitments and make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis for any number of reasons, including to protect the value of portfolio investments, as a means to adjust the Fund’s overall exposure, and to enhance the Fund’s return. Purchases made in an effort to enhance a Fund’s return may involve more risk than purchases made for other reasons. For example, by committing to purchase securities in the future, a Fund subjects itself to a risk of loss on such commitments as well as on its portfolio securities. Also, a Fund may have to sell assets that have been set aside in order to meet redemptions. In addition, if a Fund determines it is advisable as a matter of investment strategy to sell the forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery securities before delivery, that Fund may incur a gain or loss because of market fluctuations since the time the commitment to purchase such securities was made. When the time comes to pay for the securities to be purchased under a forward commitment or on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, a Fund will meet its obligations from the then available cash flow or the sale of securities, or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery securities themselves (which may have a value greater or less than a Fund’s payment obligation).

Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act permits a Fund to enter into when-issued or forward-settling securities (e.g., firm and standby commitments, including TBA commitments, and dollar rolls) and non-standard settlement cycle securities, notwithstanding the limitation on the issuance of senior securities in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided that the transaction satisfies the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision. If a when-issued, forward-settling or non-standard settlement cycle security does not satisfy the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision, then it is treated as a Derivatives Transaction under Rule 18f-4. For more information about these practices, see the “Derivatives” section.

Forward Foreign Currency Transactions. A forward foreign currency exchange contract (“FX forward contract”) involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.

A Fund may enter into FX forward contracts for a variety of purposes in connection with the management of the foreign securities portion of its portfolio. A Fund’s use of such contracts will include, but not be limited to, the following situations.

First, when a Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in or exposed to a foreign currency, it may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. By entering into an FX forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transaction, a Fund will be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.

Second, when a Fund’s Sub-Adviser believes that one currency may experience a substantial movement against another currency, including the U.S. dollar, it may enter into an FX forward contract to sell or buy the amount of the former foreign currency, approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities denominated in or exposed to such foreign currency. Alternatively, where appropriate, a Fund may hedge all or part of its foreign currency exposure through the use of a basket of currencies, multinational currency units, or a proxy currency where such currency or currencies act as an effective proxy for other currencies. In such a case, a Fund may enter into an FX forward contract where the amount of the foreign currency to be sold exceeds the value of the securities denominated in or exposed to such currency. The use of this basket hedging technique may be more efficient and economical than entering into separate FX forward contracts for each currency held in a Fund.

The precise matching of the FX forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value

of those securities between the date the FX forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Under normal circumstances, consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into the diversification strategies. However, the Sub-Advisers believe that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into such FX forward contracts when they determine that the best interests of the Funds will be served.

A Fund may enter into FX forward contracts for any other purpose consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and program. For example, a Fund may use foreign currency options and FX forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.

At the maturity of an FX forward contract, a Fund may sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and either extend the maturity of the FX forward contract (by “rolling” that contract forward) or may initiate a new FX forward contract. If a Fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund will incur a gain or a loss (as described below) to the extent that there has been movement in FX forward contract prices. If a Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new FX forward contract to sell the foreign currency.

Should forward prices decline during the period between a Fund’s entering into an FX forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Fund will realize a gain to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward prices increase, a Fund will suffer a loss to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

A Fund may engage in a deliverable FX forward contract. The consummation of deliverable FX forward contracts requires the actual exchange of the principal amounts of the two currencies in the contract (i.e., settlement on a physical basis). Because deliverable FX forward contracts are physically settled through an exchange of currencies, they are traded in the interbank market directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A deliverable FX forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades; foreign exchange dealers realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the prices at which they are buying and the prices at which they are selling various currencies. When a Fund enters into a deliverable FX forward contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction. A Fund may be required to obtain the currency that it must deliver under the deliverable FX forward contract through the sale of portfolio securities denominated in such currency or through conversion of other assets of a Fund into such currency. Although FX forward contracts settled on a physical basis are generally not classified as swaps, these transactions must be reported to a swap data repository under the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, swap dealers must observe business conduct standards under the Dodd-Frank Act for such transactions, and all FX forward contracts are subject to the prohibitions on fraud and manipulation under the Dodd-Frank Act.

A Fund may engage in non-deliverable FX forward contracts (“NDFs”). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term FX forward contracts on foreign currencies (each a “Reference Currency”) that are non-convertible and that may be thinly traded or illiquid. NDFs are classified as swaps and regulated as such under the Dodd-Frank Act. NDFs involve an obligation to pay an amount (the “Settlement Amount”) equal to the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate for the Reference Currency and the agreed upon exchange rate (the “NDF Rate”), with respect to an agreed notional amount. NDFs have a fixing date and a settlement (delivery) date. The fixing date is the date and time at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate and the agreed upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement (delivery) date is the date by which the payment of the Settlement Amount is due to the party receiving payment.

Although NDFs are similar to deliverable FX forward contracts, NDFs do not require physical delivery of the Reference Currency on the settlement date. Rather, on the settlement date, the only transfer between the counterparties is the monetary settlement amount representing the difference between the NDF Rate and the prevailing market exchange rate. NDFs typically may have terms from one month up to two years and are settled in U.S. dollars.

NDFs are subject to many of the risks associated with derivatives in general and forward currency transactions, including risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency and the risk that the counterparty will fail to fulfill its obligations. See the sections on “Derivatives” and “Foreign Currency.” Although NDFs historically have been traded over-the-counter, currently some NDFs are centrally cleared and are exchange-traded on swap execution facilities and designated contract markets. With respect to

NDFs that are centrally-cleared, while central clearing is intended to decrease counterparty risk, an investor could lose margin payments it has deposited with the clearing organization as well as the net amount of gains not yet paid by the clearing organization if the clearing organization breaches its obligations under the NDF, becomes insolvent or goes into bankruptcy. In the event of bankruptcy of the clearing organization, the investor may be entitled to the net amount of gains the investor is entitled to receive plus the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the clearing organization’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the investor. Even if some NDFs remain traded OTC, they will be subject to margin requirements for uncleared swaps and counterparty risk common to other swaps. For more information about the risks associated with utilizing swaps, please see the section on “Swaps” below.

Foreign Securities. Certain of the Funds may invest in foreign securities or engage in certain types of transactions related to foreign securities, such as Depositary Receipts, Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations, and foreign currency transactions, including forward foreign currency transactions, foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and options on futures. Further information about these instruments and the risks involved in their use is contained under the description of each of these instruments in this SAI.

Foreign investments involve certain risks that are not present in domestic securities. For example, foreign securities may be subject to currency risks or to foreign income or other withholding taxes that reduce their attractiveness. There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and a foreign issuer is not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the United States. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Other risks of investing in such securities include political or economic instability in the country involved, the difficulty of predicting international trade patterns and the possibility of imposition of exchange controls or limitations on the removal of funds or assets. The prices of such securities may be more volatile than those of domestic securities. With respect to certain foreign countries, there is a possibility of expropriation of assets or nationalization, imposition of withholding taxes on dividend or interest payments, difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities or diplomatic developments which could affect investment in these countries. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries.

Losses and other expenses may be incurred in converting between various currencies in connection with purchases and sales of foreign securities. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars. This risk, generally known as “currency risk,” means that a stronger U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors while a weak U.S. dollar will increase those returns.

Foreign stock markets are generally not as developed or efficient as, and may be more volatile than, those in the United States. While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and a Fund’s investment securities may be less liquid and subject to more rapid and erratic price movements than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Equity securities may trade at price/earnings multiples higher than comparable U.S. securities, and such levels may not be sustainable. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign stock exchanges, brokers, banks and listed companies abroad than in the United States. Moreover, settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets. Such differences may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States and practices, such as delivery of securities prior to receipt of payment, which increase the likelihood of a “failed settlement,” which can result in losses to a Fund.

The economies of certain foreign markets often do not compare favorably with that of the U.S. with respect to such issues as growth of gross national product, reinvestment of capital, resources, and balance of payments position. Certain such economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures.

The value of foreign investments and the investment income derived from them may also be affected unfavorably by changes in currency exchange control regulations. Although the Funds will invest only in securities denominated in foreign currencies that are fully exchangeable into U.S. dollars without legal restriction at the time of investment, there can be no assurance that currency controls will not be imposed subsequently. In addition, the value of foreign fixed income investments may fluctuate in response to changes in U.S. and foreign interest rates.

A Fund that invests in foreign securities is subject to the risk that its share price may be exposed to arbitrage attempts by investors seeking to capitalize on differences in the values of foreign securities trading on foreign exchanges that may close before the time the Fund’s net asset value is determined. If such arbitrage attempts are successful, a Fund’s net asset value might be diluted. A Fund’s use of fair value pricing in certain circumstances (by adjusting the closing market prices of foreign securities to reflect what the Adviser believes to be their fair value) may help deter such arbitrage activities. The effect of such fair value pricing is that foreign securities may not be priced on the basis of quotations from the primary foreign securities market in which they are traded, but rather may be priced by another method that the Adviser believes reflects fair value. As such, fair value pricing is based on subjective judgment, and it is possible that fair value may differ materially from the value realized on a sale of a foreign security. It is also possible that use of fair value pricing will limit an investment adviser’s ability to implement a Fund’s investment strategy (e.g., reducing the volatility of a Fund’s share price) or achieve its investment objective.

Foreign brokerage commissions, custodial expenses and other fees are also generally higher than for securities traded in the United States. Consequently, the overall expense ratios of international or global funds are usually somewhat higher than those of typical domestic stock funds.

Moreover, investments in foreign government debt securities, particularly those of emerging market country governments, involve special risks. Certain emerging market countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. See “Emerging Market Securities” below for additional risks.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may also affect the earning power and asset value of the foreign entity issuing a security, even one denominated in U.S. dollars. Dividend and interest payments will be repatriated based on the exchange rate at the time of disbursement, and restrictions on capital flows may be imposed.

In less liquid and less well developed stock markets, such as those in some Eastern European, Southeast Asian, and Latin American countries, volatility may be heightened by actions of a few major investors. For example, substantial increases or decreases in cash flows of mutual funds investing in these markets could significantly affect stock prices and, therefore, share prices. Additionally, investments in emerging market regions or the following geographic regions are subject to more specific risks, as discussed below.

The transmission of COVID-19 and efforts to contain its spread resulted in significant volatility and declines in global financial markets, which caused losses for investors. Health crises caused by pandemics, such as the COVID-19 outbreak, may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social, economic, and financial risks. The impact of epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future could cause a general decline in the global economy and negatively affect the performance of individual countries, industries, or sectors in significant and unforeseen ways.

Emerging Market Securities. Certain of the Funds may invest in emerging market securities. Investments in emerging market country securities involve special risks. The economies, markets and political structures of a number of the emerging market countries in which the Funds can invest do not compare favorably with the United States and other mature economies in terms of wealth and stability. Therefore, investments in these countries may be riskier. Some economies are less well developed and less diverse (for example, Latin America, Eastern Europe and certain Asian countries) and more vulnerable to the ebb and flow of international trade, trade barriers and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. Similarly, many of these countries are grappling with severe inflation or recession, high levels of national debt, fluctuations in currency exchange rates and government instability. Investments in countries that have begun moving away from central planning and state-owned industries toward free markets, such as the Eastern European, Russian or Chinese economies, should be regarded as speculative.

Certain emerging market countries may experience the following: (i) less developed securities markets with low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for emerging market securities; (ii) less organized settlement systems for trading securities, resulting in delayed settlements of trades and reduced liquidity for emerging market securities; (iii) uncertain national policies, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iv) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (v) national policies that may limit a Fund’s investment opportunities such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (vi) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

Political and economic structures in emerging market countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and these countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristics of more developed countries. In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that any or all of these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for a Fund. In the past, governments of such nations have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and most claims of the property owners have never been fully settled. In such an event, it is possible that a Fund could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market. As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened.

The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of an emerging market country’s debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole and the political constraints to which a government debtor may be subject. Government debtors may default on their debt and may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. Holders of government debt may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to government debtors.

If such an event occurs, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government fixed income securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

The economies of individual emerging market countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, currency depreciation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Further, the economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity prices. Emerging market economies may develop unevenly or may never fully develop.

The assessment of investment opportunities in certain emerging market securities markets may be more difficult in light of limitations on available information and different accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards. Investing in emerging market countries may entail purchasing securities issued by or on behalf of entities that are insolvent, bankrupt, in default or otherwise engaged in an attempt to reorganize or reschedule their obligations, and in entities that have little or no proven credit rating or credit history. In any such case, the issuer’s poor or deteriorating financial condition may increase the likelihood that the investing Fund will experience losses or diminution in available gains due to bankruptcy, insolvency or fraud.

Eastern European and Russian Securities. Investing in the securities of Eastern European and Russian issuers is highly speculative and involves risks not usually associated with investing in the more developed markets of Western Europe. Many formerly communist, Eastern European countries have experienced significant political and economic reform over the past decades. However, the democratization process is still relatively new in several of the smaller states, and political turmoil and popular uprisings still pose threats. Investments in these countries are particularly subject to political, economic, legal, market and currency risks. Such risks include uncertain political and economic policies and the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, short-term market volatility, poor accounting standards, unpredictable taxation, corruption, inadequate regulation, the imposition of capital controls and/or foreign investment limitations by a country and the imposition of sanctions on an Eastern European country by other countries, such as the U.S. Adverse currency exchange rates are a risk, and there may be a lack of available currency hedging instruments. In addition, these markets are particularly sensitive to social, political, economic, and currency events in Western Europe and Russia and may suffer heavy losses as a result of their trading and investment links to these economies and currencies. Eastern European economies may also be particularly susceptible to the international credit market due to their reliance on bank related inflows of foreign capital, and especially their continued dependence on the Western European zone for credit and trade, which may have a negative effect on a Fund’s investments in the region.

The securities markets of Eastern European countries, as compared to U.S. markets, have significant price volatility, less liquidity, a smaller market capitalization and a smaller number of exchange-traded securities. A limited volume of trading may result in difficulty in obtaining accurate prices and trading. There is little publicly available information about issuers. Information and transaction costs, differential taxes, and political or transfer risk give a comparative advantage to the domestic investor rather than the foreign investor. Settlement, clearing and registration of securities transactions are subject to risks because of registration systems that may not be subject to effective government supervision. This may result in significant delays or problems in registering the transfer of shares. It is possible that a Fund's ownership rights could be lost. While applicable regulations may impose liability on registrars for certain losses, it may be difficult for a Fund to enforce any rights it may have against the registrar or issuer of the securities in the event of loss of share registration.

Additionally, Russia has attempted to assert its influence in the region through economic and even military measures. Russia's military invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, the resulting responses by the United States and other countries, and the potential for wider conflict have had, and could continue to have, severe adverse effects on regional and global economies and could further increase volatility and uncertainty in the financial markets. These events have had and could continue to have significant adverse effects on regional and global economic markets for securities and commodities, including adverse effects on global markets’ performance and liquidity, thereby negatively affecting the value of a Fund’s investments beyond any direct exposure to Russian issuers. Disruptions caused by Russian military action or other actions (including cyberattacks and espionage) or resulting actual and threatened responses to such activity, including purchasing and financing restrictions, boycotts or changes in consumer or purchaser preferences, sanctions, tariffs or cyberattacks on the Russian government, Russian companies or Russian individuals, including politicians, have impacted and may continue to impact Russia’s economy and issuers of securities in which the Funds invest. Actual and threatened responses to such military action may also impact the markets for certain Russian commodities, such as oil and natural gas, as well as other sectors of the Russian economy, and may likely have collateral impacts on such sectors globally.

Governments in the United States and many other countries have imposed economic sanctions, which consist of, among other things, prohibiting certain securities trades, prohibiting certain private transactions in the energy sector, asset freezes, banning Russian airlines and ships from using other countries’ airspace and ports, and prohibiting all business dealings with certain Russian individuals, including politicians, and Russian corporate and banking entities. Additionally, the European Union (“EU”) and certain other countries have removed selected Russian banks from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications (“SWIFT”), the electronic banking network that connects banks globally, and imposed restrictive measures to prevent the Russian Central Bank from undermining the impact of the sanctions. A number of large corporations and U.S. states have divested interests or otherwise curtailed business dealings with certain Russian businesses. The United States has banned oil and other energy imports from Russia, and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) phased out oil imports from Russia in January 2023. These and other sanctions, and the imposition or threat of further sanctions, may result in the further decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a further weakening of the ruble, downgrades in Russia’s credit rating, or other adverse consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions have also resulted in asset freezes of Russian securities, commodities, resources and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of the Funds to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets. As of the date of this SAI, the Funds' holdings in Russian securities (if any) are valued at zero, and prospects for recouping any value are remote. Sanctions could also result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities, including cyber actions. As a result, a Fund’s performance may be adversely affected.

Even prior to the invasion of Ukraine and consequent imposition of sanctions on Russia, compared to most national stock markets, the Russian securities market suffered from a variety of problems not encountered in more developed markets. The relatively recent formation of the Russian securities market and the limited volume of trading in securities in the market may make obtaining accurate prices on portfolio securities from independent sources more difficult than in more developed markets. Additionally, there is little solid corporate information available to investors. As a result, it may be difficult to assess the value or prospects of an investment in Russian companies. Poor accounting standards, inept management, pervasive corruption, insider trading and crime, and inadequate regulatory protection for the rights of investors all pose additional risk, particularly to foreign investors.

The National Settlement Depository (“NSD”) has been a recognized central securities depository of the Russian Federation. In response to Russia's invasion of Ukraine in 2022, the EU, U.K. and United States added the NSD to their lists of sanctioned entities. Russian securities laws may not recognize foreign nominee accounts held with a custodian bank, and therefore the custodian may be considered the ultimate owner of securities they hold for their clients. In addition, issuers and registrars are still prominent in the validation and approval of documentation requirements for corporate action processing in Russia. Because

the documentation requirements and approval criteria vary between registrars and/or issuers, there remain unclear and inconsistent market standards in the Russian market with respect to the completion and submission of corporate action elections. Furthermore, significant delays or problems may occur in registering the transfer of securities, which could cause an investor in Russian securities to incur losses due to a counterparty’s failure to pay for securities the investor has delivered or an investor’s inability to complete its contractual obligations because of theft or other reasons. In addition, there is the risk that the Russian tax system will not be reformed to prevent inconsistent, retroactive, and/or exorbitant taxation, or, in the alternative, the risk that a reformed tax system may result in the inconsistent and unpredictable enforcement of the new tax laws.

The Russian economy is heavily dependent upon the export of a range of commodities including most industrial metals, forestry products, oil, and gas. Accordingly, it is strongly affected by international commodity prices and is particularly vulnerable to any weakening in global demand for these products. Decreases in the prices of commodities, which have in the past pushed the whole economy into recession, have demonstrated the sensitivity of the Russian economy to such price volatility. In addition to the significant adverse effects stemming from the war in Ukraine discussed above, over the long term, Russia faces challenges including a shrinking workforce, a high level of corruption, and difficulty in accessing capital for smaller, non-energy companies and poor infrastructure in need of large investments.

The Russian ruble has been subject to significant devaluation as a result of actions taken in response to the invasion of Ukraine, and there is a risk of significant further devaluation. In addition, there is the risk that the Russian government may impose capital controls on foreign portfolio investments in the event of extreme financial or political crisis. Such capital controls may prevent the sale of a portfolio of foreign assets and the repatriation of investment income and capital. These risks may cause flight from the ruble into U.S. dollars and other currencies.

European Securities. The EU’s Economic and Monetary Union, which is comprised of EU members that have adopted the euro currency, requires eurozone countries to comply with restrictions on interest rates, deficits, debt levels, and inflation rates, fiscal and monetary controls, and other factors, each of which may significantly impact every European country and their economic partners. Decreasing imports or exports, changes in governmental or other regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the euro (the common currency of the EU), the threat of default or actual default by one or more EU member countries on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in one or more EU member countries may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member countries and their trading partners.

The European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns relating to economic downturns, rising government debt levels and national unemployment and the possible default of government debt in several European countries. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute capital controls. Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect a Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in other countries and can affect exposures to other EU countries and their financial companies as well. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of a Fund’s investments in the region.

The full impact of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” and the nature of the future relationship between the U.K. and the EU remain unclear. The effects of Brexit on the U.K. and EU economies could be significant, resulting in negative impacts, such as business and trade disruptions, increased volatility and illiquidity, and potentially lower economic growth of markets in the U.K. and the EU. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Until the full economic effects of Brexit become clearer, there remains a risk that Brexit may negatively impact a

Fund’s investments and cause it to lose money. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate the terms of its future trading relationships.

Secessionist movements, such as the Catalan movement in Spain and the independence movement in Scotland, as well as government or other responses to such movements, may also create instability and uncertainty in the region. In addition, the national politics of countries in the EU have been unpredictable and subject to influence by disruptive political groups and ideologies. The governments of EU countries may be subject to change, and such countries may experience social and political unrest. Unanticipated or sudden political or social developments may result in sudden and significant investment losses. The occurrence of terrorist incidents throughout Europe also could impact financial markets. The impact of these events is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments.

Russia's military invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, the resulting responses by the United States and other countries, and the potential for wider conflict have had, and could continue to have, severe adverse effects on regional and global economies and could further increase volatility and uncertainty in the financial markets. Disruptions caused by Russian military action or other actions (including cyberattacks and espionage) or resulting actual and threatened responses to such activity, including purchasing and financing restrictions, boycotts or changes in consumer or purchaser preferences, sanctions, tariffs or cyberattacks on Russian entities or individuals, including politicians, have had and could continue to have a severe adverse effect on both the region and the global economy, including significant negative impacts on the economy and the markets for certain securities and commodities, such as oil and natural gas, as well as other sectors. For example, exports in Eastern Europe have been disrupted for certain key commodities, pushing commodity prices to record highs, and energy prices in Europe have increased significantly. How long such military action and related events will last cannot be predicted. These events may result in further significant adverse effects on regional and global economic markets for securities and commodities, including adverse effects on global markets’ performance and liquidity, thereby negatively affecting the value of a Fund’s investments beyond any direct exposure to Russian issuers.

Latin America

Inflation — Most Latin American countries have experienced, at one time or another, severe and persistent levels of inflation, including, in some cases, hyperinflation. This has, in turn, led to high interest rates, extreme measures by governments to keep inflation in check, and a generally debilitating effect on economic growth. Recent persistent inflation and tightening global financial conditions could lead to decelerating economic growth in the region.

Political Instability — Certain Latin American countries have historically suffered from social, political, and economic instability, and volatility, currency devaluations, government defaults and high unemployment rates. For investors, this has meant additional risk caused by periods of regional conflict, political corruption, totalitarianism, protectionist measures, nationalization, hyperinflation, debt crises, sudden and large currency devaluation, and intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres. However, in some Latin American countries, a move to sustainable democracy and a more mature and accountable political environment is under way. Domestic economies have been deregulated, privatization of state-owned companies is ongoing and foreign trade restrictions have been relaxed.

Nonetheless, there can be no guarantee that such trends will continue or that the desired outcomes of these developments will be successful. In addition, to the extent that events such as those listed above continue in the future, they could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization, and removal of trade barriers, and result in significant disruption in securities markets in the region. Investors in the region continue to face a number of potential risks. Governments of many Latin American countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. Governmental actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in Latin American countries, which could affect the companies in which a Fund invests and, therefore, the value of Fund shares.

Additionally, an investment in Latin America is subject to certain risks stemming from political and economic corruption, which may affect negatively the country or the reputation of companies domiciled in a certain country. For certain countries in Latin America, political risks have created significant uncertainty in financial markets and may further limit the economic recovery in the region. For example, in Mexico, the long-term implications of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, the 2020 successor to the North American Free Trade Agreement (i.e., NAFTA), are yet to be determined. This uncertainty may have an adverse impact on Mexico’s economic outlook and the value of a Fund’s investments in Mexico. Additionally,

recent political and social unrest in Venezuela has resulted in a massive disruption in the Venezuelan economy, including a deep recession and hyperinflation. Further, the impact of the 2026 U.S. military and economic intervention in Venezuela, along with any subsequent intervention in the country, is unclear.

Dependence on Exports and Economic Risk — Certain Latin American countries depend heavily on exports to the U.S., investments from a small number of countries, and trading relationships with key trading partners including the U.S., Europe, Asia and other Latin American countries. Accordingly, these countries may be sensitive to fluctuations in demand, protectionist trade policies, exchange rates and changes in market conditions associated with those countries. The economic growth of most Latin American countries is highly dependent on commodity exports, and the economies of certain Latin American countries, particularly Mexico and Venezuela, are highly dependent on oil exports. As a result, these economies are particularly susceptible to fluctuations in the price of oil and other commodities and currency fluctuations. The prices of oil and other commodities experienced volatility driven, in part, by a continued slowdown of growth in China and the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. If growth in China remains slow, or if global economic conditions worsen, prices for Latin American commodities may experience increased volatility and demand may continue to decrease. Although certain of these countries have recently shown signs of recovery, such recovery, if sustained, may be gradual. In addition, prolonged economic difficulties may have negative effects on the transition to a more stable democracy in some Latin American countries.

Sovereign Debt — Latin American economies generally are heavily dependent upon foreign credit and loans, and may be more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. In addition to risk of default, debt repayment may be restructured or rescheduled, which may impair economic activity. Moreover, the debt may be susceptible to high interest rates, which increase the region's debt-servicing costs, and may reach levels that would adversely affect Latin American economies. In addition, certain Latin American economies have been influenced by changing supply and demand for a particular currency, monetary policies of governments (including exchange control programs, restrictions on local exchanges or markets and limitations on foreign investment in a country or on investment by residents of a country in other countries), and currency devaluations and revaluations. A relatively small number of Latin American companies represents a large portion of Latin America’s total market and thus may be more sensitive to adverse political or economic circumstances and market movements. A number of Latin American countries are among the largest debtors of developing countries and have a history of reliance on foreign debt and default. The majority of the region’s economies have become dependent upon foreign credit and loans from external sources to fund government economic plans. Historically, these plans have frequently resulted in little benefit accruing to the economy. Most countries have been forced to restructure their loans or risk default on their debt obligations. In addition, interest on the debt is subject to market conditions and may reach levels that would impair economic activity and create a difficult and costly environment for borrowers. Accordingly, these governments may be forced to reschedule or freeze their debt repayment, which could negatively affect local markets. While the region has recently had mixed levels of economic growth, recovery from past economic downturns in Latin America has historically been slow, and such growth, if sustained, may be gradual. Low or slowing growth in the global economy may reduce demand for exports from Latin America and limit the availability of foreign credit for some countries in the region. As a result, a Fund’s investments in Latin American securities could be harmed if economic recovery in the region is limited.

Pacific Basin Region. Many Asian countries may be subject to a greater degree of social, political and economic instability than is the case in the U.S. and Western European countries. Such instability may result from, among other things, (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision-making, including changes in government through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection. In addition, the Asia Pacific geographic region has historically been prone to natural disasters. The occurrence of a natural disaster in the region, including the subsequent recovery, could negatively impact the economy of any country in the region. The existence of overburdened infrastructure and obsolete financial systems also presents risks in certain Asian countries, as do environmental problems.

The economies of most of the Asian countries are heavily dependent on international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners, principally, the U.S., U.K., Japan, China and the EU. The enactment by the U.S. or other principal trading partners of protectionist trade legislation, reduction of foreign investment in the local economies and general declines in the international securities markets could have a significant adverse effect upon

the securities markets of the Asian countries. The economies of certain Asian countries may depend to a significant degree upon only a few industries and/or exports of primary commodities and, therefore, are vulnerable to changes in commodity prices that, in turn, may be affected by a variety of factors. In addition, certain developing Asian countries, such as the Philippines and India, are especially large debtors to commercial banks and foreign governments. Many of the Pacific Basin economies may be intertwined, so an economic downturn in one country may result in, or be accompanied by, an economic downturn in other countries in the region. Furthermore, many of the Pacific Basin economies are characterized by high inflation, underdeveloped financial services sectors, heavy reliance on international trade, frequent currency fluctuations, devaluations, or restrictions, political and social instability, and less efficient markets.

The securities markets in Asia are substantially smaller, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets in the U.S. A high proportion of the shares of many issuers may be held by a limited number of persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number of shares available for investment by a Fund. In some countries, there is no established secondary market for securities. Therefore, liquidity of securities may be generally low and transaction costs generally high. Similarly, volume and liquidity in the bond markets in Asia are less than in the U.S. and, at times, price volatility can be greater than in the U.S. A limited number of issuers in Asian securities markets may represent a disproportionately large percentage of market capitalization and trading value. The limited liquidity of securities markets in Asia may also affect a Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so. In addition, the Asian securities markets are susceptible to being influenced by large investors trading significant blocks of securities.

Many stock markets are undergoing a period of growth and change which may result in trading volatility and difficulties in the settlement and recording of transactions, and in interpreting and applying the relevant law and regulations. With respect to investments in the currencies of Asian countries, changes in the value of those currencies against the U.S. dollar will result in corresponding changes in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s assets denominated in those currencies. Certain developing economies in the Asia Pacific region are characterized by frequent currency fluctuations, devaluations, and restrictions; unstable employment rates; rapid fluctuation in, among other things, inflation and reliance on exports; and less efficient markets. Currency fluctuations or devaluations in any one country can have a significant effect on the entire Asia Pacific region. Holding securities in currencies that are devalued (or in companies whose revenues are substantially in currencies that are devalued) will likely decrease the value of a Fund’s investments.

Some developing Asian countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as a Fund. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company or limit the investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of a company which may have less advantageous terms (including price and shareholder rights) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals of the relevant country. There can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to obtain required governmental approvals in a timely manner. In addition, changes to restrictions on foreign ownership of securities subsequent to a Fund’s purchase of such securities may have an adverse effect on the value of such shares. Certain countries may restrict investment opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to national interests.

Chinese Companies. Investing in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan involves a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in other more established economies or securities markets. Such risks may include: (a) the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; (b) greater social, economic and political uncertainty (including the risk of war); (c) dependency on exports and the corresponding importance of international trade; (d) the increasing competition from Asia’s other low-cost emerging economies; (e) greater price volatility, substantially less liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of securities markets, particularly in China; (f) currency exchange rate fluctuations and the lack of available currency hedging instruments; (g) higher rates of inflation; (h) controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on a Fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; (i) greater governmental involvement in and control over the economy, and greater intervention in the Chinese financial markets, such as the imposition of trading restrictions; ( j) the risk that the Chinese government may decide not to continue to support the economic reform programs and could return to the completely centrally planned economy that was in place prior to 1978; (k) the fact that Chinese companies, particularly those located in China, may be smaller, less seasoned and newly-organized; (l) the difference in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting standards which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers, particularly in China; (m) the fact that statistical information regarding the Chinese economy may be inaccurate or not comparable to statistical information regarding the U.S. or other economies; (n) the less extensive, and still developing, regulation of the securities markets,

business entities and commercial transactions; (o) the fact that the settlement period of securities transactions in foreign markets may be longer; (p) uncertainty surrounding the willingness and ability of the Chinese government to support the Chinese and Hong Kong economies and markets; (q) the risk that it may be more difficult, or impossible, to obtain and/or enforce a judgment than in other countries; (r) the rapidity and erratic nature of growth, particularly in China, resulting in inefficiencies and dislocations; and (s) the risk that, because of the degree of interconnectivity between the economies and financial markets of China, Hong Kong and Taiwan, any sizable reduction in the demand for goods from China, or an economic downturn in China could negatively affect the economies and financial markets of Hong Kong and Taiwan, as well.

Investment in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan is subject to certain political risks. China’s economy has transitioned from a rigidly central-planned state-run economy to one that has been only partially reformed by more market-oriented policies. Although the Chinese government has implemented economic reform measures, reduced state ownership of companies and established better corporate governance practices, a substantial portion of productive assets in China are still owned by the Chinese government. The government continues to exercise significant control in regulating industrial development and, ultimately, control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

For decades, a state of hostility has existed between Taiwan and the People’s Republic of China. Beijing has long deemed Taiwan a part of the “one China” sovereign state and has made a nationalist cause of recovering it. This situation poses a threat to Taiwan’s economy and could negatively affect its stock market and the regional and global economy. Regarding Hong Kong, by treaty, China has committed to preserve Hong Kong’s autonomy and its economic, political and social freedoms until 2047. However, if China would exert its authority so as to alter the economic, political or legal structures or the existing social policy of Hong Kong, investor and business confidence in Hong Kong could be negatively affected, which in turn could negatively affect markets and business performance. As demonstrated by protests in Hong Kong in 2019 and 2020 over political, economic, and legal freedoms, and the Chinese government’s response to the protests, there has been a great deal of political unrest, which may result in economic disruption.

China could be affected by military events on the Korean peninsula or internal instability within North Korea. North Korea and South Korea each have substantial military capabilities, and historical tensions between the two countries present the risk of war. Any outbreak of hostilities between the two countries could have a severe adverse effect on the South Korean economy and securities market. These situations may cause uncertainty in the Chinese market and may adversely affect performance of the Chinese economy.

The current political climate has intensified concerns about trade tariffs and volatile trade relations between China and the United States, despite the United States’ signing a partial trade agreement with China in 2020 that reduced some U.S. tariffs on Chinese goods while boosting Chinese purchases of American goods. Following an escalation of U.S. and Chinese rhetoric and tariff-related actions, the countries agreed in late 2025 to a framework deal in an attempt to resolve existing trade conflicts. However, it is unclear whether further trade agreements may be reached in the future. The ability and willingness of China to comply with existing and future trade deals may determine to some degree the extent to which its economy will be adversely affected, which cannot be predicted at the present time. Future tariffs imposed by China and the United States on the other country’s products, or other escalating actions, may trigger a significant reduction in international trade, the oversupply of certain manufactured goods, substantial price reductions of goods and possible failure of individual companies and/or large segments of China’s export industry with a potentially negative impact to a Fund.

There has been increased attention from the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) with regard to international auditing standards of U.S.-listed companies with operations in China as well as PCAOB-registered auditing firms in China. The Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act of 2020 (“HFCAA”) requires the SEC to identify reporting public companies that use public accounting firms with a branch or office located in a foreign jurisdiction that the PCAOB determines that it is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by a governmental entity in that jurisdiction (“Commission-Identified Issuers”). If an issuer is identified as a Commission-Identified Issuer for three consecutive years, the issuer's shares will be prohibited in U.S. exchange and over-the-counter markets. In August 2022, the PCAOB secured a written agreement with the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) and the Ministry of Finance of the PRC for achieving access by the PCAOB to inspect and investigate firms in mainland China and Hong Kong. The PCAOB has since pursued such inspections and has announced resulting settled disciplinary orders and sanctions. Listing and other regulatory requirements applicable

to foreign issuers, including Chinese issuers, are evolving and any future legislation, regulations or rules may require a Fund to change its investment process, which could result in substantial investment losses.

The United States has issued executive orders prohibiting U.S. persons from entering into transactions in publicly traded securities, as well as derivatives and securities designed to provide investment exposure to any securities, of issuers designated “Chinese Military-Industrial Complex Companies” by the Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control. A number of Chinese issuers have been designated under this program, and more could be added. Certain implementation matters related to the scope of, and compliance with, the executive orders have not yet been resolved, and the ultimate application and enforcement of the executive orders may change due to, among other things, changes in the U.S. presidential administration. U.S. investment advisors are permitted to advise non-U.S. funds and non-U.S. persons that purchase and sell such prohibited securities, provided this activity does not indirectly expose U.S. persons to such companies. On August 9, 2023, the United States issued a subsequent executive order intended to restrict investments in certain companies, including certain Chinese companies, operating in specific technology-related industries. The effect of that executive order, and any related regulations or guidance, is not yet known.

Although China adopted a plan in 2019 designed to encourage foreign investment in Chinese financial systems, China continues to limit direct foreign investments generally in industries deemed important to national interests. Foreign investment in domestic securities is also subject to substantial restrictions. There has been long been speculation that China’s currency is undervalued. Currency fluctuations could significantly affect China and its trading partners. China continues to exercise control over the value of its currency, rather than allowing the value of the currency to be determined by market forces. This type of currency regime may experience sudden and significant currency adjustments, which may adversely impact investment returns.

China A-Shares — China A-shares are equity securities of companies based in mainland China that trade on Chinese stock exchanges such as the Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”) (“A-shares”). Foreign investment in A-shares on the SSE and SZSE is historically not permitted other than through a license granted under regulations in the People’s Republic of China known as the Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor (“QFII”) and Renminbi Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor (“RQFII”) systems. Regulations that came into effect on June 6, 2020 superseded certain post-registration rules applicable to QFII and RQFII regimes and removed prior quota restrictions on investment in A-shares. However, there is no guarantee that the quotas will continue to be relaxed.

Because restrictions continue to exist and capital therefore cannot flow freely into and out of the A-Share market, it is possible that in the event of a market disruption, the liquidity of the A-Share market and trading prices of A-Shares could be more severely affected than the liquidity and trading prices of markets where securities are freely tradable and capital therefore flows more freely. A Fund cannot predict the nature or duration of such a market disruption or the impact that it may have on the A-Share market and the short-term and long-term prospects of its investments in the A-Share market. In the event that a Fund invests in A-Shares directly, a Fund may incur significant losses, or may not be able fully to implement or pursue its investment objectives or strategies, due to investment restrictions on RQFIIs and QFIIs, illiquidity of the Chinese securities markets, or delay or disruption in execution or settlement of trades. A-Shares may become subject to frequent and widespread trading halts.

The Chinese government has in the past taken actions that benefitted holders of A-Shares. As A-Shares become more available to foreign investors, such as a Fund, the Chinese government may be less likely to take action that would benefit holders of A-Shares.

The regulations which apply to investments by RQFIIs and QFIIs, including the repatriation of capital, are relatively new. The application and interpretation of such regulations are therefore relatively untested. In addition, there is little precedent or certainty evidencing how such discretion may be exercised now or in the future; and even if there were precedent, it may provide little guidance as PRC authorities would likely continue to have broad discretion. Although the relevant QFII/RQFII regulations have recently been revised to relax the limitation on repatriation of capital, it is uncertain whether and how it will be implemented in practice.

Investment in eligible A-shares listed and traded on the SSE is now permitted through the Stock Connect program, though such securities may lose their eligibility at any time. Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing program established by Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited, the SSE and Chinese Securities Depositary and Clearing Corporation that aims to provide mutual stock market access between China and Hong Kong by permitting investors to trade and settle shares on each market through their local exchanges. Certain Funds may invest in other investment companies that invest in A-shares through Stock Connect or on such other stock exchanges in China which participate in Stock Connect from time to time. Under Stock Connect, a Fund’s trading of eligible A-shares listed on the SSE would be effectuated through its Hong Kong broker.

Although no individual investment quotas or licensing requirements apply to investors in Stock Connect, trading through Stock Connect’s Northbound Trading Link is subject to aggregate and daily investment quota limitations that require that buy orders for A-shares be rejected once the remaining balance of the relevant quota drops to zero or the daily quota is exceeded (although a Fund will be permitted to sell A-shares regardless of the quota balance). These limitations may restrict a Fund from investing in A-shares on a timely basis, which could affect a Fund’s ability to effectively pursue its investment strategy. Investment quotas are also subject to change. Investment in eligible A-shares through Stock Connect is subject to trading, clearance and settlement procedures that could pose risks to a Fund. A-shares purchased through Stock Connect generally may not be sold or otherwise transferred other than through Stock Connect in accordance with applicable rules. In addition, Stock Connect will only operate on days when both the Chinese and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding settlement days. Therefore, an investment in A-shares through Stock Connect may subject a Fund to a risk of price fluctuations on days where the Chinese market is open, but Stock Connect is not trading. In addition, there is no assurance that the necessary systems required to operate Stock Connect will function properly or will continue to be adapted to changes and developments in both markets. In the event that the relevant systems do not function properly, trading through Stock Connect could be disrupted.

China Variable-Interest Entities — Investments in Chinese companies may be made through a special structure known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”) that is designed to provide foreign investors, such as a Fund, with exposure to Chinese companies that operate in certain sectors in which China restricts or prohibits foreign investments. Investments in VIEs may pose additional risks because the investment is made through an intermediary shell company that has entered into service and other contracts with the underlying Chinese operating company in order to provide investors with exposure to the operating company, and therefore does not represent equity ownership in the operating company. The value of the shell company is derived from its ability to consolidate the VIE into its financials pursuant to contractual arrangements that allow the shell company to exert a degree of control over, and obtain economic benefits arising from, the VIE without formal legal ownership. The contractual arrangements between the shell company and the operating company may not be as effective in providing operational control as direct equity ownership, and a foreign investor’s rights may be limited, including by actions of the Chinese government which could determine that the underlying contractual arrangements are invalid. While VIEs are a longstanding industry practice and are well known by Chinese officials and regulators, the structure has not been formally recognized under Chinese law and it is uncertain whether Chinese officials or regulators will withdraw their implicit acceptance of the structure. It is also uncertain whether the contractual arrangements, which may be subject to conflicts of interest between the legal owners of the VIE and foreign investors, would be enforced by Chinese courts or arbitration bodies. Prohibitions of these structures by the Chinese government, or the inability to enforce such contracts, from which the shell company derives its value, could cause the VIE-structured holding(s) to suffer significant losses or to be rendered worthless and, in turn, a Fund could incur significant losses or lose its entire investment with no recourse available.

On December 24, 2021, the CSRC published for consultation the Provisions of the State Council on the Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (Draft for Comments) and Administrative Measures for the Filing of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (Draft for Comments) (together, the “Draft Rules”), which, in effect, required Chinese companies that pursued listings outside of mainland China, including those that do so using the VIE structure, to make a filing with the CSRC. On February 17, 2023, the CSRC published new regulations (the “Final Rules”), which took effect on March 31, 2023 and are similar to the Draft Rules. Under the Final Rules, the CSRC is authorized to accept and review applications for overseas offerings and listings to ensure they are consistent with Chinese regulations and policy, and will remain authorized to accept or reject the filings of any overseas offering and listing application after a review process. Because the Final Rules are relatively new, it is uncertain as to how they will be implemented in practice and how they could impact the Funds. It is also unclear how the Final Rules, and other laws and regulations promulgated by the CSRC and other government authorities from time to time, might impact Chinese companies that are currently using VIE structures, including how companies operating in “prohibited industries” will be affected, as well as investor appetite for such companies. There is no guarantee that the mainland Chinese government or a mainland Chinese regulator will not interfere with the operation of VIE structures.

China Bond Connect — Certain Funds may invest in Chinese interbank bonds traded on the China Interbank Bond Market through the China-Hong Kong Bond Connect program (“Bond Connect”). Bond Connect provides a channel for overseas investors to invest in the Chinese bond market through investment links between Hong Kong and mainland China. In China, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority Central Money Markets Unit holds Bond Connect securities on behalf of the ultimate investors (such as a Fund) in accounts maintained with a China-based custodian (either the China Central Depository & Clearing Co. or the

Shanghai Clearing House). This recordkeeping system subjects a Fund to numerous risks, including the risk that a Fund may have a limited ability to enforce its rights as a bondholder and the risks of settlement delays and counterparty default of the Hong Kong sub-custodian. Trading through Bond Connect is subject to other restrictions and risks. For example, Bond Connect is generally only available on business days when both the China and Hong Kong markets are open, which may limit a Fund’s ability to trade when it would be otherwise attractive to do so. Investing through Bond Connect also subjects a Fund to the clearance and settlement procedures associated with Bond Connect, which could pose risks to the Fund. Furthermore, securities purchased through Bond Connect generally may not be sold, purchased or otherwise transferred other than through Bond Connect in accordance with applicable rules.

Futures Transactions. Futures contracts (a potentially high-risk investment) enable a Fund to buy or sell an asset in the future at an agreed upon price. This may include the purchase and sale of foreign currency futures contracts as a hedge against possible

variations in foreign exchange rates.

A futures contract is a bilateral agreement to buy or sell a security or other commodity (or deliver a cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to a rate or an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contracts) for a set price in the future. Futures contracts are listed for trading by boards of trade that have been designated “contracts markets” by the CFTC.

No purchase price is paid or received when the contract is entered into. Instead, a Fund upon entering into a futures contract (and to maintain the Fund’s open positions in futures contracts) would be required to designate the segregation, either on the records of the Adviser, the applicable Sub-Adviser or with the Trust’s custodian, in the name of the futures broker an amount of cash, United States Government securities, suitable money market instruments, or liquid, high-grade debt securities, known as “initial margin.” The minimum margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded, and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. An individual broker, known as a futures commission merchant (“FCM”), may require a greater amount of margin for a particular customer depending upon an assessment of creditworthiness. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margin that may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. By using futures contracts as a risk management technique, given the greater liquidity in the futures market than in the cash market, it may be possible to accomplish certain results more quickly and with lower transaction costs.

If the price of an open futures contract changes (by increase in the case of a sale or by decrease in the case of a purchase) so that the loss on the futures contract reaches a point at which the margin on deposit does not satisfy the maintenance margin level, the FCM will issue a margin call to restore the account to the initial margin level. However, if the value of a position increases because of favorable price changes in the futures contract so that the margin deposit exceeds the required margin, the FCM will transfer the excess to a Fund. These subsequent payments called “variation margin,” to and from the FCM, may be required to be made on a daily or even intraday basis as the price of the underlying assets fluctuate making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking to the market.” A Fund expects to earn interest income on its accounts that exceeds the margin level required by the FCM. However, any such income may be limited or minimal in a low interest rate environment.

A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts. Transaction costs associated with investments in futures contracts may be significant, which could cause or increase losses or reduce gains. Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held until delivery or cash settlement is required, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions, which may result in a gain or a loss. While futures positions taken by a Fund will usually be liquidated in this manner, the Fund may instead make or take delivery of underlying securities whenever it appears economically advantageous for the Fund to do so. A clearing organization associated with the exchange on which futures are traded assumes responsibility for closing out transactions and guarantees that as between the clearing members of an exchange, the sale and purchase obligations will be performed with regard to all positions that remain open at the termination of the contract.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange or a board of trade which provides the market for such futures. Although the Funds, as specified in the Prospectus, intend to purchase or sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active market, there is no guarantee that such will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. If there is not a liquid market at a particular time, it may not be possible to close a futures position at such time, and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. If a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities from its portfolio at a time when it may be disadvantageous

to do so. However, in the event futures positions are used to hedge portfolio securities, the securities will not be sold until the futures positions can be liquidated. In such circumstances, an increase in the price of securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contracts.

The prices of futures contracts are volatile and are influenced, among other things, by actual and anticipated changes in the market and interest rates, which in turn are affected by fiscal and monetary policies and national and international political and economic events. Most U.S. futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves an extremely high degree of leverage. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss, as well as gain, to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit, if the contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract.

A decision of whether, when, and how to hedge involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected market behavior, market trends or interest rate trends. There are several risks in connection with the use by a Fund of futures contracts as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the futures contracts and movements in the prices of the underlying instruments which are the subject of the hedge. The Adviser or Sub-Adviser will, however, attempt to reduce this risk by entering into futures contracts whose movements, in its judgment, will have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s underlying instruments sought to be hedged.

Successful use of futures contracts by a Fund for hedging purposes is also subject to the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s ability to correctly predict movements in the direction of the market and other economic factors. It is possible that, when a Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the index, indices, or instruments underlying futures might advance and the value of the underlying instruments held in the Fund’s portfolio might decline. If this were to occur, a Fund would lose money on the futures and also would experience a decline in value in its underlying instruments.

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Interest rate futures contracts are exchange-traded contracts for which the underlying reference asset is an interest-bearing fixed income security or an inter-bank deposit. Two examples of common interest rate futures contracts are U.S. Treasury futures contracts and Eurodollar futures contracts. The underlying reference asset for a U.S. Treasury futures contract is a U.S. Treasury security. The underlying reference asset for a Eurodollar futures contract, as of March 1, 2026, is the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”); Eurodollar futures contracts enable the purchaser to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds over a stated period of time and the seller to obtain a fixed rate for a borrowing of funds over that same period.

Interest rate futures contracts may be purchased or sold for hedging purposes to attempt to protect against the effects of interest rate changes on a Fund’s current or intended investments in fixed income securities. For example, if a Fund owned long-term bonds and interest rates were expected to increase, the Fund might sell interest rate futures contracts. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling some of the long-term bonds in the Fund’s portfolio. However, since the market for interest rate futures contracts may generally be more liquid than the cash market for individual bonds, the use of interest rate futures contracts as a hedging technique allows the Fund to hedge its interest rate risk without having to sell its portfolio securities. If interest rates were to increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the Fund’s interest rate futures contracts would be expected to increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value, or NAV, of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. On the other hand, if interest rates were expected to decline, interest rate futures contracts could be purchased to hedge in anticipation of subsequent purchases of long-term bonds at higher prices. Because the fluctuations in the value of the interest rate futures contracts should be similar to those of long-term

bonds, the Fund could protect itself against the effects of the anticipated rise in the value of long-term bonds without actually buying them until the necessary cash becomes available or the market has stabilized. At that time, the interest rate futures contracts could be liquidated, and the Fund’s cash reserves could then be used to buy long-term bonds on the cash market.

Securities Index Futures Contracts. A securities index futures contract is a contract to buy a certain number of units of the relevant index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. A unit is the value at a given time of the relevant index. Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts may be used in an attempt to increase a Fund’s total investment return or to protect a Fund’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in securities prices. Additionally, through the use of index futures, a Fund may maintain a pool of assets with diversified risk without incurring the substantial brokerage costs that may be associated with investment in multiple issuers. This may permit a Fund to avoid potential market and liquidity problems (e.g., driving up or forcing down the price by quickly purchasing or selling shares of a portfolio security) that may result from increases or decreases in positions already held by a Fund. A securities index futures contract does not require the physical delivery of securities, but merely provides for profits and losses resulting from changes in the market value of the contract to be credited or debited at the close of each trading day to the respective accounts of the parties to the contract. On the contract’s expiration date a final cash settlement occurs, and the futures positions are simply closed out. Changes in the market value of a particular index futures contract reflect changes in the specified index of securities on which the future is based.

By establishing a “short” position in index futures, a Fund may also seek to protect the value of its portfolio against an overall decline in the market for such securities. Alternatively, in anticipation of a generally rising market, a Fund can seek to avoid losing the benefit of apparently low current prices by establishing a “long” position in securities index futures and later liquidating that position as particular securities are in fact acquired. To the extent that these hedging strategies are successful, a Fund will be affected to a lesser degree by adverse overall market price movements than would otherwise be the case.

A broad-based security index will generally have at least ten component issues, while a narrow-based security index will generally have nine or fewer. Futures contracts on a broad-based security index are subject to exclusive regulatory jurisdiction of the CFTC, while futures contracts on a narrow-based security index are a class of “security futures” subject to joint SEC-CFTC jurisdiction.

Hybrid Instruments. Hybrid instruments (a type of potentially high-risk derivative) combine the elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depositary instrument. Generally, a hybrid instrument will be a debt security, preferred stock, depositary share, trust certificate, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities (collectively “Underlying Assets”) or by another objective index, economic factor or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indices, and securities indices (collectively “Benchmarks”). Thus, hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency, or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of such an instrument could be zero. Hybrid instruments can have volatile prices and limited liquidity and their use by a Fund may not be successful.

Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, hybrid instruments may bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). The latter scenario may result if “leverage” is used to structure the hybrid instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a given change in a Benchmark or Underlying Asset is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.

Hybrid instruments can be an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. For example, a Fund may wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest rates in several European countries but avoid the transaction costs associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions. One solution would be to purchase a U.S. dollar-denominated hybrid instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three year interest rate in a designated group of countries. The redemption price formula would provide for payoffs of greater than par if the average interest rate was lower than a specified level, and payoffs of less than par if rates were above the specified level. Furthermore, a Fund could limit the downside risk of the security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates were to rise significantly. The purpose of

this arrangement, known as a structured security with an embedded put option, would be to give a Fund the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting downside market risk, and lowering transaction costs. Of course, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful, and a Fund could lose money if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems develop with the issuer of the hybrid instrument.

Although the risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies, hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. The risks of a particular hybrid instrument will, of course, depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the Benchmarks or the prices of Underlying Assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors which are unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the hybrid instrument and which may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand for the Underlying Assets and interest rate movements. The issuer or guarantor of a hybrid instrument may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise honor its obligations. A Fund that invests in hybrid instruments is subject to varying degrees of risk that the issuers of the securities will have their credit rating downgraded or will default, potentially reducing a Fund’s share price and income level.

Various Benchmarks and prices for Underlying Assets have been highly volatile, and such volatility may be expected in the future.

Hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional debt securities. In addition, because the purchase and sale of hybrid instruments could take place in an OTC market without the guarantee of a central clearing organization or in a transaction between a Fund and the issuer of the hybrid instrument, the creditworthiness of the counterparty or issuer of the hybrid instrument would be an additional risk factor which a Fund would have to consider and monitor. Hybrid instruments also may not be subject to regulation of the CFTC, which generally regulates the trading of commodity futures and most swaps by persons in the United States, the SEC, which regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to persons in the United States, or any other governmental regulatory authority. The various risks discussed above, particularly the market risk of such instruments, may in turn cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of a Fund.

Illiquid Securities or Non-Publicly Traded Securities. A Fund may invest in illiquid securities or non-publicly traded securities. The inability of a Fund to dispose of illiquid or not readily marketable investments promptly or at a reasonable price could impair a Fund’s ability to raise cash for redemptions or other purposes. Generally, an illiquid security is any investment that may not reasonably be expected to be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Illiquid securities may include unregistered securities, securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale or other restricted securities and repurchase agreements maturing in greater than seven days. Illiquid securities may also include commercial paper under section 4(2) of the 1933 Act, and Rule 144A securities (restricted securities that may be traded freely among qualified institutional buyers pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the securities laws); these securities generally are considered illiquid unless the Adviser or Sub-Adviser determines they are liquid. Most such securities held by a Fund are deemed liquid. Generally, foreign securities freely tradable in their principal market are not considered restricted or illiquid even if they are not registered in the United States. Illiquid securities may be difficult for a Fund to value or dispose of due to the absence of an active trading market. The sale of some illiquid securities by a Fund may be subject to legal restrictions, which could be costly to the Fund.

A Fund may invest in “restricted securities,” which generally are securities that may be resold to the public only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act or an exemption from registration. Regulation S under the 1933 Act is an exemption from registration that permits, under certain circumstances, the resale of restricted securities in offshore transactions, subject to certain conditions, and Rule 144A under the 1933 Act is an exemption that permits the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers.

Rule 144A is designed to facilitate trading of restricted securities among qualified institutional investors. To the extent restricted securities held by a Fund qualify under Rule 144A and an institutional market develops for those securities, the Fund expects that it will be able to dispose of the securities without registering the resale of such securities under the 1933 Act. However, to the extent that a robust market for such 144A securities does not develop, or a market develops but experiences periods of illiquidity, investments in Rule 144A securities could increase the level of a Fund’s illiquidity. A Fund may find these investments difficult to

value. In addition, a Fund might have to register restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

There is a large institutional market for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, which may include markets for repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities, loans and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.

To the extent that a Fund acquires shares of a registered investment company in accordance with Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act, the registered investment company is not obligated to redeem its shares in an amount exceeding 1% of its shares outstanding during any period of less than 30 days. Shares held by a Fund in excess of 1% of a registered investment company’s outstanding securities therefore may, under certain circumstances, be considered not readily marketable securities, which, together with other such securities, are subject to the 15% limitation described above.

Inflation-Indexed Securities. Inflation-indexed securities are debt securities the principal value of which is adjusted periodically in accordance with changes in a measure of inflation. Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury use the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”) published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. See “U.S. Government Securities” below. Inflation-indexed securities issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. Two structures for inflation-indexed securities are common: the U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that adjusts the principal value of the security according to the rate of inflation; most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index adjustments as part of a semi-annual coupon.

In the first, the interest rate on the inflation-indexed bond is fixed, while the principal value rises or falls semi-annually based on changes in a published measure of inflation. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds. For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. In the second, the inflation adjustment for certain inflation-indexed bonds is reflected in the semiannual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of these inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation.

In general, the value of inflation-indexed securities increases in periods of general inflation and declines in periods of general deflation. If inflation is lower than expected during the period a Fund holds an inflation-indexed security, the Fund may earn less on it than on a conventional bond. Inflation-indexed securities are expected to react primarily to changes in the “real” interest rate (i.e., the nominal, or stated, rate less the rate of inflation), while a typical bond reacts to changes in the nominal interest rate. Accordingly, inflation-indexed securities have characteristics of fixed-rate U.S. Treasury securities having a shorter duration. Changes in market interest rates from causes other than inflation will likely affect the market prices of inflation-indexed securities in the same manner as conventional bonds.

Any increase in the principal value of an inflation-indexed security is taxable in the taxable year the increase occurs, even though its holders do not receive cash representing the increase until the security matures, and the amount of that increase for a Fund generally must be distributed each taxable year to its shareholders. See the “Taxation” section of this SAI. Thus, each Fund that invests therein could be required, at times, to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

Insured Bank Obligations. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures the deposits of federally insured banks and savings and loan associations (collectively referred to as “banks”) up to $250,000. A Fund may purchase bank obligations which are fully insured as to principal by the FDIC. Currently, to remain fully insured as to principal, these investments must be limited to $250,000 per bank; if the principal amount and accrued interest together exceed $250,000, the excess accrued interest will not be insured. Insured bank obligations may have limited marketability. Unless a Fund determines that a readily available market exists for such obligations, a Fund will treat such obligations as subject to the limit for illiquid investments unless such obligations are payable at principal amount plus accrued interest on demand or within seven days after demand.

Investment Company Securities. Certain of the Funds may invest in the securities of other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder and by any applicable exemptive orders issued by the SEC. Investment company securities include securities of other open-end, management investment companies (commonly called mutual funds), ETFs, closed-end investment companies, and unit investment trusts. Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, in relevant part, prohibits

a registered investment company (such as a Fund) from acquiring shares of an investment company if after such acquisition the securities represent more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the acquired company, more than 5% of the total assets of the acquiring company, or, together with the securities of any other investment companies, more than 10% of the total assets of the acquiring company, except in reliance on certain exceptions contained in the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The 1940 Act further prohibits an investment company from acquiring in the aggregate more than 10% of the total outstanding voting shares of any registered closed-end investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions, Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act permits a Fund to invest in other investment companies beyond the statutory limits discussed above, subject to certain conditions. Rule 12d1-4 includes conditions related to (i) limits on control and voting; (ii) required evaluations and findings related to investments in other investment companies; (iii) agreements between an acquiring and an acquired investment company; and (iv) limits on complex structures. Investing in other investment companies involves substantially the same risks as investing directly in the underlying instruments, but the total return on such investments at the investment company level will be reduced by the operating expenses and fees of such other investment companies, including advisory fees. In addition, certain types of investment companies, such as closed-end investment companies and ETFs, trade on a stock exchange or over the counter at a premium or a discount to their net asset value per share. Such a premium or discount may impact the performance of a Fund’s investment. Further, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged. As a result, a Fund may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. An investment in securities of other investment companies that use leverage may expose a Fund to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Fund’s long-term returns on such securities will be diminished.

ETFs. Certain of the Funds may invest in ETFs and other pooled investment vehicles. These are a type of investment company (or similar entity) the shares of which are bought and sold on a securities exchange and that hold a portfolio of securities or other financial instruments. An index-based ETF represents a portfolio of securities (or other assets) generally designed to track a particular market index or other referenced asset. As discussed above in “Investment Company Securities”, Rule 12d1-4 permits a Fund to invest in other investment companies, including ETFs, beyond certain statutory limits in the 1940 Act, subject to certain conditions. The risks of owning an index-based ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities it is designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile, and ETFs have fees which increase their costs. In addition, there is the risk that an index-based ETF may fail to closely track the index, if any, that it is designed to replicate. ETFs may also be actively managed. Actively managed ETFs are subject to management risk and may not achieve their objective if the ETFs manager’s expectations regarding particular securities or markets are not met. By investing in a Fund that invests in ETFs, you will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the ETFs in which the Fund invests in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. Certain Funds may purchase the securities of “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”). In general, such companies have been the only or primary way to invest in countries that limit, or prohibit, all direct foreign investment in the securities of companies domiciled therein. However, the governments of some countries have authorized the organization of investment funds to permit indirect foreign investment in such securities. In addition to bearing their proportionate share of a Fund’s expenses (management fees and operating expenses), shareholders will also indirectly (through the Fund) bear similar expenses of such funds. PFICs in which a Fund may invest may also include foreign corporations other than such investment funds. Like other foreign securities, interests in PFICs also involve the risk of foreign securities, as described above, as well as certain federal income tax consequences (see the section of this SAI entitled “Taxation”).

Investment Grade Securities. Investment grade securities are securities rated Baa or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings (“S&P”), or BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”), securities that are comparably rated by another rating agency, or unrated securities determined by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. Bonds rated in the lower investment grade rating categories (or determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser) have speculative characteristics. This means that changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case for higher rated debt securities. If a security is downgraded, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser will reevaluate the holding to determine what action, including the sale of such security, is in the best interests of a Fund.

Non-Investment Grade Securities or “Junk Bonds.” Non-investment grade securities are securities rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s or BB+ or lower by S&P or Fitch, securities that are comparably rated by another rating agency, or unrated securities determined by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. Non-investment grade securities are commonly known as “junk bonds” and are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and repay principal.

Junk bonds may be issued as a consequence of corporate restructuring, such as leveraged buyouts, mergers, acquisitions, debt recapitalizations, or similar events or by smaller or highly leveraged companies and in other circumstances.

Non-investment grade securities generally offer a higher current yield than that available for investment grade securities; however, they involve greater risks than investment grade securities in that they are especially sensitive to, and may be more susceptible to, real or perceived adverse changes in general economic conditions and in the industries in which the issuers are engaged, changes in the financial condition of, and individual corporate developments of, the issuers, and price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates. Because a Fund’s investments in non-investment grade securities involve greater investment risk than its investments in higher rated securities, achievement of the Fund’s investment objective will be more dependent on the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in higher rated securities.

Non-investment grade securities generally will be susceptible to greater risk when economic growth slows or reverses and when inflation increases or deflation occurs. Lower rated securities may experience substantial price declines when there is an expectation that issuers of such securities might experience financial difficulties. As a result, the yields on lower rated securities can rise dramatically. However, those higher yields may not reflect the value of the income stream that holders of such securities expect. Rather, those higher yields may reflect the risk that holders of such securities could lose a substantial portion of their value due to financial restructurings or defaults by the issuers. There can be no assurance that those declines will not occur.

During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of interest and principal and increase the possibility of default. In addition, such issuers may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them and may be unable to repay debt at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because such securities frequently are unsecured by collateral and will not receive payment until more senior claims are paid in full. Non-investment grade securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return. Conversely, a non-investment grade security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of a Fund’s investment in such securities. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, this may force it to sell its non-investment grade securities, without regard to their investment merits, thereby decreasing the asset base upon which the Fund’s expenses can be spread and possibly reducing the Fund’s rate of return.

In addition, the market for non-investment grade securities generally is thinner and less active than that for higher rated securities, which may limit a Fund’s ability to sell such securities at fair value in response to changes in the economy or financial markets. This potential lack of liquidity may make it more difficult for the Adviser or Sub-Adviser to value accurately certain portfolio securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of non-investment grade securities, especially in a thinly traded market. In periods of reduced market liquidity, junk bond prices may become more volatile and may experience sudden and substantial price declines. Also, there may be significant disparities in the prices quoted for junk bonds by various dealers. Under such conditions, a Fund may find it difficult to value its junk bonds accurately. Under such conditions, a Fund may have to use subjective rather than objective criteria to value its junk bond investments accurately and rely more heavily on the judgment of the Adviser. It is the policy of the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser not to rely exclusively on ratings issued by credit rating agencies but to supplement such ratings with their own independent and ongoing review of credit quality.

Prices for junk bonds also may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes a provision limiting the deductibility of “business interest” expense, and from time to time, Congress has considered legislation to regulate corporate restructuring such as takeovers, mergers or leveraged buyouts. Such legislation could depress the prices of outstanding junk bonds.

Credit Ratings. Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other rating agencies are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of bonds, including municipal bonds, and certain other securities. A description of the ratings assigned to commercial paper and corporate bonds by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch is included in Appendix A to this SAI. The process by which Moody’s, S&P and Fitch determine ratings generally includes consideration of the likelihood of the receipt by security holders of all distributions, the nature of the underlying assets, the credit quality of the guarantor, if any, and the structural, legal and tax aspects associated with these securities. Not even the highest such rating represents an assessment of the likelihood that principal prepayments will be made by obligors on the underlying assets or the degree to which such prepayments may differ from that originally anticipated, nor do such ratings address the possibility that investors may suffer a lower than anticipated yield or that investors in such securities may fail to recoup fully their initial investment due to prepayments.

Credit ratings attempt to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, but they do not evaluate the volatility of a bond’s value or its liquidity and do not guarantee the performance of the issuer. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings in response to subsequent events, so that an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than the rating indicates. There is a risk that rating agencies may downgrade a bond’s rating. Subsequent to a bond’s purchase by a Fund, it may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Fund. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated, deemed to be of comparable quality), or change in the percentage of portfolio assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the average duration of a Fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in a Fund’s total assets will not require a Fund to dispose of an investment. A Fund may use these ratings in determining whether to purchase, sell or hold a security. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, bonds with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different market prices.

In addition to ratings assigned to individual bond issues, the Adviser or the applicable Sub-Adviser will analyze interest rate trends and developments that may affect individual issuers, including factors such as liquidity, profitability and asset quality. The yields on bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money market conditions, general conditions in the bond market, the financial condition of the issuer, the size of the offering, the maturity of the obligation and its rating. There is a wide variation in the quality of bonds, both within a particular classification and between classifications. An issuer’s obligations under its bonds are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of bond holders or other creditors of an issuer; litigation or other conditions may also adversely affect the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their bonds.

Loans, Loan Participations, Assignments, and Other Direct Debt Instruments. Direct debt includes interests in loans, notes and other interests in amounts owed to financial institutions by borrowers, such as corporations and governments. Corporate and sovereign loans typically are structured and negotiated by a group of financial institutions and other investors that provide capital to the borrowers. In return, the borrowers pay interest and repay the loan’s principal. Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of principal and interest. The borrower may be in financial distress or may default. If a Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans and other direct debt instruments may pay fixed rates of interest or may pay floating interest rates that are reset periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, a particular bank’s prime rate, the 90-day Treasury Department Bill rate, the rate of return on commercial paper or bank CDs, an index of short-term tax-exempt rates or some other objective measure. Corporate loans are made generally to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs and other corporate activities. Unlike corporate loans, which are often secured, sovereign loans are typically unsecured. A Fund may invest in secured and unsecured loans.

A Fund may acquire a loan (1) directly at the time of the loan’s closing, (2) through a participation interest, which gives the Fund the right to receive payments of principal, interest and/or other amounts only from the lender selling the participation interest and only when the lender receives the payments from the borrower, or (3) through an assignment in which a Fund succeeds to the rights of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement.

Participation Interests — In purchasing a loan participation, a Fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a borrower. A Fund’s rights under a participation interest with respect to a particular loan may be more limited than the rights of original lenders or of investors who acquire an assignment of that loan. In purchasing participation interests, a Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation interest (the “participating lender”) and only when the participating lender receives the payments from the borrower.

In a participation interest, a Fund will usually have a contractual relationship only with the selling institution and not the underlying borrower. A Fund normally will have to rely on the participating lender to demand and receive payments in respect of the loans, and to pay those amounts on to the Fund; thus, a Fund will be subject to the risk that the lender may be unwilling or unable to do so. In such a case, a Fund would not likely have any rights against the borrower directly. As a result, a Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In addition, a Fund generally will have no right to object to certain changes to the loan agreement agreed to by the participating lender.

In buying a participation interest, a Fund might not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the related loan and may be subject to any rights of set off the borrower has against the selling institution. In the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the borrower, the obligation of the borrower to repay the loan may be subject to certain defenses that can be asserted by the borrower as a result of any improper conduct of the participating lender. As a result, a Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that exist when the Fund is an original lender or assignee.

Assignments — When a Fund purchases a loan by assignment, the Fund typically succeeds to the rights of the assigning lender under the loan agreement and becomes a lender under the loan agreement. Subject to the terms of the loan agreement, a Fund typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender. However, assignments may be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

Creditworthiness — A Fund’s ability to receive payment of principal, interest and other amounts due in connection with loans will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower (and, in some cases, the lending institution from which it purchases the loan). In evaluating the creditworthiness of borrowers, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may consider, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others. Because loan interests may not be rated by independent rating agencies, the decision to invest in a particular loan may depend heavily on the credit analysis of the borrower by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser or the original lending institution. In selecting the loans and other direct indebtedness that a Fund will purchase, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser will rely on its own credit analysis of the borrower and not solely on a lending institution’s credit analysis of the borrower. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks and may be highly speculative. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy or restructuring may never pay off their indebtedness or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. In connection with the restructuring of a loan or other direct debt instrument outside of bankruptcy court in a negotiated work-out or in the context of bankruptcy proceedings, equity securities or junior debt securities may be received in exchange for all or a portion of an interest in the security.

In buying a participation interest, a Fund assumes the credit risk of both the borrower and the participating lender. If the participating lender fails to perform its obligations under the participation agreement, a Fund might incur costs and delays in realizing payment and suffer a loss of principal or interest. If a participating lender becomes insolvent, a Fund may be treated as a general creditor of that lender. As a general creditor, a Fund may not benefit from a right of set off that the lender has against the borrower. A Fund acquiring a participation interest will evaluate the creditworthiness of the participating lender or other intermediary participant selling the participation interest.

Agents — Loans are typically administered by a bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions. In a typical loan, the agent administers the terms of the loan agreement and is responsible for the collection of principal and interest and fee payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to all lenders that are parties to the loan agreement. In addition, an institution (which may be the agent) may hold collateral on behalf of the lenders. Typically, under loan agreements, the agent is given broad authority in monitoring the borrower’s performance and is obligated to use the same care it would use in the management of its own property. In asserting rights against a borrower, a Fund normally will be dependent on the willingness of the lead bank to assert these rights, or upon a vote of all the lenders to authorize the action.

If an agent becomes insolvent, or has a receiver, conservator, or similar official appointed for it by the appropriate regulatory authority, or becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding, the agent’s appointment may be terminated and a successor agent would be appointed. If an appropriate regulator or court determines that assets held by the agent for the benefit of the purchasers of loans are subject to the claims of the agent’s general or secured creditors, a Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. A Fund may be subject to similar risks when it buys a participation interest or an assignment from an intermediary.

Collateral — Loans that are fully secured offer a Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the collateral from a secured loan in which a Fund invests can be promptly liquidated or that its liquidation value will be equal to the value of the debt. In most loan agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral if the value of the initial collateral declines. As a result, a loan may not always be fully collateralized and can decline significantly in value.

If a borrower becomes insolvent, access to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy and other laws. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy may pay only a small portion of the amount owed, if they are able to pay at all. If a secured loan is foreclosed, a Fund will likely be required to bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. There is also a possibility that a Fund will become the owner of its pro rata share of the collateral which may carry additional risks and liabilities. In addition, under legal theories of lender liability, a Fund potentially might be held liable as a co-lender. In the event of a borrower’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the borrower’s obligation to repay the loan may be subject to certain defenses that the borrower can assert as a result of improper conduct by the lending agent. Some loans are unsecured. If the borrower defaults on an unsecured loan, a Fund will be a general creditor and will not have rights to any specific assets of the borrower.

Liquidity — Loans are generally subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Loans are not currently listed on any securities exchange or automatic quotation system, and there may not be an active trading market for some loans. As a result, a Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or participations when necessary to meet redemptions of Fund shares, to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs or when necessary in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. In addition, transactions in loan investments may take a significant amount of time to settle (i.e., more than seven days and up to several weeks or longer). Accordingly, the proceeds from the sale of a loan investment may not be available to make additional investments or to meet redemption obligations until potentially a substantial period after the sale of the loan. The extended trade settlement periods could force a Fund to liquidate other securities to meet redemptions and may present a risk that the Fund may incur losses in order to timely honor redemptions. To the extent that the Adviser or Sub-Adviser determines that any such investments are illiquid, they will be subject to a Fund’s restrictions on investments in illiquid securities.

Prepayment Risk — The borrower in a loan arrangement may, either at its own election or pursuant to the terms of the loan documentation, prepay amounts of the loan from time to time. Due to prepayment, the actual maturity of loans is typically shorter than their stated final maturity calculated solely on the basis of the stated life and payment schedule. The degree to which borrowers prepay loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among other things. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which a Fund derives interest income will be reduced. The effect of prepayments on a Fund’s performance may be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees, and the Fund’s ability to reinvest prepayments in other loans that have similar or identical yields. However, there is no assurance that a Fund will be able to reinvest the proceeds of any loan prepayment at the same interest rate or on the same terms as those of the prepaid loan.

Borrower Covenants — Loan agreements, which set forth the terms of a loan and the obligations of the borrower and lender, contain certain covenants that mandate or prohibit certain borrower actions, including financial covenants that dictate certain minimum and maximum financial performance levels. Covenants that require the borrower to maintain certain financial metrics during the life of the loan (such as maintaining certain levels of cash flow and limiting leverage) are known as “maintenance covenants.” These covenants are included to permit the lender to monitor the financial performance of the borrower and declare an event of default if certain criteria are breached, allowing the lender to renegotiate the terms of the loan based upon the elevated risk levels or take other actions to help mitigate losses. “Covenant lite” loans contain fewer maintenance covenants than traditional loans or no maintenance covenants at all, and may not include terms that permit the lender to monitor the financial performance of the borrower and declare an event of default if certain criteria are breached. This may hinder a Fund’s ability to reprice credit risk associated with the borrower and reduce a Fund’s ability to restructure a problematic loan and mitigate potential loss. A Fund may experience relatively greater difficulty or delays in enforcing its rights on its holdings of certain covenant lite loans than its holdings of loans with the usual covenants. As a result, a Fund’s exposure to losses on covenant lite loans may be increased, especially during a downturn in the credit cycle.

Available Information — Loans normally are not registered with the SEC or any state securities commission or listed on any securities exchange. As a result, the amount of public information available about a specific loan historically has been less extensive than if the loan were registered or exchange traded. Loans and certain other forms of direct indebtedness may not be considered “securities” under the federal securities laws, and therefore purchasers of such instruments (such as a Fund) may not be entitled to the protections against fraud and misrepresentation contained in the federal securities

laws. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, a Fund relies on the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud and misrepresentation could adversely affect a Fund.

Fees and Expenses — A Fund may be required to pay and may receive various commissions and fees in the process of purchasing, holding and selling loans. The fee component may include any, or a combination of, the following elements: assignment fees, arrangement fees, nonuse fees, facility fees, letter of credit fees, and ticking fees. Arrangement fees are paid at the commencement of a loan as compensation for the initiation of the transaction. A non-use fee is paid based upon the amount committed but not used under the loan. Facility fees are on-going annual fees paid in connection with a loan. Letter of credit fees are paid if a loan involves a letter of credit. Ticking fees are paid from the initial commitment indication until loan closing if for an extended period. The amount of fees is negotiated at the time of closing. In addition, a Fund may incur expenses associated with researching and analyzing potential loan investments, including legal fees.

Leveraged Buy-Out Transactions — Loans purchased by a Fund may represent interests in loans made to finance highly leveraged corporate acquisitions, known as “leveraged buy-out” transactions, leveraged recapitalization loans and other types of acquisition financing. The highly leveraged capital structure of the borrowers in such transactions may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions.

Obligations to Make Future Advances — Certain of the loans and other direct indebtedness acquired by a Fund may involve unfunded commitments of the lenders or revolving credit facilities under which a borrower may from time to time borrow and repay amounts up to the maximum amount of the facility. In such cases, a Fund would have an obligation to advance its portion of such additional borrowings upon the terms specified in the loan documentation. Such an obligation may have the effect of requiring a Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when a Fund might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).

Master Limited Partnerships. Master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) are limited partnerships (or similar entities, such as limited liability companies) in which the ownership units (e.g., limited partnership interests) are publicly traded. MLP units are registered with the SEC and are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the OTC market. Many MLPs operate in oil and gas related businesses, including energy processing and distribution. Many MLPs are pass-through entities that generally are taxed at the unitholder level and are not subject to federal or state income tax at the entity level. Annual income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of such an MLP pass through directly to its unitholders. Distributions from an MLP may consist in part of a return of capital. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more general partners. Limited partners are not involved in the day-to-day management of an MLP. Investing in MLPs involves certain risks related to investing in their underlying assets and risks associated with pooled investment vehicles. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. Investments held by MLPs may be relatively illiquid, limiting the MLPs’ ability to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. MLPs may have limited financial resources, their securities may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies. The risks of investing in an MLP are generally those inherent in investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation. For example, state law governing partnerships is different than state law governing corporations. Accordingly, there may be fewer protections afforded investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. For example, although unitholders of an MLP are generally limited in their liability, similar to a corporation’s shareholders, creditors typically have the right to seek the return of distributions made to unitholders if the liability in question arose before the distributions were paid. This liability may stay attached to a unitholder even after it sells its units.

Mortgage-Backed or Mortgage-Related Securities. Mortgage-related securities (i.e., mortgage-backed securities) (“MBS”) represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of mortgage loans. Those securities may be guaranteed by the following: a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality (such as the Government National Mortgage Association, or “Ginnie Mae”); issued and guaranteed by a government-sponsored stockholder-owned corporation, though not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (such as by the Federal National Mortgage Association, or “Fannie Mae”, or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or “Freddie Mac” (collectively, the “GSEs”), and described in greater detail below); or issued by fully private issuers. Private issuers are generally originators of and investors in mortgage loans and include savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers, and special purpose entities. Private MBS may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers.

Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored corporation owned by stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Authority (“FHFA”). Fannie Mae purchases residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers that include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions and mortgage bankers. Fannie Mae guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on pass-through securities that it issues, but those securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Freddie Mac is a government-sponsored corporation owned by stockholders. Freddie Mac issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”), which represent interests in mortgages from Freddie Mac’s national portfolio. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal on the PCs it issues, but those PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac also securitize reperforming loans (“RPLs”), which are loans that have previously been delinquent but are current at the time they are securitized. For example, in Fannie Mae’s case, the RPLs are single-family, fixed rate reperforming loans that generally were previously placed in a mortgage backed securities trust guaranteed by Fannie Mae, purchased from the trust by Fannie Mae and held as a distressed asset after four or more months of delinquency, and subsequently became current (i.e., performing) again. Such RPLs may have exited delinquency through efforts at reducing defaults (e.g., loan modification). In selecting RPLs for securitization, Fannie Mae follows certain criteria related to the length of time the loan has been performing, the type of loan (single-family, fixed rate), and the status of the loan as first lien, among other things. Fannie Mae may include different loan structures and modification programs in the future. On June 3, 2019, under the FHFA’s “Single Security Initiative,” Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac ceased issuing their own mortgage-based securities and started issuing uniform mortgage-backed securities (“UMBS”). The Single Security Initiative seeks to align the characteristics of certain Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-based securities and to support the overall liquidity in certain markets. Each UMBS will have a 55-day remittance cycle and can be used as collateral in either a Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac security or held for investment. In addition, investors may be approached to convert existing mortgage-backed securities into UMBS, possibly with an inducement fee being offered to holders of Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities. While the initial effects of the issuance of UMBS on the market for mortgage-related securities have been relatively minimal, the long-term effects are still uncertain.

The U.S. Treasury historically had the authority to purchase obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. However, in 2008, due to capitalization concerns, Congress provided the U.S. Treasury with additional authority to lend the GSEs emergency funds and to purchase their stock. In September 2008, those capital concerns led the U.S. Treasury and the FHFA to announce that the GSEs had been placed in conservatorship. Since that time, the GSEs have received significant capital support through U.S. Treasury preferred stock purchases as well as U.S. Treasury and Federal Reserve purchases of their MBS. While the MBS purchase programs ended in 2010, the U.S. Treasury announced in December 2009 that it would continue its support for the entities’ capital as necessary to prevent a negative net worth. However, no assurance can be given that the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury, or FHFA initiatives will ensure that the GSEs will remain successful in meeting their obligations with respect to the debt and MBS they issue into the future.

In 2012, the FHFA initiated a strategic plan to develop a program related to credit risk transfers intended to reduce Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s overall risk through the creation of credit risk transfer assets (“CRTs”). CRTs come in two primary series: Structured Agency Credit Risk (“STACRs”) for Freddie Mac and Connecticut Avenue Securities (“CAS”) for Fannie Mae, although other series may be developed in the future. CRTs are typically structured as unsecured general obligations of either entity guaranteed by a government-sponsored stockholder-owned corporation, though not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (such as by GSEs or special purpose entities), and their cash flows are based on the performance of a pool of reference loans. Unlike traditional residential MBS securities, bond payments typically do not come directly from the underlying mortgages. Instead, the GSEs either make the payments to CRT investors, or the GSEs make certain payments to the special purpose entities and the special purpose entities make payments to the investors. The risks associated with these investments are different than the risks associated with an investment in mortgage-backed securities issued by GSEs or a private issuer. In certain structures, the special purpose entities make payments to the GSEs upon the occurrence of credit events with respect to the underlying mortgages, and the obligation of the special purpose entity to make such payments to the GSE is senior to the obligation of the special purpose entity to make payments to the CRT investors. CRTs are typically floating rate securities and may have multiple tranches with losses first allocated to the most junior or subordinate tranche. This structure results in increased sensitivity to dramatic housing downturns, especially for the subordinate tranches. In the event of a default on the obligations to noteholders, noteholders have no recourse to the underlying mortgage loans. In addition, some or all of the mortgage default risk associated with the underlying mortgage loans is transferred to noteholders. As a result, there can be no assurance that losses will not occur on an investment in GSE credit risk transfer securities, and a Fund investing in these instruments may be exposed to the risk of loss on their investment.

In addition, these investments are subject to prepayment risk. Many CRTs also have collateral performance triggers (e.g., based on credit enhancement, delinquencies or defaults, etc.) that could shut off principal payments to subordinate tranches. Generally, GSEs have the ability to call all of the CRT tranches at par in 10 years.

In late 2020, the FHFA issued a new capital rule requiring Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to hold $283 billion in unadjusted total capital as of June 30, 2020, based on their assets at the time. In January 2021, the FHFA and the U.S. Treasury agreed to amend the preferred stock purchase agreements for the shares in the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that the federal government continues to hold. The amendments permit Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to retain all earnings until they have reached the requirements set by the 2020 capital rule. In January 2025, the FHFA and the U.S. Treasury announced an agreement to again amend the preferred stock purchase agreements to help ensure that the eventual release of the GSEs from conservatorship will be orderly and to reflect certain existing practices. Among other things, the agreement restores Treasury’s previous right to consent to a release of the GSEs from conservatorship. In addition, under a separate side letter from FHFA to the U.S. Treasury, FHFA will solicit public input, before releasing a GSE from conservatorship, regarding the potential impacts on the housing market and the GSEs. However, there remains significant uncertainty as to whether (or when) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will emerge from conservatorship, which has no specified termination date. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac also were the subject of several class action lawsuits and investigations by federal regulators, which (along with any final resulting financial losses or restatements) may adversely affect the guaranteeing entities. In addition, the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is in question as Congress may consider reforms of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which could address their structure, mission, portfolio limits and guarantee fees, among other issues. The potential impact of these developments is unclear, but they could cause a Fund to lose money.

Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of the GSEs, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or GSE guarantee. Private issuers may purchase various forms of private insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, to support the timely payment of principal and interest of the underlying mortgage loans. However, there can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. In addition, privately issued MBS are not traded on an exchange, and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, private MBS may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The value of MBS may change due to shifts in the market’s perception of issuers and changes in interest rates. In addition, statutory and/or regulatory tax and/or other changes may adversely affect the mortgage securities market as a whole. Privately issued MBS may offer higher yields than those issued by government entities, but also may be subject to greater price changes than government issues. MBS have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Certain MBS may include securities backed by pools of mortgage loans made to borrowers with blemished credit histories (“subprime” loans). The underwriting standards for subprime loans may be lower and more flexible than the standards generally used by lenders for borrowers with non-blemished credit histories with respect to the borrower’s credit standing and repayment history. The risk of non-payment is greater for MBS that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic downturn, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain MBS include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans.

MBS are subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment, which occurs when unscheduled or early payments are made on the underlying mortgages, may shorten the effective maturities of these securities and may lower their returns. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable MBS. In that event, a Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the MBS in an investment that provides as high a yield as the MBS. Consequently, early payment associated with MBS may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed income securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of MBS. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of MBS. Since the value of long-term securities

generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than that of shorter-term securities, maturity extension could increase the inherent volatility of a Fund. This is known as extension risk. If the life of a MBS is inaccurately predicted, a Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its investment in MBS notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee.

MBS are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium. At times, some of the MBS in which a Fund may invest will have higher than market interest rates and, therefore, will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will cause a Fund to experience a loss equal to any unamortized premium.

A Fund may invest in CMOs and stripped MBS that represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Some MBS, such as CMOs, make payments of both principal and interest at a variety of intervals; others make semiannual interest payments at a predetermined rate and repay principal at maturity (like a typical bond). MBS are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate or residential properties.

CMOs may be issued by a U.S. government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs may be guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities or any other person or entity. Prepayments could cause early retirement of CMOs. CMOs are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for investors by issuing multiple classes of securities (or “tranches”), each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO held by a Fund would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other MBS. Conversely, slower than anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of a Fund that invests in CMOs.

Stripped MBS are created when a U.S. government agency or a financial institution separates the interest and principal components of a MBS and sells them as individual securities. The securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government and private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. Stripped MBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage loans. The holder of the “principal-only” security (“PO”) receives the principal payments made by the underlying MBS, while the holder of the “interest-only” security (“IO”) receives interest payments from the same underlying security. A Fund may invest in both the IO class and the PO class. The prices of stripped MBS may be particularly affected by changes in interest rates. The yield to maturity on an IO class of stripped MBS is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. As interest rates fall, prepayment rates tend to increase, which tends to reduce prices of IOs and increase prices of POs. Rising interest rates can have the opposite effect.

Prepayments may also result in losses on stripped MBS. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investments in these securities. Conversely, POs tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for stripped MBS may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other MBS, potentially limiting a Fund’s ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

As CMOs have evolved, some classes of CMO bonds have become more common. For example, a Fund may invest in parallel-pay and planned amortization class (“PAC”) CMOs and multi-class pass through certificates. Parallel-pay CMOs and multi-class passthrough certificates are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These

simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO and multi-class pass-through structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date but may be retired earlier. PACs generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date. PACs are parallel-pay CMOs with the required principal amount on such securities having the highest priority after interest has been paid to all classes. Any CMO or multi-class pass through structure that includes PAC securities must also have support tranches — known as support bonds, companion bonds or non-PAC bonds— which lend or absorb principal cash flows to allow the PAC securities to maintain their stated maturities and final distribution dates within a range of actual prepayment experience. These support tranches are subject to a higher level of maturity risk compared to other mortgage-related securities and usually provide a higher yield to compensate investors. If principal cash flows are received in amounts outside a pre-determined range such that the support bonds cannot lend or absorb sufficient cash flows to the PAC securities as intended, the PAC securities are subject to heightened maturity risk. Consistent with a Fund’s investment objectives and policies, the Fund may invest in various tranches of CMO bonds, including support bonds.

A Fund may also invest in directly placed mortgages including residential mortgages, multifamily mortgages, mortgages on cooperative apartment buildings, commercial mortgages, and sale-leasebacks. These investments are backed by assets such as office buildings, shopping centers, retail stores, warehouses, apartment buildings and single-family dwellings. In the event that a Fund forecloses on any non-performing mortgage, it could end up acquiring a direct interest in the underlying real property, and the Fund would then be subject to the risks generally associated with the ownership of real property. There may be fluctuations in the market value of the foreclosed property and its occupancy rates, rent schedules and operating expenses. Investment in direct mortgages involves many of the same risks as investments in mortgage-related securities. There may also be adverse changes in local, regional or general economic conditions, deterioration of the real estate market and the financial circumstances of tenants and sellers, unfavorable changes in zoning, building, environmental and other laws, increased real property taxes, rising interest rates, reduced availability and increased cost of mortgage borrowings, the need for anticipated renovations, unexpected increases in the cost of energy, environmental factors, and other factors which are beyond the control of a Fund or the Adviser or any Sub-Adviser. Hazardous or toxic substances may be present on, at or under the mortgaged property and adversely affect the value of the property. In addition, the owners of the property containing such substances may be held responsible, under various laws, for containing, monitoring, removing or cleaning up such substances. The presence of such substances may also provide a basis for other claims by third parties. Costs of clean-up or of liabilities to third parties may exceed the value of the property. In addition, these risks may be uninsurable. In light of these and similar risks, it may be impossible to dispose profitably of properties in foreclosure.

Municipal Securities. A Fund may invest in municipal securities (“municipals”), including residual interest bonds, which are debt obligations issued by local, state and regional governments that provide interest income that is excludable from gross income for federal income tax purposes (“excludable interest”). Municipals include both municipal bonds (those securities with maturities of five years or more) and municipal notes (those with maturities of less than five years). Municipal bonds are issued for a wide variety of reasons, including: to construct public facilities, such as airports, highways, bridges, schools, hospitals, mass transportation, streets, water and sewer works; to obtain funds for operating expenses; to refund outstanding municipal obligations; and to loan funds to various public institutions and facilities. Certain private activity bonds (“PABs”) are also considered municipals if the interest thereon is excludable interest (even though that interest may be an item of tax preference for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax). PABs are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds for various privately operated manufacturing facilities, housing, sports arenas, convention centers, airports, mass transportation systems and water, gas or sewer works. PABs are ordinarily dependent on the credit quality of a private user, not the public issuer.

The value of municipal securities can be affected by changes in the actual or perceived credit quality of the issuer, which can be affected by, among other things, the financial condition of the issuer, the issuer’s future borrowing plans and sources of revenue, the economic feasibility of the revenue bond project or general borrowing purpose, and political or economic developments in the region where the instrument is issued. Local and national market forces — such as declines in real estate prices or general business activity — shifting demographics or political gridlock may result in decreasing tax bases, growing entitlement budgets, and increasing construction and/or maintenance costs and could reduce the ability of certain issuers of municipal securities to repay their obligations. Those obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. Congress or state legislatures may seek to extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or to impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. Budgetary constraints may cause municipal securities to be more susceptible to downgrade, default and bankruptcy. In addition, difficulties in the municipal securities markets could result in increased illiquidity, volatility and credit risk, and a decrease in the number of municipal securities investment opportunities.

There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. These and other factors may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments in municipal securities.

The perceived increased likelihood of default among issuers of municipal securities has resulted in constrained liquidity, increased price volatility and credit downgrades of issuers of municipal securities. Certain issuers of municipal securities have also been unable to obtain additional financing through, or must pay higher interest rates on, new issues, which may reduce revenues available for issuers of municipal securities to pay existing obligations. In addition, the lack of disclosure rules in this area can make it difficult for investors to obtain reliable information on the obligations underlying municipal securities. Adverse developments in the municipal securities market may negatively affect the value of all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s holdings in municipal securities.

Options Transactions. A Fund may write and purchase put and call options. An option (a potentially high-risk security) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the asset underlying the option at a predetermined price, often at any time during the term of the option for American options or only at expiration for European options. The writer of a put or call option would be obligated to buy or sell the underlying asset at a predetermined price during the term of the option.

Writing Call Options. A call option is a contract which gives the purchaser of the option (in return for a premium paid) the right to buy, and the writer of the option (in return for a premium received) the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security during the option period.

A Fund may write covered call options both to reduce the risks associated with certain of its investments and to increase total investment return through the receipt of premiums. In return for the premium income, a Fund will give up the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security above the exercise price so long as its obligations under the contract continue, except insofar as the premium represents a profit. Moreover, in writing the call option, a Fund will retain the risk of loss should the price of the security decline. The premium is intended to offset that loss in whole or in part.

Unlike the situation in which a Fund owns securities not subject to a call option, a Fund, in writing call options, must assume that the call may be exercised at any time prior to the expiration of its obligation as a writer, and that in such circumstances the net proceeds realized from the sale of the underlying securities pursuant to the call may be substantially below the prevailing market price.

When a Fund writes a call option, an amount equal to the premium received by the Fund is included in the Fund’s financial statements as an asset and an equivalent liability. The amount of the liability is subsequently marked-to-market to reflect the current market value of the option written. A Fund may terminate its obligation under an option it has written by buying an identical option. Such a transaction is called a “closing purchase transaction.” When an option expires on its stipulated expiration date or a Fund enters into a closing purchase or sale transaction, the Fund realizes a gain (or loss) without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security, and the liability related to such option is extinguished. When an option is exercised, a Fund realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security, and the proceeds of sale are increased by the premium originally received, or reduced by the price paid for the option.

A closing purchase transaction for exchange-traded options may be made only on a national securities exchange (“exchange”). There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and for some options, such as OTC options, no secondary market on an exchange may exist. A liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded OTC or on an exchange may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. If a Fund

is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction, the Fund will not sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Fund delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Writing Put Options. The writer of a put option becomes obligated to purchase the underlying security at a specified price during the option period if the buyer elects to exercise the option before its expiration date. A Fund may write put options either to earn additional income in the form of option premiums (anticipating that the price of the underlying security will remain stable or rise during the option period and the option will therefore not be exercised) or to acquire the underlying security at a net cost below the current value (e.g., the option is exercised because of a decline in the price of the underlying security, but the amount paid by a Fund, offset by the option premium, is less than the current price). The risk of either strategy is that the price of the underlying security may decline by an amount greater than the premium received. The premium which a Fund receives from writing a put option will reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to that market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, the option period, supply and demand and interest rates.

A Fund may effect a closing purchase transaction to realize a profit on an outstanding put option or to prevent an outstanding put option from being exercised.

Purchasing Put and Call Options. A Fund may purchase put options on securities to increase the Fund’s total investment return or to protect its holdings against a substantial decline in market value. The purchase of put options on securities will enable a Fund to preserve, at least partially, unrealized gains in an appreciated security in its portfolio without actually selling the security. In addition, a Fund will continue to receive interest or dividend income on the security. A Fund may also purchase call options on securities to protect against substantial increases in prices of securities that a Fund intends to purchase pending their ability to invest in an orderly manner in those securities. A Fund may sell put or call options they have previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount received on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which was bought.

Options on Futures Contracts. A Fund may purchase and write exchange-traded call and put options on futures contracts of the type which the Fund is authorized to enter into. These options are traded on exchanges that are licensed and regulated by the CFTC for the purpose of options trading. A call option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to purchase a futures contract (assume a “long” position) at a specified exercise price at any time before the option expires. A put option gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to sell a futures contract (assume a “short” position), for a specified exercise price, at any time before the option expires.

Options on futures contracts can be used by a Fund to hedge substantially the same risks as might be addressed by the direct purchase or sale of the underlying futures contracts. If a Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it may obtain benefits similar to those that would result if it held the futures position itself. Purchases of options on futures contracts may present less risk in hedging than the purchase and sale of the underlying futures contracts since the potential loss is limited to the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

Upon the exercise of a call option, the writer of the option is obligated to sell the futures contract (to deliver a “long” position to the option holder) at the option exercise price, which will presumably be lower than the current market price of the contract in the futures market. Upon exercise of a put, the writer of the option is obligated to purchase the futures contract (deliver a “short” position to the option holder) at the option exercise price which will presumably be higher than the current market price of the contract in the futures market. When the holder of an option exercises it and assumes a long futures position, in the case of a call, or a short futures position, in the case of a put, its gain will be credited to its futures margin account, while the loss suffered by the writer of the option will be debited to its account and must be immediately paid by the writer. However, as with the trading of futures, most participants in the options markets do not seek to realize their gains or losses by exercise of their option rights. Instead, the holder of an option will usually realize a gain or loss by buying or selling an offsetting option at a market price that will reflect an increase or a decrease from the premium originally paid.

If a Fund writes options on futures contracts, the Fund will receive a premium but will assume a risk of adverse movement in the price of the underlying futures contract comparable to that involved in holding a futures position. If the option is not exercised, the Fund will realize a gain in the amount of the premium, which may partially offset unfavorable changes in the value of securities held in or to be acquired for the Fund. If the option is exercised, the Fund will incur a loss in the option transaction, which will

be reduced by the amount of the premium it has received, but which will offset any favorable changes in the value of its portfolio securities or, in the case of a put, lower prices of securities it intends to acquire.

Securities Index Options. A Fund may write put and call options and purchase call and put options on securities indices for the purpose of increasing the Fund’s total investment return or hedging against the risk of unfavorable price movements adversely affecting the value of a Fund’s securities or securities it intends to purchase. Unlike a stock option, which gives the holder the right to purchase or sell a specified stock at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount” equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date, multiplied by a fixed “index multiplier.”

The 1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund writes only “covered” options. A call option on a securities index is considered covered, for example, if, so long as a Fund is obligated as the writer of the call, it holds securities the price changes of which are, in the opinion of the Fund’s Adviser or Sub-Adviser, expected to replicate substantially the movement of the index or indices upon which the options written by the Fund are based. A put option on a securities index written by a Fund will be considered covered if, so long as it is obligated as the writer of the put, the Fund segregates, either on the records of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser or with the Fund’s custodian, cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the exercise price of the option.

Securities index options are subject to exclusive SEC jurisdiction.

A securities index fluctuates with changes in the market value of the securities so included. For example, some securities index options are based on a broad market index such as the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (“S&P 500 Index”) or the NYSE Composite Index, or a narrower market index such as the S&P 100 Index (a subset of the S&P 500 Index). Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment such as the NYSE Arca Oil and Gas Index or the NASDAQ Computer Index.

The effectiveness of hedging through the purchase of securities index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the securities portfolio being hedged correlate with price movements in the selected securities index. Perfect correlation is not possible because the securities held or to be acquired by a Fund will not exactly match the composition of the securities indices on which options are written. There are a number of factors which may prevent derivatives or other strategies used by a Fund from achieving desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an index. These may include, but are not limited to: (i) the impact of a Fund’s fees, expenses and transaction costs, including borrowing and brokerage costs/bid-ask spreads, which are not reflected in index returns; (ii) differences in the timing of daily calculations of the value of an index and the timing of the valuation of derivatives, securities and other assets held by a Fund and the determination of the net asset value of the Fund’s shares; (iii) disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for derivative instruments or securities in which a Fund invests; (iv) a Fund having exposure to or holding less than all of the securities in the underlying index and/or having exposure to or holding securities not included in the underlying index; (v) large or unexpected movements of assets into and out of a Fund (due to share purchases or redemptions, for example), potentially resulting in the Fund being over- or under-exposed to the index; (vi) the impact of accounting standards or changes thereto; (vii) changes to the applicable index that are not disseminated in advance; (viii) a possible need to conform a Fund’s portfolio holdings to comply with investment restrictions or policies or regulatory or tax law requirements; and (ix) fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the purchase of securities index options the principal risk is that the premium and transaction costs paid by a Fund in purchasing an option will be lost if the changes (increase in the case of a call, decrease in the case of a put) in the level of the index do not exceed the cost of the option.

Over-the-Counter Options. A Fund may engage in over the counter put and call option transactions. Options traded in the OTC market may not be as actively traded as those on an exchange, so it may be more difficult to value such options. In addition, it may be difficult to enter into closing transactions with respect to such options. Such OTC options, and any securities used as “cover” for such options, may be considered illiquid securities. A Fund may enter into contracts (or amend existing contracts) with primary dealers with whom they write OTC options. The contracts will provide that a Fund has the absolute right to repurchase an option it writes at any time at a repurchase price which represents the fair market value, as determined in good faith through negotiation between the parties, but which in no event will exceed a price determined pursuant to a formula contained in the contract. Although the specific details of the formula may vary between contracts with different primary dealers, the formula will generally be based on a multiple of the premium received by a Fund for writing the option, plus the amount, if any, of the option’s intrinsic value (i.e., the amount the option is “in-the-money”). The formula will also include a factor to account for the difference between the price of the security and the strike price of the option if the option is written “out-of-the-money.” Although the specific details of the formula may vary with different primary dealers, each contract will provide a formula to determine the maximum price at which a Fund can repurchase the option at any time. A Fund may be subject to the risk that firms participating

in such transactions will fail to meet their obligations. Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with a Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. In instances in which a Fund has entered into agreements with respect to the OTC options it has written, and such agreements would enable the Fund to have an absolute right to repurchase at a pre-established formula price the OTC option written by it, the Fund would treat as illiquid only securities equal in amount to the formula price described above less the amount by which the option is “in-the-money,” i.e., the amount by which the price of the option exceeds the exercise price. Certain OTC options are considered to be swaps. For information concerning the risks associated with utilizing swaps, please see the section on “Swaps.”

Participatory Notes. A Fund may invest in participatory notes (commonly known as “P-Notes”) issued by banks or broker-dealers that are designed to replicate the performance of certain issuers and markets. Participatory notes are a type of equity-linked derivative which generally are traded over-the-counter. The performance results of participatory notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the notes seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. Investments in participatory notes involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the shares of the companies the notes seek to replicate. In addition, participatory notes are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the broker-dealer or bank that issues the notes will not fulfill its contractual obligation to complete the transaction with a Fund. Participatory notes constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them, and a Fund relies on the creditworthiness of such banks or broker-dealers and has no rights under a participatory note against the issuers of the securities underlying such participatory notes. Participatory notes involve transaction costs. A Fund’s ability to redeem or exercise a participation note generally is dependent on the liquidity in the local trading market for the security underlying the participation note. Participatory notes may be considered illiquid and, therefore, participatory notes considered illiquid will be subject to a Fund’s percentage limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Preferred Stocks. Preferred stocks have the right to receive specified dividends before the payment of dividends on common stock. Preferred stock is subject to issuer-specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition, in the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of the issuer’s bonds take precedence over the claims of owners of the issuer’s preferred and common stock. For this reason, the value of preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stock of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than preferred stock of larger companies. If interest rates rise, the specified dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of such stocks to decline. The value of preferred stocks is sensitive to changes in interest rates and to changes in the issuer’s credit quality. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions. Cumulative preferred stock requires the issuer to pay stockholders all prior unpaid dividends before the issuer can pay dividends on common stock, whereas non-cumulative preferred stock does not require the issuer to do so. Some preferred stocks also participate in dividends paid on common stock. Preferred stocks may provide for the issuer to redeem the stock on a specified date. A Fund may treat such redeemable preferred stock as a fixed income security.

Precious Metals. Precious metals, such as gold and silver, generate no interest or dividends, and the return from investments in such precious metals will be derived solely from the gains and losses realized upon sale. Prices of precious metals may fluctuate, sharply or gradually, and over short or long periods of time. The prices of precious metals may be significantly affected by factors such as changes in inflation or expectations regarding inflation in various countries, the availability of supplies and demand, changes in industrial and commercial demand, developments in the precious metals mining industries, precious metals sales by governments, central banks or international institutions, investment speculation, hedging activity by producers, currency exchange rates, interest rates, and monetary and other economic policies of various governments. In addition, because the majority of the world’s supply of gold and silver is concentrated in a few countries, such investments may be particularly susceptible to political, economic and environmental conditions and events in those countries.

Real Estate Industry Investing. Investments in securities of issuers engaged in the real estate industry entail special risks and considerations. In particular, securities of such issuers may be subject to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate. These risks include: the cyclical nature of real estate values, including the decline in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, demographic trends and variations in rental income, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, environmental

risks, regulatory limitations on rents, changes in neighborhood values, changes in the appeal of properties to tenants, increases in interest rates and other real estate capital market influences. To the extent that assets underlying a Fund’s investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, the Fund may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Generally, increases in interest rates will increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could directly and indirectly decrease the value of a Fund’s investments.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs). REITs pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types, i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings. A REIT is not taxed on net income and net realized gains that it distributes to its owners if it complies with statutory and regulatory federal income tax requirements relating to its management, organization, ownership, assets and income and a statutory requirement that it distribute to its owners at least 90% of the sum of its REIT taxable income and certain other income for each taxable year. Various other countries have also adopted REIT-like structures that receive comparable tax treatment, provided that certain requirements are met. Failure by a REIT or REIT-like structure to meet such requirements may have adverse consequences on a Fund that invests therein. Generally, REITs can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Equity REITs are further categorized according to the types of real estate they own, e.g., apartment properties, retail shopping centers, office and industrial properties, hotels, health-care facilities, manufactured housing and mixed-property types. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs.

A shareholder in any Fund, by investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, will bear not only its proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, the management expenses of the underlying REITs. In addition, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the values of the underlying property they own, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, may not be diversified and are subject to the risks of financing projects and risks inherent in investments in a limited number of properties, in a narrow geographic area, or in a single property type. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation and, with respect to domestic REITs, the possibility of failing (1) to qualify for tax-free “pass-through” under the Code of net investment income and net realized gains distributed to shareholders and (2) to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. If an issuer of debt securities collateralized by real estate defaults, it is conceivable that the REITs holding those securities could end up holding the underlying real estate.

Investing in certain REITs, which often have small market capitalizations, may also involve the same risks as investing in other small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources and their securities may trade less frequently and in limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks such as those included in the S&P 500 Index. The management of a REIT may be subject to conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the business of the REIT and may be involved in real estate activities competitive with the REIT. REITs may own properties through joint ventures or in other circumstances in which the REIT may not have control over its investments. REITs may incur significant amounts of leverage.

Risks associated with investments in securities of real estate companies include those discussed above in “Real Estate Industry Investing.”

Recent Market Conditions. U.S. and international markets have experienced significant volatility in recent months and years. As a result of such volatility, investment returns may fluctuate significantly. Global economies and financial markets are highly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that conditions in one country or region will adversely impact issuers in a different country or region.

and potentially in other industries and sectors, and could further strain global supply chains, negatively affect inflation and global growth, and intensify regional or global instability. The resulting adverse market and geopolitical conditions could be prolonged. These and any related events could significantly impact a Fund’s performance and the value of an investment in a Fund, whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to the countries or regions directly affected. The Funds may have elements of risk not typically associated with investments in the United States of America due to concentrated investments in a limited number of foreign countries or regions, which may vary throughout the period. Such concentrations may subject each of these Funds to additional risks resulting from political or economic conditions in such countries or regions and the possible imposition of adverse governmental laws or currency exchange restrictions could cause the securities and their markets to be less liquid and their prices to be more volatile than those of comparable U.S. securities.

The Fed and certain foreign central banks have recently raised interest rates, though economic, political or other factors could lead to the Fed or foreign central banks stopping or reversing such changes. It is difficult to predict accurately the various economic and political factors that influence the pace at which interest rates might change, the timing, frequency, magnitude or direction of further interest rate changes, or when such changes might stop or reverse course. The evaluation of macro-economic and other conditions or events could cause a change in approach in the future. It also is difficult to predict the impact that further interest rate changes could have on the markets in which a Fund invests, and fixed-income and related markets may continue to experience heightened levels of interest rate and price volatility. Inflation risk is the uncertainty over the future real value (after inflation) of an investment. A Fund’s investments may not keep pace with inflation, and the value of an investment in a Fund may be eroded over time by inflation. Changes in government or central bank policies, including changes in federal tax policy or changes in the implementation of specific policy goals, could negatively affect the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments and cause it to lose money.

Geopolitical events and crises, as well as the Fed’s or foreign central banks’ actions may result in an economic slowdown in the United States and abroad. An economic slowdown may negatively affect national and global economies, as well as national and global securities and commodities markets, and may continue for an extended period of time and have unforeseen impacts. Any deterioration in economic fundamentals may increase the risk of default or insolvency of particular issuers, negatively impact market values, cause credit spreads to widen, and reduce bank balance sheets. Any of these could cause an increase in market volatility, reduce liquidity across various markets, or decrease confidence in the markets. High public debt levels in the United States and other countries could limit governments’ abilities to respond to weaker economic growth.

Slowing global economic growth, persistent or resurgent inflation, the rise in protectionist trade policies (including the imposition or threat of tariffs and other trade barriers and retaliatory countermeasures), and changes to some major international trade agreements could affect the economies of many countries (including the United States) in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. The current geopolitical environment has intensified concerns about a global trade war. The United States has developed increasingly strained relations with a number of foreign countries, including major U.S. trading partners. If relations with certain countries deteriorate, it could adversely affect U.S. issuers as well as non-U.S. issuers that rely on the United States for trade. For example, the United States has imposed or threatened to impose tariffs and other trade barriers on imports of certain categories of goods from Canada, Mexico, and European countries. The United States also has imposed tariffs and other trade barriers on imports of certain categories of goods from China, has restricted exports of certain categories of goods to China, and has established barriers to investments in China. These countries have imposed or threatened to impose retaliatory tariffs on U.S. goods. If relations between the United States and these and other foreign countries do not improve or continue to deteriorate, markets and individual securities may be severely affected both regionally and globally, and the value of a Fund’s investments may go down. In addition, restrictions on immigration could significantly disrupt labor markets and supply chains, creating risks to growth. Moreover, a combination of persistent or resurgent inflation and slow or declining growth can be a challenging economic scenario for policymakers to address because traditional monetary and fiscal policies may not be effective in addressing both issues simultaneously.

Advancements in technology could adversely impact market movements and liquidity and could affect the overall performance of a Fund. For example, the advanced development and the regulation of artificial intelligence (“AI”) could lead to faster and more efficient markets, but also to higher trading volumes and greater volatility in times of market stress. Because AI has the potential to drive significant changes in how businesses and governments provide goods and services, it also could affect economic growth. AI’s role in increasing automation raises concerns about job displacement and could lead to economic and social disruptions. As AI is used more widely, which could occur relatively rapidly, the profitability and growth of certain issuers and industries could be adversely impacted in ways that cannot be foreseen at the present time and could adversely impact issuer and market

performance. Furthermore, growth in the stock prices of a small group of “mega cap” companies in the information technology sector, many of which are investing heavily in AI research, development and infrastructure, has been the primary driver of broad stock market gains in recent years. These companies are often referred to as the “Magnificent Seven” (Alphabet, Amazon, Apple, Meta, Microsoft, Nvidia and Tesla). Significant downturns in the information technology sector could rapidly lead to widespread market weakness. In addition, there are concerns that the rapid rise in these companies’ public bond issuances to finance AI investments could strain the U.S. corporate bond market. A Fund’s holdings and its overall performance could be negatively impacted by any of these factors.

Certain illnesses spread rapidly and have the potential to significantly and adversely affect the global economy and have material adverse impacts on a Fund. Public health crises caused by outbreaks of infectious diseases or other public health issues may disrupt market conditions and operations and economies around the world, exacerbate other pre-existing economic, political, and social tensions and risks, and negatively affect market performance and the value of investments in individual companies in significant and unforeseen ways. The impact of any outbreak may last for an extended period of time. For example, the impact of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) pandemic caused significant volatility and severe losses in global financial markets. Other outbreaks of infectious diseases or other public health issues that may arise in the future may have similar or worse effects.

All of these risks may have a material adverse effect on the performance and financial condition of the companies and other issuers in which the Funds invest and on the overall performance of a Fund.

Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund purchases securities or other obligations from a bank or securities dealer (or its affiliate) and simultaneously commits to resell them to a counterparty at an agreed-upon date or upon demand and at a price reflecting a market rate of interest unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased

obligations. The difference between the total amount to be received upon repurchase of the obligations and the price that was paid by a Fund upon acquisition is accrued as interest and included in the Fund’s net investment income. Repurchase agreements generally result in a fixed rate of return insulated from market fluctuation during the holding period and generally are used as a means of earning a return on cash reserves for periods as short as overnight.

Repurchase agreements may have the characteristics of loans by a Fund. During the term of a repurchase agreement, a Fund, among other things, (i) retains the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement, either through its regular custodian or through a special “tri-party” custodian or sub-custodian that maintains separate accounts for both the Fund and its counterparty, as collateral securing the seller’s repurchase obligation, (ii) continually monitors on a daily basis the market value of the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement and (iii) requires the seller to deposit with the Fund collateral equal to any amount by which the market value of the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement falls below the resale amount provided under the repurchase agreement.

A Fund intends to enter into repurchase agreements only in transactions with counterparties (which may include brokers-dealers, banks, U.S. government securities dealers and other intermediaries) believed by the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers to present minimal credit risks. A Fund generally will not enter into a repurchase agreement maturing in more than seven days. Repurchase agreements that mature in more than seven days are generally considered illiquid.

Repurchase agreements carry certain risks, including risks that are not associated with direct investments in securities. If a seller under a repurchase agreement were to default on the agreement and be unable to repurchase the security subject to the repurchase agreement, a Fund would look to the collateral underlying the seller’s repurchase agreement, including the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement, for satisfaction of the seller’s obligation to the Fund. A Fund’s right to liquidate the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement in the event of a default by the seller could involve certain costs and delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase are less than the repurchase price (e.g., due to transactions costs or a decline in the value of the collateral), the Fund could suffer a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller, realization of the collateral may be delayed or limited and a loss may be incurred. Repurchase agreements involving obligations other than U.S. government securities (such as commercial paper and corporate bonds) may be subject to special risks and may not have the benefit of certain protections in the event of the counterparty’s insolvency.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Sale-Buyback Transactions. A Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with brokers, dealers, domestic and foreign banks and/or other financial institutions. A Fund may also enter into sale-buyback transactions and other economically similar transactions. Reverse repurchase agreements and sale-buyback transactions may be viewed as the borrowing of money by a Fund. See “Fundamental Restrictions” for more information concerning restrictions on borrowing by each Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act.

In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a security and agrees to repurchase it at a mutually agreed upon date and price, reflecting the interest rate effective for the term of the agreement. During the term of the agreement, a Fund retains ownership of the security and will continue to receive any principal and interest payments on the underlying security. A Fund may enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only if the interest income from investment of the proceeds is greater than the interest expense of the transaction and the proceeds are invested for a period no longer than the term of the agreement. If interest rates rise during a reverse repurchase agreement, it may adversely affect a Fund’s net asset value.

A Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of a Fund’s repurchase of the underlying security. A Fund’s obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets in an amount not less than the amount of the Fund’s forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.

Reverse repurchase agreements and sale-buybacks represent a form of leverage and their use by a Fund may increase the Fund’s volatility. Reverse repurchase agreements and sale-buybacks involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale may decline below the price of the securities a Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase. In addition, when a Fund invests the proceeds it receives in a reverse repurchase agreement or sale-buyback, there is a risk that those investments may decline in value. Reverse repurchase agreements and sale-buybacks also involve the risk that the buyer of the securities sold by a Fund might be unable or unwilling to deliver them when that Fund seeks to repurchase, which may result in losses to the

Fund. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement or sale-buyback files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce a Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and a Fund’s use of the proceeds of the agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision, which could adversely affect the Fund.

Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act permits a Fund to enter into reverse repurchase agreements notwithstanding the limitation on the issuance of senior securities in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided that the Fund either (i) complies with the 300% asset coverage ratio with respect to such transactions and any other borrowings in the aggregate, or (ii) treats all such transactions as Derivatives Transactions under Rule 18f-4. For more information about these practices, see the “Derivatives” section.

Roll Transactions (Dollar Rolls, Mortgage Dollar Rolls). A Fund may enter into “dollar roll” transactions with brokers, dealers, domestic and foreign banks and/or other financial institutions. In dollar roll transactions, a Fund sells fixed income securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase similar but not identical (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date at a pre-determined price. During the roll period, a Fund would forego principal and interest paid on such securities. A Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. See “Mortgage Dollar Rolls” below.

The use of dollar rolls may be viewed as the borrowing of money by a Fund and may increase the Fund’s volatility. See “Fundamental Restrictions” for more information concerning restrictions on borrowing by each Fund. Dollar rolls involve risks similar to those of reverse repurchase agreements or sale-buybacks. See the discussion of such risks in “Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Sale-Buyback Transactions.”

A Fund may also engage in roll-timing strategies where the Fund seeks to extend the expiration or maturity of a position, such as a forward contract, futures contract or to-be-announced (“TBA”) transaction, on an underlying asset by closing out the position before expiration and contemporaneously opening a new position with respect to the same underlying asset that has substantially similar terms except for a later expiration date. Such “rolls” enable a Fund to maintain continuous investment exposure to an underlying asset beyond the expiration of the initial position without delivery of the underlying asset. Similarly, as certain standardized swap agreements transition from over-the-counter trading to mandatory exchange-trading and clearing due to the implementation of Dodd-Frank Act regulatory requirements, a Fund may “roll” an existing over-the-counter swap agreement by closing out the position before expiration and contemporaneously entering into a new exchange-traded and cleared swap agreement on the same underlying asset with substantially similar terms except for a later expiration date. These types of new positions opened contemporaneously with the closing of an existing position on the same underlying asset with substantially similar terms are collectively referred to as “Roll Transactions.” Certain investment restrictions, which normally apply at the time of investment, do not apply to Roll Transactions. A Fund will test for compliance at the time of the Fund’s initial entry into a position, but percentage limitations and absolute prohibitions may not be applicable to a Fund’s subsequent acquisition of securities or instruments through a Roll Transaction.

Rule 18f-4 permits a Fund to enter into when-issued or forward-settling securities, (dollar rolls and firm and standby commitments, including TBA commitments) and non-standard settlement cycle securities notwithstanding the limitation on the issuance of senior securities in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided that the transaction satisfies the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision. If a when-issued, forward-settling or non-standard settlement cycle security does not satisfy the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision, then it is treated as a Derivatives Transaction under Rule 18f-4. For more information about these practices, see the “Derivatives” section.

A Fund may enter into mortgage dollar rolls in which a Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date at a pre-determined price. During the roll period, a Fund loses the right to receive principal (including prepayments of principal) and interest paid on the securities sold. However, the Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of a Fund compared with what such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls. Accordingly, the benefits derived from the use of mortgage dollar rolls depend upon the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s ability to manage mortgage prepayments. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. A “dollar

roll” transaction can be viewed as a collateralized borrowing in which a Fund pledges a mortgage-related security to a dealer to obtain cash. However, in a “dollar roll” transaction, the dealer with which a Fund enters into a transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but generally only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered “substantially identical,” the securities returned to a Fund generally must: (1) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (2) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (3) have a similar original stated maturity; (4) have identical net coupon rates; (5) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (6) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 0.01% of the initial amount delivered. If the dealer files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a Fund’s right to repurchase or sell securities may be limited. Mortgage dollar rolls may be subject to leverage risks. In addition, mortgage dollar rolls may increase interest rate risk and result in an increased portfolio turnover rate, which would increase costs and may increase a Fund’s realized net gains that must be distributed to its shareholders. All cash proceeds from dollar roll transactions will be invested in instruments that are permissible investments for a Fund. Because dollar roll transactions may be for terms ranging between one and six months, dollar roll transactions may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to the risks of investing in illiquid securities as well as to a Fund’s overall limitations on investments in illiquid securities.

Securities Lending. A Fund may lend securities to brokers, dealers, other financial institutions and other eligible persons needing to borrow securities to complete certain transactions. A Fund that engages in securities lending remains the owner of the loaned securities and continues to be entitled to payments in amounts equal to the interest, dividends or other distributions payable on loaned securities. However, it does not have the right to vote on securities while they are on loan. A Fund has the right to terminate a securities loan at any time, including in order to vote proxies that the Adviser or Sub-Adviser has determined are material to the Fund’s interests. If a Fund terminates a securities loan, it will forgo any income on the loan after the termination. A Fund has the right to call each loan and obtain the securities on one standard settlement period’s notice or, in connection with securities trading on foreign markets, within such longer period for purchases and sales of such securities in such foreign markets. There can be no assurance that securities will be returned following termination in time to permit the Fund to vote proxies for the returned securities.

Collateral for securities loans must be maintained in the form of cash or U.S. government or agency securities with a value equal to at least 102% (or 105%, in the case of loans of non-U.S. securities secured by U.S. dollar-denominated collateral) of the current market value of the securities loaned (other than in the case of U.S. Treasury securities, where the value of posted collateral must equal the lesser of 102% of the loaned securities’ current market value or 100% of the loaned securities’ par value). If the collateral consists of cash, a Fund will be contractually required to reinvest the cash and pay the borrower a pre-negotiated fee or “rebate” from any return earned on investment, which could reduce reinvestment earnings on the cash collateral. If the collateral consists of securities, the borrower will be contractually required to pay a Fund a loan premium fee. A Fund may participate in securities lending programs operated by financial institutions, which act as lending agents (“Lending Agent”). The Lending Agent will receive a percentage of the total earnings of a Fund derived from lending the Fund’s securities. Should the borrower of securities fail financially, a Fund may experience delays in recovering the loaned securities or in exercising its rights in the collateral. Additional risks include the possible decline of the value of the securities acquired with cash collateral. This risk is increased when a Fund’s loans are concentrated with a single borrower or a limited number of borrowers. A Fund seeks to minimize this risk by limiting the investment of cash collateral to high quality instruments, such as government money market funds and repurchase agreements.

Subject to the terms of the Trust’s securities lending agreement with the Lending Agent, the Lending Agent is contractually required to indemnify the Funds participating in the securities lending program against a borrower’s insolvency or default in performing its obligations under a securities loan. Nevertheless, the Funds remain subject to counterparty risk in connection with securities loans, including the risk that the Lending Agent’s indemnity may not be available or the Lending Agent may be unable to perform its obligations under the indemnification arrangement.

See Appendix E for a table setting forth, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the gross income received by a Fund from securities lending activities, the fees and/or other compensation paid by a Fund for securities lending activities, and the net income earned by a Fund from securities lending activities.

Short Sales. Certain of the Funds may enter into a short sale. A “short sale” is the sale by a Fund of a security which has been borrowed from a third party on the expectation that the market price will drop. To complete such a transaction, a Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which

the security was sold by a Fund. Until the security is replaced, a Fund is required to prepay the lender any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, a Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold short. The net proceeds of a short sale will be retained by the Sub-Adviser (or by the Fund’s custodian), to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. The Funds will incur transaction costs in effecting short sales.

A Fund may, but is not required to, engage in short sales that are “covered”. In a covered short sale, a Fund either (1) enters into a “short sale” of securities in circumstances in which, at the time the short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities sold short or owns securities convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of securities sold short (also known as a short sale “against the box”), or (2) deposits in a segregated account cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities in an amount equal to the market value of the securities sold short. A short sale may be entered into by a Fund to, for example, lock in a sale price for a security the Fund does not wish to sell immediately. To the extent that a Fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer arranging the short sale and (except in the case of short sales “against the box”) will maintain additional asset coverage in the form of segregated or “earmarked” assets that the Adviser or Sub-Adviser determines to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Fund’s Board and that is equal to the current market value of the securities sold short, or will ensure that such positions are covered by “offsetting” positions, until the Fund replaces the borrowed security.

A Fund will incur a loss as a result of a short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. A Fund may realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses a Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. There can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to close out a short position at any particular time or an acceptable price.

A Fund must comply with Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act with respect to its short sale borrowings, which are considered Derivatives Transactions under the rule. For more information about these practices, see the “Derivatives” section.

Short-Term Investments. Short-term investments include investments in various types of U.S. government securities and high-quality, short-term debt securities with remaining maturities of one year or less (“money market instruments”). This type of short-term investment generally is made to provide liquidity for the purchase of new investments and to effect redemptions of shares. The money market instruments in which a Fund may invest include but are not limited to: government obligations, certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, short-term corporate securities and repurchase agreements. A Fund may invest in both foreign and domestic money market instruments, including foreign currency, foreign time deposits and foreign bank acceptances of domestic branches of foreign banks and savings and loan associations and similar institutions. For cash management purposes, a Fund also may invest in money market funds, including money market funds managed by the Adviser. Generally, these investments offer less potential for gains than other types of investments.

Small Company Securities and Micro-Cap Company Securities. Investing in securities of small companies may involve greater risk than investing in better known, larger companies since securities of smaller companies may have limited marketability and, thus, may be more volatile. Because smaller companies normally have fewer shares outstanding than larger companies, it may be more difficult for a Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. In addition, small companies often have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and are typically subject to greater changes in earnings and business prospects than are larger, more established companies. There is typically less publicly available information concerning smaller companies than larger, more established ones, and smaller companies may be dependent for management on one or a few key persons.

Micro-capitalization companies represent the smallest sector companies based on market capitalization. Micro-capitalization companies may be in their earliest stages of development and may offer unique products, services or technologies or may serve special or rapidly expanding niches. Micro-capitalization companies may be less able to weather economic shifts or other adverse developments than larger, more established companies and may have less experienced management and unproven track records. Micro-capitalization companies also may be more susceptible to setbacks or economic downturns. Micro-capitalization securities are generally subject to the same risks as small-capitalization securities. However, micro-capitalization securities may involve even greater risk because they trade less frequently than larger stocks and may be less liquid, subjecting them to greater price fluctuations than larger company stocks.

Small-cap and emerging growth securities will often be traded only in the OTC market or on a regional securities exchange and may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, the disposition by a Fund of portfolio securities to meet redemptions or otherwise may require the Fund to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time, or to sell these securities at a discount from market prices or during periods when, in the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s judgment, such disposition is not desirable.

Structured Products. A Fund may invest in structured products, including instruments such as credit-linked securities, commodity-linked notes, equity-linked notes, and structured notes, which are potentially high-risk debt securities or derivatives. For example, a structured product may combine a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a structured product is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a structured product may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a structured product could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a structured product would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

Structured products can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Structured products may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a structured product or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a structured product. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a structured product could be zero. Thus, an investment in a structured product may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of structured products also exposes a Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the structured product. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of a Fund.

Credit-Linked Securities. Credit-linked securities are issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain high yield or other fixed income markets. For example, a Fund may invest in credit-linked securities as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to the high yield markets and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income producing securities are not available. Like an investment in a bond, investments in credit-linked securities represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the security. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop, and the trust would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that a Fund would receive as an investor in the trust. A Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. It is expected that the securities will be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the securities and they may constitute illiquid investments.

Commodity-Linked Notes. Commodity-linked notes are privately negotiated structured debt securities the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments for which are linked to the return of an index that is representative of the commodities market or a segment thereof. They are available from a limited number of approved counterparties, and all invested amounts are exposed to the dealer’s credit risk. As such, commodity-linked notes are also subject to counterparty risk. Commodity-linked notes may be leveraged. Investments linked to the prices of commodities, including commodity-linked notes, are considered speculative. The values of commodity-linked notes are affected by events that might have less impact on the values of stocks and bonds. Prices of commodities and related contracts may fluctuate significantly over short periods due to a variety of factors, including changes in supply and demand relationships, weather, agriculture, fiscal, and exchange control programs, disease, pestilence, and international economic, political, military and regulatory developments. In addition, the commodity markets

may be subject to temporary distortions and other disruptions due to, among other factors, lack of liquidity, the participation of speculators, and government regulation and other actions. These circumstances could adversely affect the value of the commodity-linked notes and make them more volatile than other types of investments. Commodity-linked notes may have substantial risks, including risk of loss of a significant portion of their principal value. Investments therein can also have adverse federal income tax consequences.

Equity-Linked Notes (ELNs). ELNs are hybrid derivative-type instruments that are designed to combine the characteristics of one or more reference securities (e.g., a single stock, a stock index or a basket of stocks (“underlying securities”)) and a related equity derivative. ELNs are structured as notes that are issued by counterparties, including banks, broker-dealers or their affiliates, and are designed to offer a return linked to the underlying securities within the ELN. ELNs can provide a Fund with an efficient investment tool that may be less expensive than investing directly in the underlying securities and the related equity derivative. Generally, when purchasing an ELN, a Fund pays the counterparty the current value of the underlying securities plus a commission. Upon the maturity of the note, a Fund generally receives the par value of the note plus a return based on the appreciation of the underlying securities. If the underlying securities have depreciated in value or if their price fluctuates outside of a preset range, depending on the type of ELN in which a Fund invested, the Fund may receive only the principal amount of the note, or may lose the principal invested in the ELN entirely.

ELNs are available with an assortment of features, such as periodic coupon payments (e.g., monthly, quarterly or semiannually), varied participation rates (the rate at which a Fund participates in the appreciation of the underlying securities), limitations on the appreciation potential of the underlying securities by a maximum payment or call right, and different protection levels on a Fund’s principal investment. In addition, when the underlying securities are foreign securities or indices, an ELN may be priced with or without currency exposure. A Fund may engage in all types of ELNs, including those that: (1) provide for protection of the Fund’s principal in exchange for limited participation in the appreciation of the underlying securities, and (2) do not provide for such protection and subject the Fund to the risk of loss of the Fund’s principal investment.

Investing in ELNs may be more costly to a Fund than if the Fund had invested in the underlying instruments directly. Investments in ELNs often have risks similar to the underlying instruments, which include market risk and, as applicable, foreign securities and currency risk. In addition, since ELNs are in note form, ELNs are also subject to certain debt securities risks, such as credit or counterparty risk. Should the prices of the underlying instruments move in an unexpected manner, a Fund may not achieve the anticipated benefits of an investment in an ELN, and may realize losses, which could be significant and could include the entire principal investment. Investments in ELNs are also subject to liquidity risk, which may make ELNs difficult to sell and value. A lack of liquidity may also cause the value of the ELN to decline. In addition, ELNs may exhibit price behavior that does not correlate with the underlying securities. ELN investments are subject to the risk that issuers and/or counterparties will fail to make payments when due or default completely. Prices of these investments may be adversely affected if any of the issuers or counterparties it is invested in are subject to an actual or perceived deterioration in their credit quality. If the ELN is held to maturity, the issuer would pay to the purchaser the underlying instrument’s value at maturity with any necessary adjustments. The holder of an ELN that is linked to a particular underlying security or instrument may be entitled to receive dividends paid in connection with that underlying equity security, but typically does not receive voting rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying equity security. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be a trading market for an ELN or that the trading price of the ELN will equal the underlying value of the instruments that it seeks to replicate. Unlike a direct investment in equity securities, ELNs typically involve a term or expiration date, potentially increasing a Fund’s turnover rate, transaction costs and tax liability.

Exchange-Traded Notes (ETNs). ETNs are generally notes representing debt of the issuer, usually a financial institution. ETNs combine both aspects of bonds and ETFs. An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indices, minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the specific asset, index or rate (“reference instrument”) to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. This type of debt security differs from other types of bonds and notes because ETN returns are based upon the performance of a market index minus applicable fees, no period coupon payments are distributed, and no principal protection exists. The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying commodities or securities markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced commodity or security. As a result, there may be times when an ETN share trades at a premium or discount to its market benchmark or strategy. A Fund’s decision to sell its

ETN holdings may also be limited by the availability of a secondary market. If a Fund must sell some or all of its ETN holdings and the secondary market is weak, it may have to sell such holdings at a discount. There may be restrictions on a Fund’s right to redeem its investment in an ETN, which are generally meant to be held until maturity. ETNs are also subject to counterparty credit risk and fixed income risk. Investments in ETNs may also have adverse federal income tax consequences. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will accept, or a court will uphold, how a Fund characterizes and treats ETNs and the net income and net realized gains therefrom for federal income tax purposes. Further, the IRS and Congress have, from time to time, considered proposals that would change the timing of recognition and character of net income and net realized gains from ETNs.

Structured Notes. Structured notes are debt instruments or derivatives, the terms of which may be “structured” by the purchaser and the borrower issuing the note. The amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments on structured notes is based upon the movement of one or more factors. Structured notes are interests in entities organized and operated solely for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of debt obligations. This type of restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, of specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured notes to create securities with different investment characteristics such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of the payment made with respect to structured notes is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. The credit risk of structured notes that involve no credit enhancement generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. In addition, a class of structured notes that is subordinated to the right of payment of another class typically has higher yields and presents greater risks than a class of structured notes that is unsubordinated. Structured notes may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to price accurately than less complex securities and instruments or more traditional debt securities. In addition, the terms of structured notes may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity, which may result in a loss of invested capital. Certain issuers of structured notes may be deemed to be “investment companies” as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a Fund’s investment in these structured notes may be limited by restrictions contained in the 1940 Act. Structured notes are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured notes. The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for structured notes and the resulting inability of a Fund to sell a structured note could expose the Fund to losses and could make structured notes more difficult for the Fund to value accurately.

Swaps. Swap agreements are bilateral derivatives contracts between two counterparties that exchange cash flows based on an underlying asset, index or rate, and have terms ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. Cleared swaps are typically transacted through brokers known as futures commission merchants or “FCMs” that are members of central clearinghouses, with the clearinghouse serving as a central counterparty in the same manner as transactions in futures contracts. A “standard” swap contract is an agreement between two parties to exchange the value of one asset, index or rate for the value (or differential in rate of return) of another asset, index or rate. The payment streams are calculated by reference to a specified asset, such as a specified security or index, and agreed upon “notional amount” (e.g., a particular dollar amount invested in a specified security or index). The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is used as a basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The term “specified index” includes, but is not limited to, currencies, fixed interest rates, prices and total return on interest rate indices, price indices, fixed income indices, stock indices and commodity indices (as well as amounts derived from arithmetic operations on these indices). For example, a Fund may agree to swap the return generated by a fixed income index for the return generated by a second fixed income index or to swap a single or periodic fixed amount(s) (or premium) for periodic amounts based on the movement of a specified index.

With respect to swaps, if the underlying reference asset is a broad-based security index (generally, an index of securities having at least 10 component issues) the instrument will generally be classified as a swap, which means that it is subject to CFTC’s jurisdiction. If the underlying reference asset is a narrow-based security index (generally, an index of securities having nine or fewer component issues) or an individual stock, the instrument will generally be classified as a “security-based swap,” which is subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC. However, if the parties to the transaction or a third-party created the underlying index, and the transaction’s governing documents permit substitution of the component stocks comprising the index, the index would always be deemed narrow-based, even if it had 10 or more component securities at all times, and even if no actual substitution of component stocks were made.

Swap agreements historically have been individually negotiated, and most swap agreements are currently traded over the counter. Certain standardized swaps currently are, and more in the future will be, centrally cleared and traded on either a swap execution

facility or a designated contract market. Central clearing is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to uncleared swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterparty to each participant’s swap. However, central clearing does not eliminate counterparty risk or illiquidity risk entirely. For example, swaps that are centrally cleared are subject to the creditworthiness of the clearing organization involved in the transaction. For example, an investor could lose margin payments it has deposited with its FCM as well as the net amount of gains not yet paid by the clearing organization if the clearing organization becomes insolvent or goes into bankruptcy. In the event of bankruptcy of the clearing organization, the investor may be entitled to the net amount of gains the investor is entitled to receive plus the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the clearing organization’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the investor. As noted above, regulators have adopted regulations governing margin on uncleared swaps. Although margin posting requirements may vary depending on the size of a portfolio and other factors, the initial margin required for uncleared swaps is likely to exceed the amount required under the rules of a clearinghouse and by a clearing member FCM, because the timeframe that initial margin on uncleared swaps is designed to cover is longer than for cleared swaps.

To the extent a swap is not centrally cleared, the use of a swap involves the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty or the failure of the counterparty to make required payments or otherwise comply with the terms of the agreement. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the swap might decline, potentially resulting in losses to a Fund. Changing conditions in a particular market area, whether or not directly related to the referenced assets that underlie the swap agreement, may have an adverse impact on the creditworthiness of the counterparty. If a default occurs by the counterparty to such a transaction, a Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). Thus, a Fund’s obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund). A Fund may enter into swap transactions in accordance with guidelines established by the Board of Trustees. Pursuant to these guidelines, a Fund may only enter into swap transactions where its Adviser or Sub-Adviser has deemed the counterparties to be creditworthy and such counterparties have been approved by the Adviser.

Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets, or principal. Accordingly, unless there is a counterparty or clearing house default, the risk of loss with respect to swaps is limited to the net amount of payments a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund contractually is entitled to receive. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation and in some cases transacting in swaps that are centrally cleared and exchange traded. As a result, certain portions of the swap market have become relatively liquid. Certain swap transactions involve more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and generally will not be centrally cleared or traded on an exchange and, accordingly, they are less liquid than traditional swap transactions. For purposes of applying a Fund’s investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the Prospectus and this SAI), swap agreements generally are valued by the Fund at market value. In addition, because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms greater than seven days, some swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid.

The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks (such as counterparty risk) different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If a Fund’s Adviser or Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of applicable market factors, such as market values, interest rates, and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used. The swaps market was largely unregulated prior to the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act on July 21, 2010. Following its passage and the adoption of implementing regulations, the U.S. swap market is now subject to thorough supervision and regulation. Swaps must now be reported to a swap data repository and swap counterparties must retain comprehensive records of swap negotiations and transactions. Certain of such instruments must be exchange-traded and centrally-cleared, which may create additional burdens for a Fund entering into these swaps. The U.S. swap regulatory regime could also create obligations for a Fund to post collateral, and may impact a Fund’s ability to terminate new or existing swap agreements, or realize amounts to be received under such instruments. As discussed above, regulations have been adopted by the SEC, the CFTC and banking regulators that require a

Fund to post margin on OTC swaps. The CFTC and banking regulators require posting of initial margin if a Fund has a “material swaps exposure,” and meets a minimum margin threshold of $50 million. Clearing organizations and exchanges require minimum margin requirements for exchange-traded and cleared swaps. The SEC requires posting of initial margin once a Fund meets a minimum margin threshold of $50 million regardless of “material swaps exposure.” These changes under the Dodd-Frank Act may increase the cost of a Fund’s swap investments, which could adversely affect Fund investors.

A Fund may enter into a variety of swap transactions, including total return swaps, inflation swaps, currency swaps, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, swaptions, credit default swaps, and contracts for difference. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party during a specified period of time based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements are often used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. The value of the swap position as well as the payments required to be made by a Fund or a counterparty will increase or decrease depending on the changes in the value of the underlying asset(s).

Inflation swaps into which a Fund may enter generally are contracts in which one party agrees to pay the cumulative percentage increase in a price index (the Consumer Price Index with respect to CPI swaps) over the term of the swap (with some lag on the inflation index), and the other party pays a compounded fixed rate.

Currency swaps involve the exchange by one party with another party of a series of payments in specified currencies. Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. In addition, a Fund may enter into currency swaps that involve an agreement to pay interest streams in one currency based on a specified index in exchange for receiving interest streams denominated in another currency. Currency swaps may involve initial and final exchanges that correspond to the agreed upon notional amount.

Interest rate swaps involve the exchange between two parties of payments calculated by reference to specified interest rates (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments). The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. Caps and floors may be less liquid than swaps. In addition, the value of interest rate transactions will fluctuate based on changes in interest rates.

An option on a swap agreement, also called a “swaption,” is an option that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a swap on a future date in exchange for paying a market-based “premium.” A receive swaption gives the owner the right to receive the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index. A payer swaption gives the owner the right to pay the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index. A purchaser of a swaption risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire, whereas the seller of a swaption is subject to the risk that it will become obligated if the option is exercised. Swaptions also include options that allow an existing swap to be terminated or extended by one of the counterparties.

A Fund also may enter into credit default swap agreements or invest in indices of credit default swaps (CDX). The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by a Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, which is typically between one month and ten years, provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. In this connection, there is a risk that instability in the markets can threaten the ability of a buyer to fulfill its obligation to deliver the underlying securities to the seller. As a seller, a Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund generally must

pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the seller, a Fund would effectively add leverage because, in addition to its total net assets, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. A Fund’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund).

In the case of a credit default swap sold by a Fund (i.e., where the Fund is selling credit default protection), the Fund may value the credit default swap at its notional amount in applying certain of the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions but may value the credit default swap at market value for purposes of applying certain of the Fund’s other investment policies and restrictions.

CDX indices are benchmark indices made up of credit default swaps that have been issued by North American and emerging market companies. The indices are currently rebalanced every six months. A CDX index is designed to track a representative segment of the credit default swap market (e.g., investment grade, high volatility, below investment grade, or emerging markets) and provide an investor with exposure to specific “baskets” of issuers of certain debt instruments. CDX index products potentially allow a Fund to obtain the same investment exposure as entering into an individual credit default swap, with an increased level of diversification. Generally, the value of the CDX index will fluctuate in response to changes in the perceived creditworthiness or default experience of the basket of issuers of debt instruments to which the CDX index provides exposure. Investment in a CDX index is susceptible to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, and credit risk, and other risks associated with credit default swap agreements, as discussed above. However, certain of these indices are subject to mandatory central clearing and exchange trading, which may reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity compared to other credit default swap or CDX index transactions.

A contract for difference (“CFD”) offers exposure to price changes in an underlying security (e.g., a single security, stock basket or index) without ownership of such security, typically by providing investors the ability to trade on margin. A CFD is a privately negotiated contract between two parties, buyer and seller, stipulating that the seller will pay to or receive from the buyer the difference between the notional value of the underlying instrument at the opening of the contract and that instrument’s notional value at the end of the contract. The buyer and seller are both required to post margin, which is adjusted daily, and adverse market movements against the underlying instrument may require the buyer to make additional margin payments. The buyer will also pay to the seller a financing rate on the notional amount of the capital employed by the seller less the margin deposit. A CFD is usually terminated at the buyer’s initiative.

By entering into a CFD, a Fund could incur losses because it would face many of the same types of risks as owning the underlying instrument directly. Also, there may be liquidity risk if the underlying instrument is illiquid because the liquidity of a CFD is based on the liquidity of the underlying instrument. A further risk is that adverse movements in the underlying security will require the buyer to post additional margin, and this may be on short notice. If additional margin is not provided in time, the seller may liquidate the positions at a loss for which a Fund would be liable. As with other types of swap transactions, CFDs also carry counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty to the CFD transaction may be unable or unwilling to make payments or to otherwise honor its financial obligations under the terms of the contract, in which case the value of the contract, and of a Fund’s shares, may be reduced.

A Fund must comply with Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act with respect to its swap and security-based swap transactions, which are considered Derivatives Transactions under the rule. For more information about these practices, see the “Derivatives” section.

Time and Demand Deposits. Time deposits are interest-bearing, non-negotiable deposits at a bank or a savings and loan association that have a specific maturity date. A time deposit earns a specific rate of interest over a definite period of time. Time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of such deposits. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a time deposit to a third party, but there is no secondary market for such deposits. Demand deposits are accounts at banks and financial institutions from which deposited funds can be withdrawn at any time without notice to the depository institution. The majority of demand deposit accounts are checking and savings accounts. A Fund may invest in fixed

time deposits, whether or not subject to withdrawal penalties; however, investment in such deposits which are subject to withdrawal penalties, other than overnight deposits, are subject to the limits on illiquid securities.

Time deposits are subject to the same risks that pertain to domestic issuers of money market instruments, most notably credit risk (and to a lesser extent, income risk, market risk, and liquidity risk). Deposits held at U.S. banks are insured up to the insurance limit (currently $250,000 per person per bank) by the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Any amounts deposited at a bank over $250,000 will not be insured. See “Investment Strategies and Risks - Insured Bank Obligations” above. In addition, time deposits of foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign branches of foreign banks may be subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments, the extent of government regulation of financial markets, and expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers. Demand deposits are subject to general market and economic risks as they are usually considered part of the money supply. In addition, demand deposits are subject to risks of fraud. As access to demand deposits (e.g., via ATMs and online banking) has increased, so have the ways to carry out fraudulent schemes. Demand deposit fraud can take many forms, such as phishing schemes, cross-channel and check fraud.

Temporary Investment. If a Fund believes that economic or market conditions are unfavorable to investors, it may temporarily invest up to 100% of its assets in certain defensive strategies, including holding a substantial portion of the Fund’s assets in cash, cash equivalents or other highly rated short-term securities, including securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. As discussed in this SAI, a Fund may also invest in affiliated money market and/or short-term bond funds for temporary cash management purposes.

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury (such as Treasury bills, notes or bonds) and obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest (but not as to market value) by the U.S. government, its agencies or its instrumentalities. Examples of obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or its instrumentalities include securities issued or guaranteed by government agencies that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (e.g., securities issued by the Federal Housing Administration, Export-Import Bank of the U.S., Small Business Administration, and Ginnie Mae); securities issued and guaranteed by a government-sponsored stockholder-owned corporation, though not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (e.g., securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac); and securities issued or guaranteed by government agencies that are supported primarily or solely by the credit of the particular agency (e.g., Interamerican Development Bank, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the Tennessee Valley Authority). As a result of market influences, yields of short-term U.S. Treasury debt instruments are near historic lows. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises in the future, and the U.S. government may be unable to pay debts when due.

U.S. government securities also include Treasury inflation-indexed securities (originally known as Treasury inflation-protected securities or “TIPS”), which are Treasury bonds on which the principal value is adjusted daily in accordance with changes in the Consumer Price Index. TIPS have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. Interest on TIPS is payable semiannually on the inflation-adjusted principal value. The periodic adjustment to the principal value of TIPS is tied to the CPI-U, which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. The principal value of TIPS would decline during periods of deflation and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced, but the principal amount payable at maturity would not be less than the original par amount. The value of TIPS is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure. If inflation is lower than expected while a Fund holds TIPS, the

Fund may earn less on the TIPS than it would on conventional Treasury bonds. Any increase in the principal value of TIPS is taxable in the taxable year the increase occurs, even though holders do not receive cash representing the increase at that time.

U.S. government securities also include separately traded principal and interest components of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, which are traded independently under the STRIPS program. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are individually numbered and separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts independently. The market prices of STRIPS generally are more volatile than that of U.S. Treasury bills with comparable maturities.

Both S&P (in August 2011) and Fitch (in August 2023) have downgraded their long-term sovereign credit ratings on the U.S. from “AAA” to “AA+”. Further, on May 16, 2025, Moody’s downgraded its sovereign credit rating for the U.S. from “Aaa” to “Aa1”. Additional downgrades of the ratings of U.S. government debt obligations, or concerns about the U.S. government’s credit quality in general, could result in higher interest rates for individual and corporate borrowers, cause disruptions in bond markets and have a substantial negative effect on the U.S. economy.

Variable Rate Notes. The commercial paper obligations a Fund may buy are unsecured and may include variable rate notes. The nature and terms of a variable rate note (i.e., the “Master Note”) permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to a direct arrangement between the Fund as lender and the issuer as borrower. It permits daily changes in the amounts borrowed. A Fund has the right at any time to increase, up to the full amount stated in the note agreement, or to decrease the amount outstanding under the note. The issuer may prepay at any time and without penalty any part of or the full amount of the note. The note may or may not be backed by one or more bank letters of credit. Because these notes are direct lending arrangements between a Fund and the issuer, it is not generally contemplated that they will be traded; moreover, there is currently no secondary market for them. There are no limitations on the type of issuer from whom these notes will be purchased; however, in connection with such purchase and on an ongoing basis, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuer, and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand, including a situation in which all holders of such notes made demand simultaneously.

Warrants. Warrants are securities that give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to purchase equity issues of the company issuing the warrants, or a related company, at a fixed price either on a date certain or during a set period. At the time of issue, the cost of a warrant is substantially less than the cost of the underlying security itself, and price movements in the underlying security are generally magnified in the price movements of the warrant. This effect enables the investor to gain exposure to the underlying security with a relatively low capital investment but increases an investor’s risk in the event of a decline in the value of the underlying security and can result in a complete loss of the amount invested in the warrant. In addition, the price of a warrant tends to be more volatile than, and may not correlate exactly to, the price of the underlying security. If the market price of the underlying security is below the exercise price of the warrant on its expiration date, the warrant will generally expire without value.

The equity security underlying a warrant is authorized at the time the warrant is issued or is issued together with the warrant. Investing in warrants can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security, and, thus, can be a high risk investment. The value of a warrant may decline because of a decline in the value of the underlying security, the passage of time, changes in interest rates or in the dividend or other policies of the company whose equity underlies the warrant or a change in the perception as to the future price of the underlying security, or any combination thereof. Warrants do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. As a result, warrants may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments.

Zero-Coupon Bonds and Payment in-Kind Bonds. Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount (referred to as “original issue discount” or “OID”), generally pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security, and are redeemed at face value when they mature. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds in additional bonds rather than in cash. Zero-coupon and payment-in-kind bonds thus allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, those bonds may involve greater credit risks, and their value is subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates, than bonds that pay current interest in cash. Even though such bonds do not pay current interest in cash, a Fund that invests in them is nonetheless required annually to accrue as interest income a portion of the OID on zero-coupon bonds and to include in gross income the “interest” on payment-in-kind bonds for federal income tax purposes and generally to distribute the amount of that

interest at least annually to its shareholders. See the “Taxation” section of this SAI. Thus, each Fund that invests in such bonds could be required, at times, to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

Portfolio Turnover. The length of time a Fund has held a particular security is not generally a consideration in investment decisions. A change in the securities held by a Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” High portfolio turnover may result from the strategies of the Adviser, Sub-Advisers or when one Sub-Adviser replaces another, necessitating changes in the Fund it advises. Portfolio turnover may vary significantly from year to year due to a variety of factors within and outside the control of a Fund, the Adviser and a Sub-Adviser, including a fluctuating volume of shareholder purchase and redemption orders, market conditions, investment strategy changes, changes in the Adviser’s or a Sub-Adviser’s investment outlook or changes in the Sub-Adviser managing the Fund, as well as changes in roll transaction volume. A high turnover rate (100% or more) increases transaction costs (e.g., brokerage commissions) which must be borne by the Fund and its shareholders. A Fund’s Adviser or Sub-Adviser will consider the economic effects of portfolio turnover but generally will not treat a Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate as a factor preventing a sale or purchase when the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser believes investment considerations warrant such sale or purchase. Decisions to buy and sell securities for a Fund are made by the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser, as applicable, independently. Thus, one Sub-Adviser could decide to sell a security when another Sub-Adviser decides to purchase the same security, thereby increasing a Fund’s portfolio turnover rate. Portfolio turnover may vary greatly from year to year as well as within a particular year. The portfolio turnover rates for a Fund are disclosed in the sections “Portfolio Turnover” and “Financial Highlights” of the Fund’s Prospectus.

During the fiscal year ending October 31, 2024, 1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund experienced a significant variation in its portfolio turnover rate from the fiscal year ended October 31, 2023, primarily due to portfolio transaction activity related to the appointment of a Sub-Adviser for the Fund and repositioning the Fund.

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy

The 1290 Funds (the “Trust”) has adopted a Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy (the “Policy”) to govern the disclosure of the portfolio holdings of each Fund. It is the policy of the Trust to protect the confidentiality of material, non-public information about each Fund’s portfolio holdings and to prevent the selective disclosure of such information.

Each Fund will publicly disclose its holdings in accordance with regulatory requirements in filings with the SEC, including (i) the annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR, which will become available to shareholders within 60 days after the period to which the report relates; and (ii) monthly portfolio holdings reports on Form N-PORT which are filed with the SEC within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter. Reports on Forms N-CSR and N-PORT are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders are also available without charge on the Trust’s website at www.1290funds.com (or https://equitable-funds.com/EIM in the case of the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund).

The Trust generally makes publicly available top portfolio holdings (typically, each Fund’s top fifteen (15) holdings) on a quarterly basis at the following website: www.1290Funds.com (or https://equitable-funds.com/EIM in the case of the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund). Copies of such information are also available upon request to the 1290 Funds. Except as noted below, all such information generally is released with a 15-day lag time, meaning the top fifteen (15) portfolio holdings information as of the end of the quarter generally is not released until the 15th day following such quarter-end.

The Trust, through the Adviser, may provide non-public portfolio holdings information to certain third-parties prior to the release of such information to the public as described herein. There are ongoing arrangements with the Sub-Administrator (JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.), the Custodian (JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.), a provider of execution management services provider (Neovest, Inc.), certain third-party data services (Bloomberg PLC), website hosting services (ALPS Funds Services Inc.), and mutual fund evaluation services (Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., Morningstar, Inc., and London Stock Exchange Group). Each of these third parties receives portfolio holdings information at month end, with the exception of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Neovest, Inc. BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., and Bloomberg PLC which receive such information daily. Each of these third parties, either by explicit agreement or by virtue of its respective duties to the 1290 Funds, is subject to a duty to treat non-public portfolio holdings information confidentially and a duty not to trade on such information.

Current non-public portfolio holdings information may be provided as frequently as daily as part of the legitimate business purposes of each Fund to service providers that have contracted to provide services to the 1290 Funds, and other organizations, which may include, but are not limited to: Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company; the Adviser; the Sub-Advisers; transition managers;

the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP); counsel to the Funds or the non-interested trustees of the 1290 Funds (K&L Gates LLP, and Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, respectively); regulatory authorities and courts; the Investment Company Institute; peer analysis services; performance review services (eVestment Alliance); back office services (SunGard Financial, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, FIS Global); research tool/quote system (Thomson Reuters); trade execution management and/or analysis (GTA Babelfish, LLC and FX Transparency, LLC); data consolidator (Electra); trade order management services (Investment Technology Group Inc., Macgregor XIP, Charles River); books and records vendor; GIPS auditor; marketing research services (Strategic Insight); portfolio analysis services (Barra TotalRisk System); commission tracking; accounting systems or services (Advent Software, Eagle Investment Systems Corp., Portia); transition management/brokerage services software vendors (CDS/Computer, The Abernathy MacGregor Group, OMGEO LLC, Radianz); analytic services or tools (Confluence Technologies, Inc., FactSet Research Systems Inc., Investment Technology Group, Inc., MSCI Inc., Citigroup Analytics, Inc., Wilshire Analytics/Axiom, Wilshire (Compass)); legal services (Financial Recovery Technologies); compliance services (TerraNua); corporate actions and trade confirmation (Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.); over-the-counter derivative products and portfolio holdings (State Street Bank and Trust Company); ratings agencies (Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies), Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.); index providers; consulting firms (Ernst & Young, ACA Group); data providers (InvestorForce); broker-dealers who provide execution or research services to the Funds; broker-dealers who provide quotations that are used in pricing; financial printers (Donnelley Financial Solutions); proxy voting services (Riskmetrics Group, Inc., Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc., Glass Lewis & Co., Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.); marketing services (Primelook, Inc.); 401k administrator (Fidelity); tax services (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Deloitte); data repository vendors (DiligenceVault), and liquidity risk management services (BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.). The Sub-Advisers may contract with additional third parties to provide services to the 1290 Funds. The entities to which each Fund voluntarily provides portfolio holdings information, either by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to each Fund, are subject to a duty to treat non-public portfolio holdings information confidentially and a duty not to trade on such information.

On a case-by-case “need to know” basis, the 1290 Funds’ Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President, subject to the approval of the Adviser’s Legal or Compliance Group (“Legal” or “Compliance”) or the 1290 Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), may disclose additional portfolio holdings information if the disclosure of such information is in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In all cases, the approval of the release of non-public portfolio holdings information by Legal or Compliance must be based on a determination that such disclosure is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders, that there is a legitimate business purpose for such disclosure and that the party receiving such information is subject to a duty to treat the information confidentially and a duty not to trade on such information. The 1290 Funds does not disclose non-public portfolio holdings information to the media. The receipt of compensation by a Fund, the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser or an affiliate as consideration for disclosing a Fund’s non-public portfolio holdings information is not deemed a legitimate business purpose.

The Policy also permits certain officers of 1290 Funds, the Adviser and the Administrator, portfolio managers, and other authorized representatives of the Adviser and Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC to disclose any views, opinions, judgments, or commentary, or any analytical, accounting related, statistical, performance, or other information, in connection with or relating to a Fund or its holdings if (1) such disclosure serves a legitimate business purpose, (2) such disclosure does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio holdings of the Fund, and (3) such information does not constitute material nonpublic information. The release of such information must be authorized by Legal or Compliance. Examples of information that may be authorized for release include (1) the allocation of a Portfolio’s holdings among various asset classes, sectors, industries, and countries; (2) the characteristics of the stock and bond components of the portfolio holdings, including duration and credit spreads; the attribution of returns by asset class, sector, industry, or country; (3) the volatility characteristics of a Fund; and (4) certain accounting data, such as portfolio assets, net asset values, and fees. In addition, this type of information may be provided to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company or other insurers for their use in monitoring and managing their risks under their insurance guarantees, subject to compliance with the applicable policies and procedures of the Trust.

The Adviser is responsible for administering the release of portfolio holdings information with respect to the Funds. Until particular portfolio holdings information has been released to the public, and except with regard to the third parties described above, no such information may be provided to any party without the approval of Legal or Compliance, approval which is subject to the conditions described above.

Legal, Compliance and the 1290 Funds’ CCO monitor and review any potential conflicts of interest between the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser, distributor and their affiliates that may arise from the potential release of portfolio holdings information. The 1290 Funds’ Board has approved the Policy and determined that it is in the best interest of the Funds. The Board must also approve

any material change to the Policy. The Board oversees implementation of the Policy and receives quarterly reports from the 1290 Funds’ CCO regarding any violations of or exceptions to the Policy as deemed necessary that were granted by Legal or Compliance.

Management of the 1290 Funds

The Board of Trustees

The 1290 Funds’ Board is responsible for the overall management of the 1290 Funds and the Funds, including general supervision and review of the Funds’ investment activities and their conformity with federal and state law as well as the stated policies of the Funds. The Board elects the officers of the 1290 Funds who are responsible for administering the 1290 Funds’ day-to-day operations. The Trustees of the 1290 Funds are identified in the table below along with information as to their principal business occupations held during the last five years and certain other information. The registered investment companies in the fund complex include EQ Advisors Trust and the 1290 Funds. All of the Trustees are also Trustees of EQ Advisors Trust. The address of each Trustee is c/o 1290 Funds, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105.

The Trustees

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name and

Year of Birth

Position(s)

Held With

Trust

Term of

Office** and

Length of

Time Served

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Number of

Funds

in Fund

Complex

Overseen

by Trustee†

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

Interested Trustee

Steven M. Joenk*

(1958)

Trustee,

Chief

Executive

Officer, and

President

Trustee and

Chief

Executive

Officer from

June 2014 to

present;

President

from

September

2023 to

present

Chairman of the Board

and Chief Executive

Officer (January 2023 to

present) and President

(August 2023 to January

2024) of EIM II;

Chairman of the Board

and Chief Executive

Officer (May 2011 to

present) and President

(May 2011 to November

2021 and August 2023

to January 2024) of EIM;

Chief Investment Officer

(April 2017 to April 2024)

of Equitable Financial

Investment

Management, LLC; and

employee (September

1999 to present) of

Equitable Financial.

118

None.

Independent Trustees

Michael B. Clement

(1957)

Trustee

January 2019

to present

Retired. Previously,

Professor of Accounting,

University of Texas, from

1997 to 2002 and 2004

to August 2024

(Department of

Accounting Chair from

2018 to 2022); Visiting

Professor, Harvard

Business School, 2023.

118

Adamas Trust, Inc.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name and

Year of Birth

Position(s)

Held With

Trust

Term of

Office** and

Length of

Time Served

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Number of

Funds

in Fund

Complex

Overseen

by Trustee†

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

Donald E. Foley

(1951)

Trustee

June 2014 to

present

Retired. Previously,

Chairman of the Board

and Chief Executive

Officer, Wilmington Trust

Corporation, 2010 to

2011; Senior Vice

President, Treasurer and

Director of Tax, ITT

Corporation, 1996 to

2010.

118

Wilmington Funds (10)

Patricia M. Haverland

(1956)

Trustee

April 2022 to

present

Retired. Previously, Vice

President and Chief

Investment Officer North

America Pensions,

Siemens, 2009 to 2018.

118

None.

Marcia Haydel

(1962)

Trustee

January 2024

to present

Retired. Previously,

Founding Partner and

Managing Director,

Performance Equity

Management, 2005 to

2024.

118

None.

Kimberly Thompson

Laughton

(1963)

Trustee

January 2024

to present

Retired. Previously,

President, Schwab

Charitable, 2011 to 2021

(and, prior thereto, Vice

President from 2007 to

2011); various positions

at Charles Schwab

Corporation, including

Vice President - Mutual

Funds enterprise from

2003 to 2005, and Vice

President - Fixed Income

enterprise from 1999 to

2002.

118

None.

H. Thomas

McMeekin

(1953)

Trustee

June 2014 to

present

Managing Partner and

Founder, Griffin

Investments, LLC, 2000

to present; CEO of Blue

Key Services, LLC., 2015

to present; previously,

Chief Investment Officer,

AIG Life & Retirement

and United Guaranty

Corporation and Senior

Managing Director of

AIG Asset

Management,2009 to

2012.

118

Wilmington Funds (10)

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name and

Year of Birth

Position(s)

Held With

Trust

Term of

Office** and

Length of

Time Served

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Number of

Funds

in Fund

Complex

Overseen

by Trustee†

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee

Jeffery S. Perry

(1965)

Trustee

April 2022 to

present

Founder and Chief

Executive Officer, Lead

Mandates LLC (business

and leadership advisory

firm), 2020 to present.

Previously, Global Client

Service Partner, Ernst &

Young LLP, 2004 to 2020.

118

Fortune Brands

Innovations, Inc.;

MasterBrand, Inc.

Gary S. Schpero

(1953)

Chairman of

the Board

Independent

Trustee from

June 2014 to

present;

Chairman of

the Board

from October

2017 to

present; and

Lead

Independent

Trustee from

June 2014 to

September

2017

Retired. Prior to

January 1, 2000, Partner

of Simpson Thacher &

Bartlett (law firm) and

Managing Partner of the

Investment Management

and Investment

Company Practice

Group.

118

Blackstone Funds (3)

Kathleen Stephansen

(1954)

Trustee

January 2019

to present

Senior Economist, Haver

Analytics, 2019 to

present. Previously,

Senior Economic Advisor,

Boston Consulting

Group, 2016 to 2019;

Chief Economist, Huawei

Technologies USA Inc.,

2016 to 2017.

118

None.

Affilliated with the Adviser.

Each Trustee serves during the existence of the Trust until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees and until the election and qualification of his or her successor or, if sooner, until he or she dies, declines to serve, resigns, retires, is removed, is incapacitated or is otherwise unable or unwilling to serve. The Board has adopted a policy that currently provides that each Independent Trustee shall retire from the Board as of the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of 76 years. The Trust’s retirement policy is subject to periodic review by the Trust’s Governance Committee, which may recommend for Board approval any changes to the policy that it determines to be appropriate.

†

The registered investment companies in the fund complex include the Trust and EQ Advisors Trust. Mr. Joenk serves as Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer for the Trust and EQ Advisors Trust. Mr. Schpero serves as Chairman of the Board for the Trust and EQ Advisors Trust.

Qualifications and Experience of the Trustees

In determining that a particular Trustee is qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board considered a wide variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have diverse and complementary qualifications, experience, attributes, and skills, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the 1290 Funds and protecting the interests of each Fund’s shareholders. Information about certain of the specific qualifications and experience of each Trustee relevant to the Board’s conclusion that the Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds is set forth in the table above. Set forth below are certain additional qualifications, experience, attributes, and skills of each Trustee that the Board believes support a conclusion that the Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds in light of the 1290 Funds’ business activities and structure.

Interested Trustee

Steven M. Joenk — Mr. Joenk has a background in the financial services industry, senior management experience with multiple insurance companies, investment management firms and investment companies and multiple years of service as an officer, Trustee and former Chairman of the Board of the 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies, including other registered investment companies in the fund complex.

Independent Trustees

Michael B. Clement — Mr. Clement has a background in the financial services industry, background as an accounting scholar and professor, multiple years of service on the board of a real estate investment trust, and multiple years of service as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex.

Donald E. Foley — Mr. Foley has a background in the financial services industry, experience in senior management positions with financial services firms, multiple years of service on the boards of public and private companies and organizations, and multiple years of service as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex.

Patricia M. Haverland — Ms. Haverland has held senior management positions regarding pension plans for financial services and other companies, multiple years of service as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex and experience overseeing outside investment managers for pension plans, serving on an advisory council for the U.S. Department of Labor, and serving on the boards of non-profit organizations. Ms. Haverland holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

Marcia Haydel — Ms. Haydel has a background in the financial services industry, experience in senior management positions with an asset management firm, multiple years of service on the board of a private company, multiple years of service as an advisory board member of private equity companies, and background as a portfolio manager. Prior to her election to the Board of Trustees of 1290 Funds, Ms. Haydel served as a consultant to the Boards of Trustees of 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex from September 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023.

Kimberly Thompson Laughton — Ms. Laughton has a background in the financial services industry, experience in senior management positions with a large financial services firm and non-profit donor-advised fund, and multiple years of service on the boards of non-profit organizations. Prior to her election to the Board of Trustees of 1290 Funds, Ms. Laughton served as a consultant to the Boards of Trustees of 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex from September 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023.

H. Thomas McMeekin — Mr. McMeekin has a background in the financial services industry, has held senior management positions with insurance companies, has multiple years of service on the boards of public and private companies and organizations, and has multiple years of service as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex.

Jeffery S. Perry — Mr. Perry has multiple years of experience as a management consultant, including experience as a partner at a global Big 4 professional services firm, multiple years of service on the boards of public and non-profit organizations and a college, and multiple years of service as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex.

Gary S. Schpero — Mr. Schpero has experience as the managing partner of the investment management practice group at a large international law firm and multiple years of service as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex, as well as other unaffiliated investment companies.

Kathleen Stephansen — Ms. Stephansen has a background in the financial services industry, background as an economist, and senior management experience with a large financial services firm, and multiple years of service as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds and other registered investment companies in the fund complex.

Board Structure

The Board currently is comprised of ten Trustees, nine of whom are not “interested persons” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the 1290 Funds (“Independent Trustees”). The Board has appointed Gary S. Schpero to serve as Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board is recommended by the Trust’s Governance Committee and approved by the full Board. The Chairman of the Board presides at meetings of the Trustees and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Trustees or prescribed by the Trust’s Declaration of Trust or By-laws.

The Board holds seven regular meetings each year to consider and address matters involving the 1290 Funds and its Funds. The Board also may hold special meetings to address matters arising between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. These meetings may take place in-person, by videoconference or by telephone.

The Board has established a committee structure that includes an Audit Committee, a Governance Committee, and an Investment Committee (which is divided into sub-committees), discussed in more detail in the “Committees of the Board” section of this SAI. All Independent Trustees are members of each Committee. The Board believes that this structure allows all of the Independent Trustees to participate in the full range of the Board’s oversight responsibilities. The Board reviews its structure regularly and believes that its leadership structure, including the appointment of an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Chairman of the Board, is appropriate given the asset size of the 1290 Funds, the number of Funds offered by the 1290 Funds and the other registered investment companies in the fund complex, the number of Trustees overseeing the 1290 Funds and the other registered investment companies in the fund complex, and the Board’s oversight responsibilities, as well as the 1290 Funds’ business activities, manager of managers advisory structure and its offering as a retail investment product.

Risk Oversight

The management of various risks relating to the administration and operation of the 1290 Funds and its Funds is the responsibility of the Adviser and the other service providers, including any Sub-Advisers, retained by the 1290 Funds or the Adviser, many of whom employ professional personnel who have risk management responsibilities. Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the 1290 Funds and its Funds, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of each Fund’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure that it has established. Risks to the Funds include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk, operational risk, litigation risk, regulatory risk, reputational risk, and compliance risk as well as the overall business and disclosure risks relating to the Funds and the 1290 Funds and the risk of conflicts of interest affecting the Adviser (or its affiliates) in managing the Funds. The Board has adopted, and periodically reviews, policies and procedures designed to address certain risks. Under the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser and other service providers to the Funds also have implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address certain risks. Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. These processes include those that are embedded in the conduct of regular business by the Board and in the responsibilities of officers of the 1290 Funds and other service providers. The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Funds can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Funds’ goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness.

The Board oversees risk management activities in part through receipt and review by the Board or its committees of regular and special reports, presentations and other information from officers of the 1290 Funds and from other service providers. The Board requires senior officers of the 1290 Funds, including the President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investment Officer, CCO and Director of Risk, to report to the full Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board, including matters relating to risk management. The Chief Financial Officer also reports regularly to the Board and to the Audit Committee on the 1290 Funds’ internal controls and accounting and financial reporting policies and practices. The Board and the Audit Committee also receive regular reports from the 1290 Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board meets with the 1290 Funds’ CCO, including meetings in executive session, to discuss issues related to portfolio compliance and, on at least an annual basis, receives a report from the CCO regarding the effectiveness of the

1290 Funds’ compliance program. In addition, the Board receives reports from the Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Funds, as well as reports from the Valuation Designee (discussed below in the section “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares”) regarding the valuation of those investments. Additionally, the Board meets regularly with the Director of Risk with respect to the Adviser’s risk management framework, risk monitoring and reporting. The Board also receives reports from the 1290 Funds’ primary service providers on a periodic or regular basis, including the Sub-Advisers to the Funds, as well as the 1290 Funds’ custodian, distributor and sub-administrator. The Board also requires the Adviser to report to the Board on other matters relating to risk management on a regular and as-needed basis. Because most of the Funds’ operations are carried out by various service providers, the Board’s oversight of the risk management processes of those service providers, including processes to address business continuity, cybersecurity and other operational issues, is inherently limited.

Committees of the Board

The Audit Committee’s function is to oversee the 1290 Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls, oversee the quality and objectivity of the 1290 Funds’ financial statements and the independent audit thereof, and act as a liaison between the 1290 Funds’ independent accountants and the Board. To carry out its function, the Audit Committee, among other things, selects, retains or terminates the 1290 Funds’ independent accountants and evaluates their independence; meets with the 1290 Funds’ independent accountants as necessary to review and approve the arrangements for and scope of the audit and to discuss and consider any matters of concern relating to the 1290 Funds’ financial statements and the 1290 Funds’ financial reporting and controls; and approves the fees charged by the independent accountants for audit and non-audit services and, to the extent required by applicable law, any non-audit services proposed to be performed for the 1290 Funds by the independent accountants. The Audit Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. Mr. Clement serves as the Chair of the Audit Committee.

The Governance Committee’s functions are to consider the size and structure of the Board and other governance matters; evaluate and nominate candidates for Independent Trustee membership on the Board and for membership on any Board committees; review the compensation arrangements for each of the Independent Trustees; provide oversight and review the compensation arrangements of the 1290 Funds’ CCO; and review the independence of counsel to the Independent Trustees. The Governance Committee also assists the Board in selecting, appointing, and evaluating the 1290 Funds’ CCO, and meets in executive session from time to time with the Adviser to discuss the CCO’s performance and the effectiveness of the 1290 Funds’ compliance program. The Governance Committee will not consider nominees recommended by shareholders. The Governance Committee held five meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. Mr. McMeekin serves as the Chair of the Governance Committee.

The Investment Committee’s function is to assist the Board in its oversight of Fund investment operations and performance. The Investment Committee is primarily responsible for overseeing and guiding the process by which the Board reviews Fund performance and interfacing with personnel at the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers responsible for portfolio management. In addition, three sub-groups of the Investment Committee, comprised of Independent Trustees, meet individually and engage in extensive discussions, along with management representatives and outside legal counsel, with the portfolio managers, as applicable, to the Funds during in-person or videoconference presentations made throughout the year. The Investment Committee held five meetings during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. Ms. Haverland, Mr. Foley and Ms. Stephansen serve as co-Chairs of the Investment Committee.

Compensation of the Trustees

For services to the 1290 Funds and EQ Advisors Trust, each Independent Trustee receives an annual retainer of $465,000, paid in quarterly installments, which covers all regular, committee, and special meetings. In addition, the Chairman of the Board receives an annual retainer of $180,000; the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an annual retainer of $50,000; the Chair of the Governance Committee receives an annual retainer of $70,000; and each of the co-Chairs of the Investment Committee receives an annual retainer of $50,000. The Independent Trustees also receive reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with serving as an Independent Trustee, including expenses associated with attending Board or Committee meetings. The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid to the Trustees by the Trust and the total compensation paid by the Trust and the other registered investment companies that were part of the fund complex for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.

Trustee Compensation
for the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Trustee	Aggregate Compensation from 1290 Funds	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of 1290 Funds Expenses	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement	Total Compensation from 1290 Funds and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees1
Interested Trustee
Steven M. Joenk	$-	$-	$-	$-
Independent Trustees
Mark A. Barnard2	$3,900	$-	$-	$442,500
Michael B. Clement	$4,275	$-	$-	$485,000
Donald E. Foley	$4,275	$-	$-	$485,000
Patricia M. Haverland	$4,275	$-	$-	$485,000
Marcia Haydel	$3,900	$-	$-	$442,500
Kimberly Thompson Laughton	$3,900	$-	$-	$442,500
H. Thomas McMeekin	$4,418	$-	$-	$501,250
Jeffery S. Perry	$3,900	$-	$-	$442,500
Gary S. Schpero	$5,387	$-	$-	$611,250
Kathleen Stephansen	$4,275	$-	$-	$485,000

The amounts reported in this column reflect the total compensation paid to each Trustee for his or her service as Trustee of 118 series of the two registered investment companies in the fund complex during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.

Retired from the Board, effective December 31, 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, no Independent Trustee or members of his or her immediate family beneficially owned or owned of record securities representing interests in the Adviser, Sub-Advisers or distributor of the 1290 Funds, or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such persons. For this purpose, “immediate family member” includes the Independent Trustee’s spouse, children residing in the Independent Trustee’s household and dependents of the Trustee. Furthermore, the Trustees of the 1290 Funds did not beneficially own shares of any Fund or of funds overseen in the same family of investment companies, except as set forth in the following table:

Trustee Ownership of Equity Securities as of December 31, 2025

Trustee	1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund	1290 Diversified Bond Fund	1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	1290 Equity 500 Index Fund	1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	1290 High Yield Bond Fund	1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	1290 Multi- Alternative Strategies Fund	1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
	Interested Trustee
Steven M. Joenk	A	A	A	A	E	A	A	A	E
	Independent Trustees
Michael B. Clement	A	A	A	A	D	A	A	A	D
Donald E. Foley	A	A	A	A	B	A	B	B	B
Patricia M. Haverland	A	A	C	A	A	A	A	A	C
Marcia Haydel	A	A	A	A	C	A	A	A	A
Kimberly Thompson Laughton	A	A	B	A	B	B	A	A	B
H. Thomas McMeekin	A	A	A	A	C	A	A	A	C
Jeffery S. Perry	A	A	A	A	A	A	C	A	C
Gary S. Schpero	A	A	A	A	C	A	A	A	A

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Trustee

1290

Avantis®

U.S. Large

Cap Growth

Fund

1290

Diversified

Bond

Fund

1290

Essex

Small Cap

Growth

Fund

1290

Equity 500

Index

Fund

1290

GAMCO

Small/Mid

Cap Value

Fund

1290

High Yield

Bond Fund

1290

Loomis

Sayles

Multi-Asset

Income

Fund

1290

Multi-

Alternative

Strategies

Fund

1290

SmartBeta

Equity

Fund

Kathleen Stephansen

A = None; B = $1-$10,000; C = $10,001 - $50,000; D = $50,001-$100,000; E = over $100,000

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Trustee	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Funds Overseen in Family of Investment Companies*
Interested Trustee
Steven M. Joenk	E
Independent Trustees
Michael B. Clement	E
Donald E. Foley	C
Patricia M. Haverland	D
Marcia Haydel	C
Kimberly Thompson Laughton	C
H. Thomas McMeekin	D
Jeffery S. Perry	C
Gary S. Schpero	C
Kathleen Stephansen	C

A = None; B = $1-$10,000; C = $10,001 - $50,000; D = $50,001-$100,000; E = over $100,000

This column reflects information regarding ownership of equity securities issued by the 8 series of the Trust. The Trustees also oversee the 110 series of EQ Advisors Trust, which is advised by EIM (as defined below), an affiliate of EIM II. EQ Advisors Trust and the Trust are not in the same family of investment companies but are in the same fund complex.

At a Special Meeting of Shareholders of the 1290 Funds held on October 27, 2026, the shareholders of the 1290 Funds voted to re-elect each of the ten currently serving Trustees and to elect two new Trustees – Christopher P. Conkey and Lisa M. Jones – to serve on the Board of Trustees. Each currently serving Trustee will continue to serve in that capacity without interruption, and each new Trustee will begin service as a Trustee in January 2027.

The 1290 Funds’ Officers

No officer of the 1290 Funds, other than the Chief Compliance Officer, receives any compensation paid by the 1290 Funds. Each officer of the 1290 Funds is an employee of Equitable Financial, EIM II, and/or EIM (as defined below). The address of each officer is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. The 1290 Funds’ principal officers are:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name, Address

and Year of Birth

Position(s) Held

With Fund*

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served**

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Steven M. Joenk

(1958)

Trustee, Chief

Executive Officer, and

President

Trustee and Chief Executive Officer

from June 2014 to present; President

from September 2023 to present; and

Chairman of the Board from June 2014

to September 2017

Chairman of the Board and Chief

Executive Officer (January 2023 to

present) and President (August 2023 to

January 2024) of EIM II; Chairman of

the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(May 2011 to present) and President

(May 2011 to November 2021 and

August 2023 to January 2024) of EIM;

Chief Investment Officer (April 2017 to

April 2024) of Equitable Financial

Investment Management, LLC; and

employee (September 1999 to present)

of Equitable Financial.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name, Address

and Year of Birth

Position(s) Held

With Fund*

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served**

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Brian Walsh

(1968)

Chief Financial

Officer and Vice

President

Chief Financial Officer from June 2014

to present; Vice President from 2026 to

present

Senior Vice President of EIM II (June

2022 to present); Director (February

2011 to present) and Senior Vice

President (May 2011 to present) of EIM;

and Signatory Officer (November 2021

to present) and employee (February

2003 to present) of Equitable Financial.

Joseph J. Paolo***

(1970)

Chief Compliance

Officer and Vice

President

June 2014 to present

Chief Compliance Officer and Vice

President of EIM II (June 2022 to

present); Chief Compliance Officer

(June 2007 to present) and Senior Vice

President (May 2011 to present) of EIM;

and Signatory Officer (November 2021

to present) and employee (June 2007

to present) of Equitable Financial.

Kenneth Kozlowski

(1961)

Senior Vice President

and Chief Investment

Officer

June 2014 to present

Executive Vice President and Chief

Investment Officer of EIM II (June 2022

to present); Executive Vice President

and Chief Investment Officer (June

2012 to present) and Director (May

2017 to present) of EIM; previously,

Senior Vice President of EIM (May 2011

to June 2012); and Signatory Officer

(November 2021 to present) and

employee (February 2001 to present) of

Equitable Financial.

Jessica Baehr

(1982)

Senior Vice President

March 2024 to present

Director and President (February 2024

to present) and Chief Operating Officer

(February 2024 to November 2025) of

EIM II and EIM; and employee of

Equitable Financial (September 2011 to

present).

James Chen

(1988)

Vice President and

Director of Risk

July 2022 to Present

Vice President of EIM II (June 2022 to

present); Vice President of EIM (July

2022 to present); employee of

Equitable Financial (2015 to present).

James Kelly

(1968)

Treasurer

March 2026 to present

Vice President of EIM II (June 2022 to

present); Vice President of EIM (May

2011 to present); and employee of

Equitable Financial (September 2008 to

present).

Andrew Houston

(1990)

Vice President

September 2022 to Present

Senior Vice President (December 2024

to present), Chief Operating Officer

(November 2025 to present), and Vice

President (July 2022 to November

2024) of EIM; Senior Vice President

(December 2024 to present), Chief

Operating Officer (November 2025 to

present), and Vice President (January

2023 to November 2024) of EIM II; and

employee of Equitable Financial (2017

to present).

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name, Address

and Year of Birth

Position(s) Held

With Fund*

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served**

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Miao Hu

(1978)

Vice President

June 2016 to present

Vice President of EIM II (December

2022 to present); Assistant Portfolio

Manager (May 2016 to present) and

Vice President (June 2016 to present) of

EIM; and employee of Equitable

Financial (November 2013 to present).

Kevin McCarthy

(1983)

Vice President

September 2019 to present

Vice President of EIM II (June 2022 to

present); Assistant Portfolio Manager

(December 2018 to present) and Vice

President (July 2022 to present) of EIM;

and employee of Equitable Financial

(August 2015 to present).

Xavier Poutas

(1977)

Vice President

June 2016 to present

Vice President of EIM II (December

2022 to present); Assistant Portfolio

Manager (May 2011 to present) and

Vice President (June 2016 to present) of

EIM; and employee of Equitable

Financial (August 2002 to present).

Shane Daly

(1970)

Chief Legal Officer,

Senior Vice President

and Secretary

March 2023 to present

Executive Vice President, Secretary and

General Counsel of EIM II and EIM

(March 2023 to present); employee of

Equitable Financial (2011 to present).

Maureen E. Kane, Esq.

(1962)

Vice President and

Assistant Secretary

March 2023 to present

Senior Vice President, Assistant

Secretary and Associate General

Counsel of EIM II and EIM (March 2023

to present); employee of Equitable

Financial (February 2019 to present);

and Managing Director and Managing

Counsel of The Bank of New York

Mellon (July 2014 to February 2019).

Trayne Wheeler, Esq.

(1973)

Vice President and

Assistant Secretary

April 2024 to present

Senior Vice President, Assistant

Secretary and Associate General

Counsel of EIM II and EIM (April 2024 to

present); employee of Equitable

Financial (April 2024 to present); and

Partner, Investment Management of

K&L Gates LLP (January 2010 to April

2024).

Victoria Zozulya, Esq. (1983)

Vice President and

Assistant Secretary

September 2024 to present

Senior Vice President, Assistant

Secretary and Associate General

Counsel of EIM II and EIM (July 2024 to

present); employee of Equitable

Financial (Sept 2018 to May 2022 and

July 2024 to present); and Counsel at

Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC (May 2022 to

June 2024).

Cheryl Cherian

(1979)

Vice President and

Assistant Secretary

March 2023 to present

Employee of Equitable Financial (April

2019 to present); and Compliance

Associate at Manifold Fund Advisors

(November 2016 to March 2018).

Artemis Brannigan

(1974)

Vice President

September 2019 to present

Vice President of EIM II (June 2022 to

present); Vice President of EIM (August

2019 to present); employee of

Equitable Financial (August 2019 to

present); and Director of Prudential

Financial (January 2016 to July 2019).

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Name, Address

and Year of Birth

Position(s) Held

With Fund*

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served**

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Aysha Pride

(1988)

Vice President

July 2022 to Present

Vice President of EIM II (June 2022 to

present); Vice President of EIM (July

2022 to present); employee of

Equitable Financial (2014 to present).

Helen Lai

(1973)

Assistant Vice

President

June 2016 to present

Employee of Equitable Financial (March

2013 to present).

Michelle Gallo

(1973)

Assistant Controller

March 2023 to present

Employee of Equitable Financial (July

2013 to present).

Roselle Ibanga

(1978)

Controller, Vice

President and

Anti-Money

Laundering

Compliance Officer

Controller from September 2026 to

present; Vice President and Anti-Money

Laundering Compliance Officer from

January 2023 to present

Vice President the EIM (December 2024

to present); Vice President of Equitable

Investment Management, LLC

(December 2024 to present); and

employees of Equitable Financial

(February 2009 to present).

Lisa Perrelli

(1974)

Assistant Controller

June 2014 to present

Vice President of EIM (December 2024

to present); Vice President of Equitable

Investment Management, LLC

(December 2024 to present); and

employee of Equitable Financial

(November 2002 to present).

Maria Urso (1971)

Assistant Controller

June 2024 to present

Employee of Equitable Financial

(October 2015 to present).

Jennifer Mastronardi

(1985)

Assistant Vice

President

June 2014 to present

Vice President of EIM II (June 2022 to

present); Vice President of EIM (April

2015 to present); and employee of

Equitable Financial (February 2009 to

present).

Helen Espaillat

(1963)

Assistant Secretary

June 2014 to present

Assistant Vice President and Assistant

Secretary of EIM II (June 2022 to

present); Assistant Vice President and

Assistant Secretary of EIM (March 2015

to present); and employee of Equitable

Financial (July 2004 to present).

Lorelei Fajardo

(1978)

Assistant Secretary

June 2016 to present

Employee of Equitable Financial (July

2013 to present).

Monica Giron

(1976)

Assistant Secretary

July 2019 to present

Employee of Equitable Financial (June

2019 to present); and Senior Paralegal

at Gemini Fund Services (August 2015

to May 2019).

The officers in the table above (except Roselle Ibanga in respect of her role as a Vice President and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of 1290 Funds) hold similar positions with EQ Advisors Trust, the other registered investment company in the fund complex.

Each officer is elected on an annual basis.

***

During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the investment companies in the fund complex paid $280,000 of the Chief Compliance Officer’s compensation, including $2,435 paid by the Trust.

As of October 10, 2026, the Trustees and officers of the 1290 Funds, as a group, owned beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each class of the 1290 Funds.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

As a “series” type of mutual fund, the 1290 Funds issues separate series of shares of beneficial interest with respect to each Fund. Each Fund resembles a separate fund issuing separate classes of stock.

See Appendix D to this SAI for a list of control persons and principal holders of securities of each Fund.

To the Trust’s knowledge, as of the date of this SAI, the Adviser owned 100% of the outstanding shares of the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund, which represents the Adviser’s seed investment in the Fund to facilitate the start of the Fund’s investment operations.

Investment Management and Other Services

The Adviser

Equitable Investment Management, LLC (“EIM II” or the “Adviser”) currently serves as the investment adviser for each Fund. AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AllianceBernstein”), American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“American Century”), AXA Investment Managers US Inc. (“AXA IM”), Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC (“Brandywine Global”), Essex Investment Management Company, LLC (“Essex”), GAMCO Asset Management, Inc. (“GAMCO”), and Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”) (each a “Sub-Adviser,” and together the “Sub-Advisers”) serve as investment sub-advisers to one or more of the Funds, as described more fully in the Prospectus.

EIM II is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc. (“Equitable Holdings”), which is a publicly-owned company. EIM II is an investment advisory affiliate of Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIM”), which serves as the investment adviser to the series of one other investment company that is registered under the 1940 Act, and as the investment adviser for two private trusts that are exempt from such registration. Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”), which is a New York life insurance company and one of the largest life insurance companies in the U.S., is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings. The principal offices of EIM II, Equitable Financial and Equitable Holdings are located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105.

On March 26, 2026, Equitable Holdings and Corebridge Financial, Inc. (“Corebridge”) announced that they have entered into a definitive agreement to merge (the “Transaction”). The Transaction is expected to close on or about January 1, 2027, subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and approval of the shareholders of both Equitable Holdings and Corebridge. Under the 1940 Act, an investment advisory agreement between a registered investment company, such as the 1290 Funds, and its investment adviser must include a provision providing for its automatic termination upon its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act). The closing of the Transaction will be deemed to cause an “assignment” of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the 1290 Funds, on behalf of each Fund, and the Adviser. As a result, the closing of the Transaction will cause the Investment Advisory Agreement to terminate automatically in accordance with its terms. The 1290 Funds’ Board has considered and approved a new investment advisory agreement between the 1290 Funds, on behalf of each Fund, and the Adviser. The new investment advisory agreement also has been approved by the shareholders of each Fund (in the case of the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund, which is a newly formed Fund, the Fund’s initial shareholder provided this approval). The new investment advisory agreement will go into effect upon the closing of the Transaction.

The Adviser serves as the investment adviser of the 1290 Funds pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to the Funds (the “Advisory Agreement”). Subject to the general supervision and control of the Trustees of the 1290 Funds, under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will provide a continuous investment program for each Fund and will determine what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by each Fund and what portion of such assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash in accordance with each Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in the 1290 Funds’ governing documents and such Fund’s then-current Prospectus and SAI. The Advisory Agreement also provides that the Adviser will monitor the implementation of each Fund’s investment program and assess each Fund’s investment objectives and policies, composition, investment style and investment process. From time to time, as requested by the Trustees of the 1290 Funds or deemed necessary or appropriate by the Adviser, the Adviser will (i) develop and evaluate strategic initiatives with respect to the 1290 Funds and its Funds; (ii) make recommendations to the Trustees of the 1290 Funds regarding the investment program of the 1290 Funds and its Funds, including any changes to Fund investment objectives and policies; (iii) coordinate and/or implement strategic initiatives approved by the Trustees of the 1290 Funds; and (iv) prepare and provide reports to the Trustees of the 1290 Funds on the impact of such strategic initiatives on the 1290 Funds and its Funds. Additionally, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser, unless and until otherwise directed by the Trustees of the 1290 Funds, will exercise all rights of security holders with respect to securities held by each Fund, including, but not limited to: voting proxies, converting, tendering, exchanging or redeeming securities; acting as a claimant in class action litigation (including litigation with respect to securities previously held), and exercising rights in the context of a bankruptcy or other reorganization. Under the

Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will be responsible for effecting transactions for each Fund and selecting brokers or dealers to execute such transactions for each Fund. In the selection of brokers or dealers and the placement of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for each Fund, the Adviser will use its best efforts to obtain for each Fund the best execution available.

The Advisory Agreement also provides that the Adviser will furnish to the Trustees of the 1290 Funds such statistical information and periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request, and will apprise the Trustees of the 1290 Funds of important developments materially affecting each Fund (or any portion of a Fund). The Advisory Agreement also provides that, in accordance with procedures and methods established by the Trustees of the 1290 Funds, the Adviser shall provide reasonable assistance in determining the fair value of all securities and other investments/assets in the Funds, as necessary, and use reasonable efforts to arrange for the provision of valuation information or a price from a party independent of the Adviser for each security or other investment/asset in the Funds for which market prices are not readily available. The Advisory Agreement also provides that the Adviser shall cooperate with and provide reasonable assistance to the 1290 Funds’ administrator, custodian and foreign custodians, transfer agent and pricing agents, and all other agents and representatives of the 1290 Funds, keep all such persons fully informed as to such matters as they may reasonably deem necessary to the performance of their obligations to the 1290 Funds, provide prompt responses to reasonable requests made by such persons and maintain any appropriate interfaces with each so as to promote the efficient exchange of information. The Advisory Agreement also provides that the Adviser will provide information and reasonable assistance, other than services of outside counsel or independent accountants or services to be provided by any Sub-Adviser or otherwise covered under the terms of a separate agreement between the Adviser and the 1290 Funds, in connection with the 1290 Funds’ preparation of all registration statements and prospectuses, prospectus supplements, and SAIs; all annual, semi-annual, and periodic reports to shareholders of the 1290 Funds, regulatory authorities, or others; all notices and proxy solicitation materials furnished to shareholders of the 1290 Funds or regulatory authorities; and all tax returns.

The Advisory Agreement also permits, subject always to the direction and control of the Trustees of the 1290 Funds, the Adviser to delegate any of its duties with respect to one or more Funds to a Sub-Adviser. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has, with respect to each sub-advised Fund or portion thereof, (i) overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of each Fund’s assets; (ii) full discretion to select new or additional Sub-Advisers for the Fund; (iii) full discretion to enter into and materially modify existing Sub-Advisory Agreements with Sub-Advisers; and (iv) full discretion to terminate and replace any Sub-Adviser. In connection with the Adviser’s responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will oversee the performance of delegated functions by each Sub-Adviser, assess each Fund’s investment focus and furnish the Trustees of the 1290 Funds with periodic reports concerning the performance of delegated responsibilities by the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser will also allocate and reallocate the assets of a Fund, or a portion thereof, to be managed by one or more Sub-Advisers for such Fund and coordinate the activities of all Sub-Advisers. In addition, the Adviser will monitor each Sub-Adviser’s implementation of the investment program established by the Adviser with respect to any Fund (or portions of any Fund) under the management of such Sub-Adviser. The Adviser will also cause the appropriate Sub-Adviser, (i) to furnish to the Board such statistical information, with respect to the investments that a Fund (or portions of any Fund) may hold or contemplate purchasing, as the Board may reasonably request, (ii) to furnish to the Board such periodic and special reports as the Board may reasonably request, and (iii) to apprise the Board of important developments materially affecting each Fund (or any portion of a Fund) and furnish the 1290 Funds, from time to time, with such information as may be appropriate for this purpose. In addition, the Adviser will take reasonable steps to ensure that the appropriate Sub-Adviser furnishes to third-party data reporting services all currently available standardized performance information and other customary data. The Adviser will also be responsible for compensating the Sub-Adviser in the manner specified by the Sub-Advisory Agreement.

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser also is required to furnish to the 1290 Funds, at its own expense and without remuneration from or other cost to the 1290 Funds, the following:

• Office space, all necessary office facilities and equipment; and

• Necessary executive and other personnel, including personnel for the performance of clerical and other office functions, exclusive of those functions

•

related to and to be performed under the 1290 Funds’ contract or contracts for administration, custodial, accounting, bookkeeping, transfer, and dividend disbursing agency or similar services by any entity, including the Adviser or its affiliates, selected to perform such services under such contracts; or

•

related to the investment advisory services to be provided by any Sub-Adviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement with the Adviser (“Sub-Advisory Agreement”).

The Advisory Agreement also requires the Adviser (and its affiliates) to pay all salaries, expenses, and fees of the Trustees and officers of the 1290 Funds who are affiliated with the Adviser or its affiliates. However, the Trust pays compensation of the CCO that the Adviser is not obligated to pay under the Advisory Agreement. Amounts paid by the Trust to the CCO during the last fiscal year are described above in the section entitled “The 1290 Funds’ Officers.”

The Advisory Agreement also specifically provides that the Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the 1290 Funds in connection with the matters to which the Advisory Agreement relates, but will be liable only for willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties or its failure to exercise due care in rendering its services to the 1290 Funds under such Agreement.

The continuance of the Advisory Agreement, with respect to each Fund, must be specifically approved at least annually (i) by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party (the “Independent Trustees”) cast in person (or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act) at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval and (ii) by the Board or, with respect to a Fund, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund. The Advisory Agreement with respect to each Fund may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) by the Board, upon the vote of a majority of the Trustees, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of such Fund upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Adviser or (ii) by the Adviser upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the 1290 Funds. The Advisory Agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Each Fund pays a fee to the Adviser for its services. The Adviser and the 1290 Funds have also entered into an expense limitation agreement with respect to certain Funds as set forth in the Prospectus (“Expense Limitation Agreement”), pursuant to which the Adviser has agreed to waive or limit its and its affiliates’ management, administrative and other fees and to assume other expenses so that the net annual operating expenses (with certain exceptions as set forth in the Prospectus) of the Funds are limited to the extent described in the “Management of the 1290 Funds — Expense Limitation Agreement” section of the Prospectus.

In addition to the management fees, the 1290 Funds pays all expenses not assumed by the Adviser or by a Sub-Adviser, including without limitation: fees and expenses of its independent accountants and of legal counsel for itself and the 1290 Funds’ Independent Trustees; the costs of preparing, setting in type, printing and mailing of prospectuses, prospectus supplements, statements of additional information, annual, semiannual and periodic reports, and notices and proxy solicitation materials required to be furnished to shareholders of the 1290 Funds or regulatory authorities, and all tax returns; compensation of the officers and Trustees of the 1290 Funds who are not officers, directors/trustees, partners or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates; the costs of printing registration statements; custodian’s fees; filing fees; Trustee expenses (including any special counsel to Trustees); transfer agent fees; advisory and administration fees; any federal, state or local income or other taxes; any interest; any membership fees of the Investment Company Institute and similar organizations; fidelity bond and Trustees’ liability insurance premiums; and any extraordinary expenses, such as indemnification payments or damages awarded in litigation or settlements made. All general 1290 Funds expenses are allocated among and charged to the assets of the Funds of the 1290 Funds on a basis that the Trustees deem fair and equitable, which may be on the basis of relative net assets of each Fund or the nature of the services performed and relative applicability to each Fund. As discussed in greater detail below under “The Distributor,” the Class A and R shares of each Fund may pay for certain distribution-related expenses in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale of its shares.

The tables below show the fees paid by each Fund to the Fund's investment adviser during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023, October 31, 2024 and October 31, 2025, respectively. The first column shows each fee without fee waivers, the second column shows the fees actually paid to the investment adviser after fee waivers, and the third column

shows the total amount of fees waived by the investment adviser and other expenses of each Fund assumed by the investment adviser pursuant to the Expense Limitation Agreement. Prior to January 1, 2023, EIM, an investment advisory affiliate of the Adviser, served as the investment adviser to each Fund and, accordingly, prior to January 1, 2023, the fees reflected in the tables were paid to (or waived by) EIM.

Since the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no fees have been paid to the Adviser by that Fund.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2023

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Management Fee	Management Fee Paid to Adviser After Fee Waiver	Total Amount of Fees Waived and Other Expenses Assumed by Adviser Pursuant to Expense Limitation Agreement
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund*	$29,041	$—	$129,096
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	$3,861,791	$831,778	$3,030,013
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	$291,757	$—	$412,087
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	$924,774	$513,641	$411,133
1290 High Yield Bond Fund	$355,167	$55,238	$299,929
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	$346,154	$63,252	$282,902
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund	$66,126	$—	$122,841
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	$1,253,197	$696,304	$556,893

Amounts shown were paid/waived prior to the date that the 1290 Retirement 2060 Fund was restructured and renamed 1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2024

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Management Fee	Management Fee Paid to Adviser After Fee Waiver	Total Amount of Fees Waived and Other Expenses Assumed by Adviser Pursuant to Expense Limitation Agreement
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund	$453,609	$189,209	$264,400
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	$3,795,535	$1,143,501	$2,652,034
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	$431,030	$176,666	$254,364
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	$1,109,844	$707,215	$402,629
1290 High Yield Bond Fund	$410,899	$115,975	$294,924
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	$415,142	$55,878	$359,264
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund	$74,498	$—	$117,430
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	$1,441,944	$888,069	$553,875

FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Management Fee	Management Fee Paid to Adviser After Fee Waiver	Total Amount of Fees Waived and Other Expenses Assumed by Adviser Pursuant to Expense Limitation Agreement
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund	$924,043	$654,913	$269,130
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	$3,558,414	$1,269,451	$2,288,963
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	$561,608	$291,866	$269,742
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	$1,231,071	$835,029	$396,042
1290 High Yield Bond Fund	$477,729	$174,265	$303,464
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	$522,444	$74,983	$447,461
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund	$99,438	$—	$123,427
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	$1,593,514	$1,079,809	$513,705

The Sub-Advisers

The Adviser has entered into one or more Sub-Advisory Agreements on behalf of 1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund, 1290 Diversified Bond Fund, 1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund, 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund, 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, 1290 High Yield Bond Fund, 1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund and 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund with the Sub-Advisers identified in the Prospectus. The Sub-Advisory Agreements obligate the Sub-Advisers to: (i) make investment decisions on behalf of their respective Funds (or portions thereof); (ii) place orders for the purchase and sale of investments for their respective Funds (or portions thereof) with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser and/or the Sub-Advisers; and (iii) perform certain related administrative functions in connection therewith.

The Adviser pays fees to a Fund’s Sub-Adviser(s) from the advisory fees that it earns from the Fund.

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023, October 31, 2024 and October 31, 2025, respectively, the Funds' investment adviser paid the following fees to the Sub-Advisers with respect to the Funds, pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreements. Prior to January 1, 2023, EIM, an investment advisory affiliate of the Adviser, served as the investment adviser to each Fund and, accordingly, prior to January 1, 2023, the fees reflected in the table were paid by EIM.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Sub-Advisory Fee Paid
2023	2024	2025
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund*	—	$117,382	$240,405
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	$751,987	$740,070	$698,039
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	$155,505	$230,064	$299,849
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	$376,088	$451,570	$500,686
1290 High Yield Bond Fund	$221,481	$255,662	$296,307
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	$133,132	$159,709	$200,937
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	$219,894	$247,356	$273,233

No sub-advisory fees were paid to American Century prior to November 29, 2023. Prior to November 29, 2023, the Fund did not have a Sub-Adviser.

Since the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no fees have been paid by the Adviser to AllianceBernstein with respect to that Fund.

The Adviser recommends Sub-Advisers for the Funds to the Trustees based upon its continuing quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each Sub-Adviser’s skills in managing assets pursuant to specific investment styles and strategies. Short-term investment performance, by itself, is not a significant factor in selecting or terminating a Sub-Adviser, and the Adviser does not expect to recommend frequent changes of Sub-Advisers.

The Adviser has received from the SEC an exemptive order (“Multi-Manager Order”) that permits the Adviser, subject to certain conditions, to enter into Sub-Advisory Agreements with Sub-Advisers approved by the Trustees, but without the requirement of shareholder approval. Pursuant to the terms of the Multi-Manager Order, the Adviser is able, subject to the approval of the Trustees, but without shareholder approval, to employ new Sub-Advisers for new or existing funds, change the terms of particular Sub-Advisory Agreements or continue the employment of existing Sub-Advisers after events that under the 1940 Act and the Sub-Advisory Agreements would cause an automatic termination of the agreement. The Adviser also may allocate a Fund’s assets to additional Sub-Advisers subject to approval of the 1290 Funds’ Board. The Adviser is responsible for overseeing Sub-Advisers and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board of Trustees. However, the Adviser may not enter into a Sub-Advisory Agreement with an “affiliated person” of the Adviser (as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) (“Affiliated Sub-Adviser”), such as AllianceBernstein, L.P., unless the Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Affiliated Sub-Adviser, including compensation payable thereunder, is approved by the affected Fund’s shareholders, including, in instances in which the Sub-Advisory Agreement pertains to a newly formed Fund, the Fund’s initial shareholder. Although shareholder approval would not be required for the termination of Sub-Advisory Agreements, shareholders of a Fund would continue to have the right to terminate such agreements for the Fund at any time by a vote of a majority of outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

The following table discloses, with respect to a Fund’s Sub-Adviser, information about persons who control the Sub-Adviser.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund

Name and Control Persons of the Sub-Adviser

1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth

Fund

American Century is a wholly owned subsidiary of American Century Companies, Inc. (“ACC”). The

Stowers Institute for Medical Research (“SIMR”) controls ACC by virtue of its beneficial ownership of

more than 25% of the voting securities of ACC.

1290 Diversified Bond Fund

Brandywine Global is a wholly-owned, but independently operated, subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc.

Legg Mason, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc., a publicly owned company

engaged in the financial services industry.

1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund

Essex is a registered investment adviser, organized as a Delaware limited liability company. Essex is a

100% independent, employee-owned entity with no single owner exceeding 50%. Essex is managed by

Co-CEO’s Nancy B. Prial, CFA & Robert J. Uek, CFA within an Executive Committee structure which

consists of four senior management employees of the firm.

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund

AllianceBernstein, a limited partnership organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, is a

majority-owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc., the holding company for a diversified financial

services organization.

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

GAMCO is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GAMCO Investors, Inc. (“GAMI”). Mr. Mario J. Gabelli may be

deemed a controlling person of GAMCO because of his controlling interest in GAMI, the parent

company of GAMCO, a financial services company.

1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income

Fund

Loomis Sayles is a Delaware limited partnership. Loomis Sayles' sole general partner, Loomis, Sayles &

Company, Inc., is directly owned by Natixis Investment Managers, LLC (“Natixis LLC”). Natixis LLC is a

direct subsidiary of Natixis Investment Managers, an international asset management group based in

Paris, France, that is in turn owned by Natixis, a French investment banking and financial services firm.

Natixis is wholly-owned by BPCE, France's second largest banking group. BPCE is owned by banks

comprising two autonomous and complementary retail banking networks consisting of Caisse

d'Epargne regional savings banks and the Banque Populaire regional cooperative banks.

1290 High Yield Bond Fund

1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund

AXA IM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BNP Paribas Cardif S.A.

Information regarding the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of shares of the Funds to the extent applicable is attached in Appendix B.

The Adviser reserves the right, subject to approval of the 1290 Funds’ Board, to appoint more than one Sub-Adviser to manage the assets of each Fund. When a Fund has more than one Sub-Adviser, the assets of each Fund are allocated by the Adviser among the Sub-Advisers selected for the Fund. Each Sub-Adviser has discretion, subject to oversight by the Trustees and the Adviser, to purchase and sell portfolio assets, consistent with each Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions and specific investment strategies developed by the Adviser.

Generally, no Sub-Adviser provides any services to any Fund except sub-advisory and related administrative and recordkeeping services as directed by the Adviser. However, a Sub-Adviser or its affiliated broker-dealer may execute

portfolio transactions for a Fund and receive brokerage commissions in connection therewith as permitted by Section 17(e) of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

The investment sub-advisory agreements between the Adviser and each of the Sub-Advisers will automatically terminate upon the closing of the Transaction. However, pursuant to the terms of the Multi-Manager Order, new investment sub-advisory agreements with the unaffiliated Sub-Advisers require the approval of the 1290 Funds’ Board, but do not require shareholder approval. Accordingly, the Adviser will rely on the Multi-Manager Order to enter into new investment sub-advisory agreements with the unaffiliated Sub-Advisers. The 1290 Funds’ Board has considered and approved a new investment sub-advisory agreement between the 1290 Funds and each of the unaffiliated Sub-Advisers with respect to the relevant Funds. The 1290 Funds’ Board also has considered and approved a new investment sub-advisory agreement between the 1290 Funds and Affiliated Sub-Adviser AllianceBernstein, L.P. with respect to the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund, which is a newly formed Fund, and the new agreement has been approved by the Fund’s initial shareholder. The new investment sub-advisory agreements will go into effect upon the closing of the Transaction.

Personal Trading Policies

The 1290 Funds, the Adviser and the Distributor (as defined below) each have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which permits personnel covered by the rule to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund but prohibits fraudulent, misleading, deceptive or manipulative acts or conduct in connection with that personal investing. Each Sub-Adviser also has adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1. Such codes of ethics may permit personnel covered by the rule to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund for which the Sub-Adviser serves as a sub-adviser. The Codes of Ethics of the 1290 Funds, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers have been filed as exhibits to the 1290 Funds’ Registration Statement.

The Administrator

Pursuant to an administrative agreement (“Mutual Funds Service Agreement”), Equitable Investment Management, LLC (the “Administrator”) provides the 1290 Funds with necessary administrative services, as more fully described in the Prospectus. In addition, the Administrator makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such administrative services to the 1290 Funds. For these administrative services, each Fund pays the Administrator an asset-based administration fee of 0.15% of the average daily net assets of the Fund. The asset-based administration fee is calculated and billed monthly, and subject to an annual minimum of $30,000 per Fund or $30,000 for each allocated portion (or sleeve) of a Fund, as applicable.

Pursuant to a sub-administration arrangement, the Administrator has contracted with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan Chase”) to provide the 1290 Funds with certain sub-administrative services, including assisting with monitoring of portfolio compliance and portfolio accounting services, subject to the supervision of the Administrator. The Administrator pays JPMorgan Chase a fee for these services.

Effective January 1, 2023, the Administrator became the Trust's administrator. During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023, October 31, 2024 and October 31, 2025, respectively, the Funds paid the following fees to the Administrator and the prior administrator for the Funds for administrative services.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Administrative Fee Paid
2023	2024	2025
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund*	$30,000	$136,085	$277,214
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	$965,448	$949,022	$889,604
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	$58,352	$86,215	$112,323
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	$184,956	$221,991	$246,215
1290 High Yield Bond Fund	$88,791	$102,736	$119,432
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	$79,883	$95,811	$120,564
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund	$30,000	$29,998	$30,020
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	$268,543	$309,021	$341,467

Administrative fees paid prior to November 29, 2023, were paid before the 1290 Retirement 2060 Fund was restructured and renamed 1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund.

Since the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no fees have been paid to the Administrator for administrative services with respect to that Fund.

The Distributor

The 1290 Funds has a distribution agreement with ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS”) (also referred to as the “Distributor”), under which it serves as Distributor for the 1290 Funds’ Class A, Class E, Class I and Class R shares. ALPS’ address is 1290 Broadway #1100, Denver, CO 80203.

The 1290 Funds’ distribution agreement with respect to the Class A, Class E, Class I and Class R shares, as applicable, of the Funds (“Distribution Agreement”) has been approved by the 1290 Funds’ Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, with respect to each Fund. The Distribution Agreement will remain in effect from year to year provided its continuance is approved at least annually by (i) a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement and, if applicable, who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the distribution plans adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans”) or any such related agreement, by a vote cast in person (or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act) at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Agreement and (ii) by vote of either a majority of the Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the 1290 Funds, as applicable.

The Trust has adopted in the manner prescribed under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans pertaining to the Class A and Class R shares of the 1290 Funds.

Under the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans, each Fund is authorized to pay the Distributor an annual fee at the rate listed below of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A and Class R shares. These fees are paid to compensate the Distributor for distributing each share class (i.e., rendering services and bearing expenses in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale of shares) and/or providing services to shareholders of each class, such as maintaining shareholder accounts for those classes. Activities and services contemplated under the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans include printing and mailing of fund prospectuses, statements of additional information (including any supplements thereto) and shareholder reports, compensation to financial intermediaries and broker-dealers, and holding seminars and sales meetings with wholesale and retail sales personnel assigned to promote the distribution of shares.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Share Class

Distribution Fee and/or Service Fee

(as a % of average daily net assets attributable to the class)

Class A

0.25%

Class R

0.50%

The Board considered various factors in connection with its decision as to whether to approve each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan, including: (i) the nature and causes of the circumstances which make approval or continuation of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan necessary and appropriate; (ii) the way in which the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan would address those circumstances, including the nature and potential amount of expenditures; (iii) the nature of the anticipated benefits; (iv) the possible benefits of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan to any other person relative to those of the 1290 Funds; (v) the effect of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan on existing shareholders; (vi) the merits of possible alternative plans or pricing structures; (vii) competitive conditions in the mutual fund industry; and (viii) the relationship of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan to other distribution efforts of the 1290 Funds. The Board noted that the overall distribution arrangements would (1) enable investors to choose the purchasing option best suited to their individual situation, thereby encouraging current shareholders to make additional investments in the Funds and attracting new investors and assets to the Funds to the benefit of the Funds and their respective shareholders, (2) facilitate distribution of the Funds’ shares and (3) maintain the competitive position of the Funds in relation to other funds that have implemented or are seeking to implement similar distribution arrangements.

Based upon its review of the foregoing factors and the materials presented to it, and in light of its fiduciary duties under the 1940 Act, the Board, including the Independent Trustees with no direct or indirect financial interest in the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans or any related agreements, unanimously determined, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, that each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the 1290 Funds and the shareholders of the Funds. As such, the Trustees, including such Independent Trustees, approved each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan.

Pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans, the 1290 Funds compensates the Distributor from assets attributable to the Class A and Class R shares for services rendered and expenses borne in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale or servicing of these classes of shares. Generally, the 12b-1 fees are paid to the Distributor on a monthly basis. A portion of the amounts received by the Distributor will be used to defray various costs incurred or paid by the Distributor in connection with the printing and mailing of Trust prospectuses, statements of additional information, and any supplements thereto and shareholder reports, and holding seminars and sales meetings with wholesale and retail sales personnel designed to promote the distribution of Class A and Class R shares. The Distributor may also use a portion of the amounts received to provide compensation to financial intermediaries and third-party broker-dealers for their services in connection with the distribution and servicing of Class A and Class R shares.

Each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan is of a type known as a “compensation” plan because payments are made for services rendered to the 1290 Funds with respect to a class of shares regardless of the level of expenditures by the Distributor. The Trustees, however, take into account such expenditures for purposes of reviewing operations under each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan and in connection with their annual consideration of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans’ renewal. The Distributor’s expenditures include, without limitation: (a) the printing and mailing of Trust prospectuses, statements of additional information, any supplements thereto and shareholder reports for prospective shareholders with respect to the Class A and Class R shares of the 1290 Funds; (b) those relating to the development, preparation, printing and mailing of advertisements, sales literature and other promotional materials describing and/or relating to the Class A and Class R shares of the 1290 Funds; (c) holding seminars and sales meetings designed to promote the distribution of the Funds’ Class A and Class R shares; (d) obtaining information and providing explanations to wholesale and retail distributors of shares regarding the Funds’ investment objectives and policies and other information about the 1290 Funds and its Funds, including the performance of the Funds; (e) training sales personnel regarding the Class A and Class R shares of the 1290 Funds; and (f) financing any other activity that the Distributor determines is primarily intended to result in the sale of Class A and Class R shares.

The Distributor may use its past profits or other resources to pay for expenses incurred in connection with providing services intended to result in the sale of shares of the 1290 Funds and/or support services that benefit shareholders, including payments of significant amounts made to intermediaries that provide those services. These services may include sales personnel training, prospectus review, marketing and related services. The Distributor also may receive payments from Sub-Advisers of the Funds and/or their affiliates to help defray expenses for sales meetings, seminar sponsorships and similar expenses that may relate to the shares and/or the Sub-Advisers' respective Funds. The Distributor may also use a portion of the amounts received to provide compensation to financial intermediaries and third-party broker-dealers for their services in connection with the distribution of Class A and Class R shares as described further below in “Compensation to Financial Intermediaries and Third-Party Broker-Dealers.”

The Distributor pays all fees and expenses in connection with its qualification and registration as a broker or dealer under federal and state laws. In the capacity of agent, the Distributor offers shares of each Fund on a continuous basis in all states in which the Fund or the 1290 Funds may, from time to time, be registered or where permitted by applicable law. The Distributor has made no firm commitment to acquire shares of any Fund.

Each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement that is entered into by the 1290 Funds with the Distributor of the Class A and Class R shares in connection with a Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan will continue in effect for a period of more than one year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of a majority of the 1290 Funds’ Board, and a majority of the Independent Trustees, with no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan or Rule 12b-1 related agreement, cast in person (or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act) at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plan or agreement. In addition, annual continuance of the Distribution Agreement must be approved by the 1290 Funds’ Board or a majority of outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), and by a majority of Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person (or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act) at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Distribution Agreement. In addition, each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement may be terminated as to Class A and Class R shares of a Fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding Class A and Class R shares of the Fund, as applicable, or by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, with no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan or Rule 12b-1 related agreement. Each Rule 12b-1

Distribution Plan also provides that it may not be amended to increase materially the amount that may be spent for distribution of Class A or Class R shares of any Fund without the approval of Class A or Class R shareholders of that Fund.

The table below shows the fees paid to ALPS by Class A shares and Class R shares of each Fund, pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Class A Distribution Fee Paid	Class R Distribution Fee Paid	Total Distribution Fees Paid
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund^	$1,117	-	$1,117
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	$10,535	$8,634	$19,169
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	$619	$918	$1,537
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	$16,460	$7,722	$24,182
1290 High Yield Bond Fund	$5,303	$2,817	$8,120
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	$13,558	$1,175	$14,733
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund	$780	$830	$1,610
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	$15,420	$19,417	$34,837

Class R shares were not operational during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.

Class A shares are subject to a maximum sales charge imposed on purchases of 5.50% for 1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund, 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund, 1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund, and 1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund, and 4.50% for 1290 High Yield Bond Fund, 1290 Diversified Bond Fund, and 1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund.

The 1290 Funds has registered only Class E shares on behalf of the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund.

Compensation to Financial Intermediaries and Third-Party Broker-Dealers

In addition to the sales commissions paid by investors and the distribution and service fees paid by the funds to the Distributor for the purpose of compensating selling dealers (described above in the section entitled, “The Distributor”), the Distributor or the Adviser (or one of its affiliates) may make payments out of its own resources to provide additional compensation to selling dealers and other financial intermediaries who are authorized to offer and sell shares of the Funds and other mutual funds distributed by the Distributor (collectively, “Dealers”). As described in the Prospectus, the Adviser (or any of its affiliates) and the Distributor may use their respective past profits or other resources, without cost to the funds or shareholders, to pay for expenses incurred in connection with providing services intended to result in the sale of shares of the Funds and/or support services that benefit shareholders, to reimburse certain expenses related to processing sales of Fund shares and to pay incentives to market the Funds, to cooperate with the Distributor’s promotional efforts or in recognition of their marketing, transaction processing and/or administrative services support (collectively, “revenue sharing payments”). This compensation is not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fee table sections of the Prospectus.

Marketing Support Payments. The Distributor or the Adviser and their affiliates may make payments to certain Dealers for marketing support services, including: providing periodic and ongoing education and training of Dealer personnel regarding the funds; disseminating to Dealer personnel information and product marketing materials regarding the Funds; explaining to clients the features and characteristics of the Funds; conducting due diligence regarding the funds; providing reasonable access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the Dealer; granting reasonable access to the Dealer’s financial advisors and consultants; furnishing marketing support and other services; and sponsoring seminars for the public and advertising campaigns. These payments are generally based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, reputation in the industry, ability to attract and retain assets, target markets, customer relationships and quality of service. No one factor is determinative of the type or amount of additional compensation to be provided. Such payments may be calculated by reference to the gross sales price of shares sold by such Dealers, the net asset value of shares held by the customers of such Dealers, or otherwise.

Processing Support Payments. The Distributor or the Adviser (and their affiliates) may make payments to certain Dealers that sell Fund shares to help offset the Dealers’ costs associated with client account maintenance support, statement preparation

and transaction processing. The types of payments that the Distributor or the Adviser (and their affiliates) may make under this category include, among others, payment of ticket charges placed by a Dealer, payment of networking fees on certain mutual fund trading systems or one-time payments for ancillary services, such as setting up funds on a Dealer’s mutual fund trading system.

Other Payments. From time to time, the Distributor or the Adviser (or any of its affiliates) at its expense, may make additional payments to Dealers that sell or provide services in connection with the sale of Fund shares. Such payments by the Distributor may include payment or reimbursement to, or on behalf of, Dealers for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, as well as conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for Dealer representatives and other employees, client entertainment, client and investor events, and other Dealer-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by Dealer representatives and other employees in connection with training and educational meetings, client prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. Other compensation or promotional incentives may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory organization. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s policies and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event.

Subaccounting and Other Payments. In addition to the payments described above, from time to time, the Funds and/or the Distributor may enter into arrangements with, and pay fees to, financial intermediaries that provide recordkeeping services to certain groups of investors in the funds, including participants in retirement and benefit plans, investors in mutual fund advisory programs and clients of financial intermediaries that operate in an omnibus environment or utilize certain National Securities Clearing Corporation networking levels (collectively referred to as “subaccounting”). The subaccounting services typically include: (i) establishing and maintaining investor accounts and records; (ii) recording investor account balances and changes thereto; (iii) arranging for the wiring of funds; (iv) providing statements to investors; (v) furnishing proxy materials, periodic fund reports, prospectuses and other communications to investors as required; (vi) transmitting investor transaction information; and (vii) providing information in order to assist the funds in their compliance with state securities laws.

The subaccounting fees the Funds generally pay are designed to be equal to or less than the fees the Funds would pay to their transfer agent for similar services, but in certain circumstances the subaccounting fees may be higher due to differences in the services being provided or other factors. The Funds understand that, in accordance with guidance from the U.S. Department of Labor, retirement and benefit plans, sponsors of qualified retirement plans and/or recordkeepers may be required to use the fees they (or, in the case of recordkeepers, their affiliates) receive for the benefit of the retirement and benefit plans or the investors. This may take the form of recordkeepers passing the fees through to their clients or reducing the clients’ charges by the amount of fees the recordkeeper receives from mutual funds.

The Funds may also make other payments to Dealers that sell Fund shares to help offset the Dealers’ costs associated with transaction processing, including payment of networking fees on certain mutual fund trading systems.

For more specific information about any revenue sharing and/or subaccounting payments made to your Dealer or financial intermediary, investors should contact their investment professionals.

Transfer Agency Services

SS&C GIDS, Inc. (“Transfer Agent”), 1055 Broadway, Kansas City, 64105, acts as each Fund’s Transfer Agent pursuant to a Transfer Agency and Servicing Agreement (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”) with the 1290 Funds. Pursuant to the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent is responsible for, among other things, the issuance, transfer and redemption of shares, the opening and maintenance of shareholder accounts, the handling of certain communications between shareholders and the 1290 Funds, and the payment of dividends and other distributions payable by the Funds. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent receives a monthly fee comprised of a fixed base fee plus a fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the 1290 Funds during the month.

Brokerage Allocation and Other Strategies

Brokerage Commissions

The Funds may be charged for securities brokers’ commissions, transfer taxes (if any) and similar fees relating to securities transactions. The Adviser and the Sub-Advisers of the Funds, as appropriate, seek to obtain the best net price and execution

on all orders placed for the Funds, considering all the circumstances. The Adviser and the Sub-Advisers may, as appropriate, in the allocation of brokerage business, take into consideration the receipt of research and other brokerage services, consistent with the obligation to seek to obtain best net price and execution.

Investment company securities (not including securities of ETFs) generally are purchased directly from the issuer. It is expected that other securities will ordinarily be purchased in the primary markets, whether OTC or listed, and that listed securities may be purchased in the OTC market if that market is deemed the primary market.

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange or in the OTC market are effected through brokers who receive compensation for their services. Such compensation varies among different brokers. Generally, compensation relating to securities traded on foreign exchanges will be higher than compensation relating to securities traded on U.S. exchanges and may not be subject to negotiation. However, brokerage commission rates in certain countries in which the Funds may invest may be discounted for certain large domestic and foreign investors such as the Funds. A number of foreign banks and brokers will be used for execution of the Funds’ portfolio transactions. In the case of securities traded in the foreign and domestic OTC markets, there is generally no stated commission, but the price usually includes an undisclosed commission or mark-up. Equity securities may be purchased from underwriters at prices that include underwriting fees.

Purchases and sales of fixed income securities are generally made with an issuer or a primary market-maker acting as principal. Although there is generally no stated brokerage commission paid by a Fund for a fixed income security, the price paid by a Fund to an underwriter includes the disclosed underwriting fee and prices in secondary trades usually include an undisclosed commission or mark-up.

The Adviser and Sub-Advisers of the Funds may, as appropriate, in the allocation of brokerage business, take into consideration research and other brokerage services provided by brokers and dealers to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers. The research services include economic, market, industry and company research material. Commissions charged by brokers that provide research services may be somewhat higher than commissions charged by brokers that do not provide research services. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”) and by policies adopted by the Trustees, the Adviser and Sub-Advisers, as appropriate, may cause the 1290 Funds to pay a broker-dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Adviser and Sub-Advisers an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for the 1290 Funds in excess of the commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction. To obtain the benefit of Section 28(e), the Adviser or the relevant Sub-Adviser must make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises investment discretion and that the services provided by a broker provide the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser with lawful and appropriate assistance in the performance of its investment decision-making responsibilities. Accordingly, the price to a Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.

For futures transactions, the selection of a futures broker is generally based on the overall quality of execution and other services provided by the futures broker. The Adviser and the Sub-Advisers or their affiliates may choose to execute futures transactions electronically.

Certain Sub-Advisers may also receive research or research credits from brokers which are generated from underwriting commissions when purchasing new issues of fixed income securities or other assets for a Fund in underwritten fixed price offerings. In these situations, the underwriter or selling group member may provide an Sub-Adviser with research in addition to selling the securities (at the fixed public offering price) to the Fund. Because the offerings are conducted at a fixed price, the ability to obtain research from a broker-dealer in this situation provides knowledge that may benefit the Fund, the Sub-Adviser’s other clients and the Sub-Adviser without incurring additional costs. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act because the broker-dealer is considered to be acting in a principal capacity in underwritten transactions. However, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority has adopted rules expressly permitting broker-dealers to provide bona fide research to Sub-Advisers in connection with fixed price offerings under certain circumstances.

Certain Sub-Advisers may obtain third-party research from broker-dealers or non-broker dealers by entering into commission sharing arrangements (“CSAs”). Under a CSA, the executing broker-dealer agrees that part of the commissions it earns on certain equity trades will be allocated to one or more research providers as payment for research. CSAs allow a Sub-Adviser to direct

broker-dealers to pool commissions that are generated from orders executed at that broker-dealer, and then periodically direct the broker-dealer to pay third party research providers for research.

The overall reasonableness of commissions paid will be determined by evaluating brokers on such general factors as execution capabilities, quality of research (that is, quantity and quality of information provided, diversity of sources utilized, nature and frequency of communication, professional experience, analytical ability and professional stature of the broker) and financial standing, as well as the net results of specific transactions, taking into account such factors as price, promptness, confidentiality, size of order and difficulty of execution. The research services obtained will, in general, be used by the Adviser and Sub-Advisers, as appropriate, for the benefit of all accounts for which the responsible party makes investment decisions. As such, research services paid for with the Funds’ brokerage commissions may not benefit the Funds, while research services paid for with the brokerage commissions of other clients may benefit the Funds. The receipt of research services from brokers will tend to reduce the Adviser’s and Sub-Advisers’ expenses in managing the Funds.

Securities or other investments held by a Fund may also be held by other separate accounts, mutual funds or other accounts for which the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser serves as an investment adviser, or held by the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser for its own account. Because of different investment objectives or other factors, a particular security or other investment may be bought by the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. If purchases or sales of securities for a Fund or other entities for which they act as investment adviser or for their advisory clients arise for consideration at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective entities and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price.

When the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a Fund as well as other accounts or companies, it may to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, but will not be obligated to, aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for such other accounts or companies in order to obtain favorable execution and lower brokerage commissions. In that event, allocation of the securities purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other accounts or companies. In general, the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers, as appropriate, will make allocations among accounts with the same or similar investment objective based upon a variety of factors which may include, among other things, the account’s available cash, investment restrictions, permitted investment techniques, tolerance for risk, tax status, account size, and other relevant considerations. In some cases this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position obtainable for a Fund.

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023, October 31, 2024 and October 31, 2025, respectively, the listed Funds paid the amounts indicated in brokerage commissions.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Brokerage Commissions Paid
2023	2024	2025
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund*	$192	$6,572	$844
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	$78,971	$96,727	$139,463
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund	$260,610	$312,148	$235,405
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund	$21,437	$23,374	$24,230
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	$20,645	$17,193	$25,914
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund	$4,125	$2,284	$2,887
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	$14,747	$14,688	$15,460

Brokerage commissions paid prior to November 29, 2023 were paid before the 1290 Retirement 2060 Fund was restructured and renamed 1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund.

Since the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no brokerage commissions have been paid by that Fund.

Brokerage Transactions with Affiliates

To the extent permitted by law and in accordance with procedures established by the 1290 Funds’ Board, the 1290 Funds may engage in brokerage transactions with brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser or its affiliates, including Bernstein Institutional Services, LLC, Sub-Advisers, brokers who are affiliates of such Sub-Advisers, or unaffiliated brokers who trade or clear through affiliates of the Adviser or the Sub-Advisers. The 1940 Act generally prohibits the 1290 Funds from engaging in principal securities transactions with brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser or Sub-Advisers or their respective affiliates, unless pursuant to an exemption from the SEC. The 1290 Funds relies on exemptive relief from the SEC that permits a portion of a Fund that has multiple portions advised by different Sub-Advisers and/or the Adviser to engage in principal and brokerage transactions with a Sub-Adviser (or an affiliate of that Sub-Adviser) to another portion of the same Fund, subject to certain conditions. The 1290 Funds has adopted procedures, prescribed by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, which are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions or other remuneration it pays to brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser and brokers that are affiliates of a Sub-Adviser to a Fund for which that Sub-Adviser provides investment advice do not exceed the usual and customary broker’s commission. In addition, the 1290 Funds will adhere to the requirements under the 1934 Act governing floor trading. Also, under applicable securities law, the 1290 Funds will limit purchases of securities in a public offering, if such securities are underwritten by brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser or Sub-Advisers or their respective affiliates.

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023, October 31, 2024 and October 31, 2025, respectively, the following Funds paid the amounts indicated to affiliated broker-dealers of the Adviser, EIM, the Distributor, or Equitable Advisors, or affiliates of the Sub-Advisers to each Fund.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2023

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund

Affiliated

Broker-Dealer

Aggregate

Brokerage

Commission

Paid†

Percentage

of Total

Brokerage

Commissions

Percentage of

Transactions

(Based on

Dollar

Amounts)

1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income

Fund

Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC

$287

0.00%

1.39%

†

Brokerage commissions may vary significantly from year to year due to a variety of factors, including the type of investments selected by the Sub-Adviser(s), investment strategy changes, the appointment of a new or additional Sub-Advisers, changes in transaction costs and market conditions.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2024

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund

Affiliated

Broker-Dealer

Aggregate

Brokerage

Commission

Paid†

Percentage

of Total

Brokerage

Commissions

Percentage of

Transactions

(Based on

Dollar

Amounts)

1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income

Fund

Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC

$808

4.70%

0.64%

1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth

Fund

Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC

$1,553

23.64%

24.33%

†

FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund

Affiliated

Broker-Dealer

Aggregate

Brokerage

Commission

Paid†

Percentage

of Total

Brokerage

Commissions

Percentage of

Transactions

(Based on

Dollar

Amounts)

1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income

Fund

Bernstein Institutional Service LLC

$20

0.08%

0.01%

†

Brokerage Transactions Relating to Research Services

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the following Fund directed the following amount of portfolio transactions to broker-dealers that provided research services, for which the Fund paid the brokerage commissions indicated:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund

Transaction

Amount

Brokerage

Commission

Paid

1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund

$82,311,832.03

$235,405.40

Investments in Regular Broker-Dealers

As of October 31, 2025, the following Funds owned securities issued by their regular brokers or dealers (or by their parents) as follows:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Fund	Broker or Dealer (or Parent Company)	Type of Security D= debt E= equity	Value ($000s omitted)
1290 Diversified Bond Fund	Wells Fargo Securities, LLC	D	2,738
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund	Barclays Capital, Inc.	D	296
BofA Securities, Inc.	D	357
	E	51
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.	D	4,288
	E	38
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC	D	594
	E	54
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.	D	546
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	D	4,471
	E	120
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC	D	418
	E	40
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC	E	43
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund	Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC	E	428
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund	J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	E	1,351

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Pursuant to the 1290 Funds’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, the 1290 Funds has delegated the proxy voting responsibilities with respect to each Fund to the Adviser. With respect to each Fund or allocated portion of a Fund for which a Sub-Adviser provides portfolio management (i.e., each Fund in this SAI except the 1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund) (each, a “Sub-Advised Fund”), the Adviser views proxy voting as a function that is incidental and integral to portfolio management, and it has in turn delegated the proxy voting responsibilities with respect to each Sub-Advised Fund to the applicable Sub-Adviser. The primary focus of the 1290 Funds’ proxy voting procedures as they relate to a

Sub-Advised Fund, therefore, is to seek to ensure that each Sub-Adviser has adequate proxy voting policies and procedures in place and to monitor each Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting.

Under certain circumstances, for example, when a Sub-Adviser notifies the Adviser that it is unable or unwilling to assume responsibility to vote a proxy for a sub-advised Fund, due to a potential material conflict of interest of the Sub-Adviser or otherwise, the Adviser has deemed it appropriate to assume responsibility for voting the proxies for shares held by a Sub-Advised Fund instead of delegating that responsibility to the Sub-Adviser. Under these circumstances, the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee will vote such proxies in the best interest of the relevant Sub-Advised Fund and its shareholders.

The Adviser is responsible for proxy voting for the 1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund (“Fund of Funds”). The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee will vote the Fund of Fund’s shares in Underlying ETFs in the best interest of the Fund of Funds and its shareholders.

The Adviser may engage an independent proxy voting service to assist with the research and analysis of voting issues, provide voting recommendations or carry out the actual voting process as deemed necessary. If the Adviser becomes aware that a proposal may present an issue as to which the Adviser, the Distributor or their affiliates could be deemed to have a material conflict of interest, the issue will be reviewed by the Trust’s CCO, who may take actions deemed appropriate. If the 1290 Funds’ CCO determines that an affiliated person of the Adviser has a potential material conflict, that affiliated person will not participate in the voting decision.

A description of the 1290 Funds’ proxy voting policies and procedures and the proxy voting policies and procedures that each Sub-Adviser uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities are included in Appendix C to this SAI. A description of the policies and procedures the 1290 Funds and each Sub-Adviser uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities also is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling a toll-free number at 1-888-310-0416 and (ii) on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free at 1-888-310-0416, (2) on the 1290 Funds’ website at http://www.1290Funds.com (or https://equitable-funds.com/EIM in the case of the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund) and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Because the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund is new, it had not voted any proxies relating to portfolio securities as of the date of this SAI.

Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser currently serves as the investment adviser and the administrator for 1290 Funds. Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIM”), an affiliate of the Adviser, currently serves as the investment adviser for the series of EQ Advisors Trust, an investment company that is registered under the 1940 Act, and as the investment adviser for two private investment trusts that are exempt from such registration. The Adviser serves as the administrator for EQ Advisors Trust. The Adviser and its affiliates (including EIM, Equitable Financial, Equitable Distributors, LLC, Equitable Holdings and AllianceBernstein L.P.) and their respective managers, partners, directors, trustees, officers, and employees (collectively, for purposes of this Conflicts of Interest discussion, “Affiliates”) are insurance and related financial services companies engaged in life insurance, property and casualty insurance and reinsurance activities, as well as asset management, investment banking, securities trading, brokerage, real estate and other financial services activities, providing a broad range of services to a substantial and diverse client base. The broad range of activities, services, and interests of the Adviser and its Affiliates gives rise to actual, potential and/or perceived conflicts of interest, and could introduce certain investment or transactional restrictions, that could disadvantage the Funds and their shareholders.

Certain actual and potential conflicts of interest are discussed below and elsewhere in this SAI. Investors should carefully review these discussions. These discussions are not, and are not intended to be, a complete discussion of all of the actual and potential conflicts of interest that could arise. Additional or unanticipated conflicts of interest could arise from time to time in the ordinary course of the Adviser’s and its Affiliates’ various businesses. The Adviser and 1290 Funds have adopted practices, policies and procedures that are intended to identify, monitor, and mitigate conflicts of interest. These practices, policies and procedures include, among others, information barriers, codes of ethics, pre-clearance and reporting of securities transactions by certain persons, and the use of independent persons to review certain types of transactions. There is no assurance, however, that these practices, policies and procedures will be effective, and these practices, policies and procedures also could limit the Funds’ investment activities and affect their performance.

Certain Conflicts Related to Fees and Compensation

The Adviser and certain of its Affiliates provide services including investment advisory, investment sub-advisory, administration, shareholder servicing, and distribution support services to the Funds and earn fees from these relationships with the Funds. The Adviser and its Affiliates face conflicts of interest when the Funds select affiliated service providers because the Adviser and its Affiliates receive greater compensation when they are used. Although these fees are generally based on asset levels, the fees are not directly contingent on Fund performance and the Adviser and its Affiliates would still receive significant compensation from the Funds even if shareholders lose money. In addition, the Adviser and certain of its Affiliates manage or advise funds or accounts, including the Funds, with different fee rates and/or fee structures. Differences in fee arrangements could create an incentive for the Adviser and/or its Affiliates to favor higher-fee funds or accounts. The Adviser and its Affiliates also face conflicts of interest when the Funds select affiliated service providers because services provided by an affiliated service provider may not be equal to services that could be provided by an unaffiliated service provider.

The Adviser also could have a financial incentive to implement (or not to implement) certain changes to the Funds. For example, the Adviser may, from time to time, rebalance a Fund or recommend a Fund combination or other restructuring. The Adviser will benefit to the extent that a restructuring results in a Fund’s having a higher net advisory fee and/or administration fee payable to the Adviser and/or a Fund’s being sub-advised by an Affiliate of the Adviser (or a greater portion of a Fund’s assets being allocated to an affiliated Sub-Adviser). In addition, the profits derived from the fees payable to the Adviser by a Fund after a restructuring could be higher than the profits derived from the fees payable to the Adviser by the Fund prior to the restructuring. The Adviser will further benefit to the extent that a Fund restructuring eliminates or reduces the Adviser’s obligations under an expense limitation arrangement currently in effect for a Fund. In addition, in certain cases, the Adviser and/or its Affiliates may own a significant amount of shares of a Fund representing the Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ investment of seed money to facilitate the investment operations of the Fund. A Fund restructuring could increase the size of a Fund such that the Adviser and/or its Affiliates could redeem shares held in the Fund representing such seed money investments. Redeeming seed money from a Fund could enable the Adviser or an Affiliate to reduce its costs associated with providing seed money and/or use the proceeds to provide seed money for other funds and products that it manages or is developing or realize other benefits. In addition, since the Adviser pays fees to a Sub-Adviser from the advisory fee that it earns from a Fund, the Adviser will benefit to the extent that a Fund restructuring leads to changes to a sub-advisory fee that result in an increase in the amount of the advisory fee retained by the Adviser.

A Fund may be included in investment models developed by EIM for use by clients and financial advisors. To the extent clients invest in these investment models and increase the assets under management of a Fund, the amount of the advisory fee paid by the Fund to the Adviser could also increase. In addition, the liquidity of a Fund could be impacted by purchases and redemptions of the Fund by model-driven investment portfolios.

In addition, subject to applicable law, the Adviser or its Affiliates may, from time to time and without notice to the Funds’ shareholders, in-source or outsource certain processes or functions in connection with a variety of services that they provide to the Funds in various capacities. Such in-sourcing or outsourcing could give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Certain Conflicts Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates Acting in Multiple Commercial Capacities

The Adviser and/or one or more Affiliates act or may act in various commercial capacities, including as investment manager, investment adviser, administrator, investor, commodity pool operator, underwriter, distributor, transfer agent, insurance company, investment banker, research provider, market maker, trader, lender, agent or principal, and may have direct and indirect interests in securities, commodities, currencies, derivatives and other instruments in which the Funds may directly or indirectly invest. Thus, it is likely that the Funds will have business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from entities with which the Adviser and/or an Affiliate has developed or is trying to develop business relationships or in which the Adviser and/or an Affiliate has significant investments or other interests. For example, the Adviser could have an incentive to hire as a Sub-Adviser or other service provider an entity with which the Adviser or one or more Affiliates have, or would like to have, significant or other business dealings or arrangements. In addition, the Adviser and/or its Affiliates may have business dealings or

arrangements with entities that are significant investors in, or have business relationships with, or provide services to Equitable Holdings, the Adviser’s publicly traded indirect parent company, and these entities could try to influence the Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ existing or other business dealings or arrangements. Furthermore, when Affiliates act in various commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, the Affiliates could take commercial steps in their own interests, which could have an adverse effect on the Funds. The Adviser and/or an Affiliate will have an interest in obtaining fees or other compensation in connection with such activities that are favorable to it, and any fees or other compensation (which could include advisory fees, underwriting or placement fees, financing or commitment fees, and brokerage and other transaction fees) will not be shared with the Funds.

The Adviser and/or its Affiliates also derive ancillary benefits from providing investment advisory, investment sub-advisory, administration, shareholder servicing, and distribution support services to the Funds, and providing such services to the Funds could enhance the Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ relationships with various parties, facilitate additional business development, and enable the Adviser and/or its Affiliates to obtain additional business and generate additional revenue.

Subject to applicable law and regulations, a Fund may enter into transactions in which the Adviser and/or its Affiliates, or companies that are deemed to be affiliates of the Fund (including other Funds of 1290 Funds), may have an interest that potentially conflicts with the interests of the Fund. Such transactions create an opportunity for the Adviser and/or an Affiliate to engage in self-dealing. The Adviser and its Affiliates face a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions, including with respect to a decision to enter into such transactions, as well as with respect to valuation, pricing, and other terms. Any such transactions are executed in accordance with the provisions of Rule 17a-7 and Rule 17e-1, as applicable, under the 1940 Act. Applicable law and regulations also may prevent a Fund from engaging in transactions with an affiliate of the Fund, which may include the Adviser and/or its Affiliates, or from participating in an investment opportunity in which an affiliate of the Fund participates.

The Adviser and/or an Affiliate also faces conflicts of interest if a Fund purchases securities during the existence of an underwriting syndicate of which an Affiliate is a member because the Affiliate typically receives fees for certain services that it provides to the syndicate and, in certain cases, will be relieved directly or indirectly of certain financial obligations as a result of the Fund’s purchase of securities. Any such purchases are executed in accordance with the provisions of Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act.

In addition, as a result of the Adviser’s Affiliates acting in multiple commercial capacities, the Affiliates, from time to time, could come into possession of information about certain markets and investments that, if known to the Adviser or, as applicable, an affiliated Sub-Adviser, could cause the Adviser or, as applicable, the affiliated Sub-Adviser to seek to dispose of, retain, or increase interests in investments held by a Fund, acquire certain positions on behalf of a Fund, or take other actions. The Adviser or, as applicable, an affiliated Sub-Adviser generally will not have access, or will have limited access, to such information, even when it would be relevant to its management of a Fund. Such Affiliates could trade differently from the Funds potentially based on information not available to the Adviser or, as applicable, an affiliated Sub-Adviser. If the Adviser or, as applicable, an affiliated Sub-Adviser acquires or is deemed to acquire material non-public information regarding an issuer, it will be restricted from purchasing or selling securities of that issuer for its clients, including a Fund, until the information has been publicly disclosed or is no longer deemed material.

Certain Conflicts Related to the Use of Sub-Advisers

The Adviser is subject to certain conflicts of interest in connection with recommending the appointment and continued service of Sub-Advisers. Since the Adviser pays fees to the Sub-Advisers from the advisory fees that it earns from the sub-advised Funds, any increase or decrease in the sub-advisory fees negotiated with proposed or current Sub-Advisers will result in a corresponding decrease or increase, respectively, in the amount of the advisory fees retained by the Adviser. If the Adviser is affiliated with a Sub-Adviser, the Adviser will benefit not only from the net advisory fee the Adviser retains, but also from the sub-advisory fee paid by the Adviser to the affiliated Sub-Adviser. The Adviser or its Affiliates also may have distribution relationships with certain Sub-Advisers or their affiliates under which the Sub-Advisers or their affiliates distribute or support the distribution of investment products issued or sold by the Adviser or its Affiliates, which could financially benefit the Adviser and its Affiliates or provide an incentive to the Adviser in selecting one Sub-Adviser over another or a disincentive for the Adviser to recommend the termination of such Sub-Advisers. In addition, the Adviser’s

and/or its Affiliates’ other existing or potential business relationships (e.g., distribution, sub-administration, or custody arrangements), including with Sub-Advisers and/or their affiliates (e.g., relationships between Sub-Advisers and the Adviser’s Affiliates regarding management of other assets), or other financial or personal relationships or investments or other interests, could influence the Adviser’s selection and retention or termination of Sub-Advisers as well as sub-advisory or other fee negotiations.

The Adviser may allocate a Fund’s assets among multiple Sub-Advisers. While the Adviser seeks to allocate a Fund’s assets among the Fund’s Sub-Advisers in a manner that it believes is consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective(s), the Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in allocating the Fund’s assets among Sub-Advisers, including an affiliated Sub-Adviser, because the Adviser pays different fees to the Sub-Advisers and due to other factors that could impact the Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ revenues and/or profits.

The aggregation of assets of multiple Funds or other funds or accounts for purposes of calculating breakpoints in sub-advisory fees could create an incentive for the Adviser to select Sub-Advisers where the selection would serve to lower a sub-advisory fee and possibly increase the advisory fee retained by the Adviser or could provide a disincentive for the Adviser to recommend the termination of a Sub-Adviser from a Fund if the termination would cause the sub-advisory fee payable by the Adviser or an Affiliate to increase on a Fund or other fund or account that aggregates its assets with the Fund. The aggregation of assets, or the potential to aggregate assets, also could influence the Adviser's and/or its Affiliates' sub-advisory or other fee negotiations.

When recommending the appointment or continued service of a Sub-Adviser, the Adviser relies primarily on the qualitative and quantitative factors described in detail in the Prospectus. In addition, the appointment and continued service of a Sub-Adviser are subject to the approval of 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees. Moreover, the Adviser may not enter into a sub-advisory agreement with an Affiliate, such as AllianceBernstein L.P., unless the sub-advisory agreement with the Affiliate, including compensation, is also approved by the affected Fund’s shareholders (in the case of a new Fund, the initial sole shareholder of the Fund, typically the Adviser or an Affiliate, may provide this approval).

In addition, a Sub-Adviser or its affiliates or an officer, director, shareholder or employee (including a Sub-Adviser’s portfolio managers) or any member of their families may or may not have an interest (including personal investments, either directly through personal investment accounts or indirectly through funds and accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser) in the securities or other instruments whose purchase or sale the Sub-Adviser recommends to a Fund that it sub-advises. A Sub-Adviser or its affiliates or an officer, director, shareholder or employee (including a Sub-Adviser’s portfolio managers) or any member of their families also may take actions different from those recommended to a Fund by the Sub-Adviser with respect to the same securities or other instruments. Moreover, a Sub-Adviser may refrain from, or may be precluded from, rendering advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of its (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees (including a Sub-Adviser’s portfolio managers) are officers or directors, or companies as to which the Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or their respective officers, directors or employees (including a Sub-Adviser’s portfolio managers) have a substantial economic interest or possess confidential or material non-public information. To the extent a Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures prohibit a client account (e.g., a Fund) from trading in certain securities or other instruments during certain periods of time (e.g., “black-out periods”), the account could be negatively impacted and the account’s performance may not be what it would have been if the account was permitted to engage in such transactions. In addition, in the event that any of a Sub-Adviser’s officers, directors or employees (including a Sub-Adviser’s portfolio managers) are officers or directors of

another company, they have fiduciary and other obligations to both such entities and/or their clients that could give rise to a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and/or responsibilities. In such a situation, if the Sub-Adviser recommends the purchase or sale of the securities or other instruments of such other company to a Fund that it sub-advises, the conflict of interest could have an adverse effect on the Fund and could benefit such officer, director or employee, the Sub-Adviser, and/or the other company.

Each Sub-Adviser has adopted practices, policies and procedures that are intended to identify, monitor, and mitigate conflicts of interest. There is no assurance, however, that a Sub-Adviser’s practices, policies and procedures will be effective, and a Sub-Adviser’s practices, policies and procedures also could limit the investment activities of a Fund that it sub-advises and affect the Fund’s performance. A Sub-Adviser and/or its affiliates also could derive ancillary benefits from providing investment sub-advisory services to a Fund, and providing such services to a Fund could enhance the Sub-Adviser’s and/or its affiliates’ relationships with various parties, facilitate additional business development, and enable the Sub-Adviser and/or its affiliates to obtain additional business and generate additional revenue. Please see Appendix B for a further discussion of Sub-Adviser conflicts of interest.

Certain Conflicts Related to the Funds of Funds Structure

The Adviser’s selection of Underlying ETFs could have a positive or negative impact on its (or its Affiliates’) revenues and/or profits. The Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ other existing or potential business relationships (e.g., distribution, sub-administration, or custody arrangements), including with investment advisers to Underlying ETFs, or other financial or personal relationships, could influence the Adviser’s selection of Underlying ETFs. In addition, one or more Affiliates may invest (e.g., through its general account or separate accounts) in ETFs that are also held by the Funds, which could influence the Adviser’s ETF investment decisions. The Adviser’s selection of Underlying ETFs also could positively or negatively impact its obligations under the Expense Limitation Agreement and its ability to recoup previous waivers or payments made under the Expense Limitation Agreement.

Certain Conflicts Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates Acting for Multiple Clients

The Adviser and certain of its Affiliates manage or advise other funds and accounts that have investment objectives and strategies that are similar to those of the Funds and/or that engage in and compete for transactions in the same types of securities and instruments as the Funds. Such transactions could affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments in which a Fund invests, directly or indirectly, and could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s performance. For example, when another fund or account managed or advised by the Adviser or an Affiliate implements a portfolio decision or strategy ahead of, or at the same time as, similar portfolio decisions or strategies for one or more Funds, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in a Fund receiving less favorable investment results, and the costs of implementing such portfolio decisions or strategies could be increased or a Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. The Adviser and certain of its Affiliates also manage or advise other funds and accounts that have investment objectives and strategies that differ from, or may be contrary to, those of the Funds. Other funds and accounts could buy or sell positions while a Fund is undertaking the same or a different, including potentially opposite, strategy, which could disadvantage or adversely affect a Fund. A position taken by the Adviser and/or its Affiliates on behalf of one or more other funds or accounts could be contrary to a position taken on behalf of a Fund or could be adverse to a company or issuer in which a Fund has invested. For example, the Adviser and/or its Affiliates may advise other funds or accounts with respect to different parts of the capital structure of the same issuer, or with respect to classes of securities that are subordinate or senior to securities, in which a Fund invests. As a result, the Adviser and/or its Affiliates could pursue or enforce rights or activities, or refrain from pursuing or enforcing rights or activities, on behalf of other funds and accounts with respect to a particular issuer in which one or more Funds have invested. In addition, the Adviser could pursue, or refrain from pursuing, on behalf of one or more of the Funds, class action litigation that may be adverse to the interests of certain of the Adviser’s Affiliates.

A Fund’s performance will usually differ from the performance of other funds or accounts that are also managed or advised by the Adviser or its Affiliates even in cases where the investment objectives and strategies of the relevant funds or accounts are similar. The Adviser and certain of its Affiliates may give advice to, or take actions with respect to, other funds or accounts that could compete or conflict with advice the Adviser may give to, or actions the Adviser may take with respect to, the Funds. In addition, when the Adviser and/or its Affiliates seek to buy or sell the same security or

instrument on behalf of more than one fund or account, including a Fund, the Adviser and/or its Affiliates could have an incentive to allocate more favorable trades to certain funds or accounts, including a Fund. (For additional information about the Adviser’s trade aggregation and allocation policies, please see the section of the SAI entitled “Brokerage Allocation and Other Strategies.”) It is possible that a Fund could sustain losses during periods in which one or more other funds or accounts that are managed or advised by the Adviser or its Affiliates achieve significant gains. The opposite result is also possible.

In addition, the Adviser or, as applicable, an affiliated Sub-Adviser may restrict the investment policies or the design of a Fund or its investment decisions and activities on behalf of a Fund in various circumstances, including as a result of regulatory or other restrictions applicable to one or more Affiliates, internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions, and/or potential reputational risk in connection with funds or accounts (including the Funds). For example, if the Adviser and/or its Affiliates come into possession of material non-public information regarding other funds or accounts that are also managed or advised by the Adviser or its Affiliates, they may be prohibited by legal and regulatory constraints, or internal policies and procedures, from using that information in connection with transactions made on behalf of the Funds. In addition, potential conflicts of interest exist when the Adviser and/or its Affiliates maintain certain overall limitations on investments in securities or other instruments due to, among other things, investment restrictions imposed on the Adviser and/or its Affiliates by law, regulation (for example, banking or insurance regulations), mechanisms imposed by certain issuers (for example, poison pills), or the Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ own internal policies (including, for example, for risk management purposes). Certain of these restrictions could impose limits on the aggregate amount of investments that may be made by affiliated investors. In these circumstances, the Adviser or, as applicable, an affiliated Sub-Adviser could be precluded from purchasing securities or other instruments (that it might otherwise purchase) for a Fund if the purchase would cause the Fund and its affiliated investors to exceed an applicable limit, or the Adviser or, as applicable, an affiliated Sub-Adviser could be required to sell securities or other instruments (that it might otherwise prefer that a Fund hold) in order to comply with such a limit. In addition, aggregate investment limitations could cause dispersion among funds and accounts managed or advised by the Adviser and/or its Affiliates with similar investment objectives and strategies.

Shareholders also should be aware that 1290 Funds’ Chief Executive Officer and other principal officers are also principals and/or employees and/or board members of the Adviser and/or its Affiliates, and these principals and employees and board members have obligations to such other entities and/or their clients, and could come into possession of information, that could give rise to a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and/or responsibilities, which could have an adverse effect on a Fund and could benefit the Adviser and/or its Affiliates. For example, 1290 Funds’ Chief Executive Officer serves as Chief Investment Officer for Equitable Financial, and certain of 1290 Funds’ other principal officers hold executive positions, including in operations, legal, and compliance, with the Adviser and/or its Affiliates. In addition, certain senior officers of the Adviser serve in similar capacities for EIM, which could give rise to conflicts of interest. For additional information about the principal occupations of 1290 Funds’ Chief Executive Officer and other principal officers (including positions held with the Adviser and/or its Affiliates), please see the section of the SAI entitled “Management of the 1290 Funds.”

Certain Conflicts Related to the Joint Use of Vendors and Other Service Providers

Certain service providers to the Funds (including sub-advisers, accountants, custodians, attorneys, lenders, bankers, brokers, security lending agents, consultants and investment or commercial banking firms) provide goods and services to, or have business, personal, financial or other relationships with, the Adviser and/or its Affiliates. Such service providers could be clients of the Adviser and/or its Affiliates, sources of investment opportunities, co-investors or commercial counterparties or entities in which the Adviser and/or its Affiliates have an investment or other interest. In addition, certain employees of the Adviser and/or its Affiliates and/or the Trustees of 1290 Funds could have immediate family members or other relatives or friends employed by or serving as board members of such service providers. These relationships could have the appearance of affecting or could potentially affect the Adviser in deciding whether to select or recommend such service providers to perform services for the Funds or to terminate such service providers. These relationships also could have the appearance of affecting or could potentially affect the Adviser's and/or its Affiliates' fee negotiations as well as their investment decisions and activities, including on behalf of a Fund.

Certain Conflicts Related to Proxy Voting

The Adviser and the Sub-Advisers have implemented policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that they make on behalf of their clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with their fiduciary obligations to their clients. Notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions made by the Adviser and/or the Sub-Advisers in respect of securities held by the Funds could have the effect of favoring the interests of the Adviser and/or its Affiliates and/or the Sub-Advisers and/or funds or accounts other than the Funds; provided, that the Adviser and/or the Sub-Advisers believe such voting decisions to be in accordance with their fiduciary obligations. Actual proxy voting decisions made by the Adviser and/or the Sub-Advisers in respect of securities held by the Funds also could have the effect of favoring the Adviser's and/or its Affiliates' other existing or potential business relationships (e.g., with investment advisers to Underlying ETFs). In addition, it is possible that the Adviser’s Affiliates may invest in the same securities held by the Funds. The Adviser’s Affiliates may have different proxy voting policies and procedures and, as a result, the Adviser could vote differently than its Affiliates. Please see Appendix C to this SAI for 1290 Funds’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. A description of the proxy voting policies and procedures that each Sub-Adviser uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to a sub-advised Fund’s portfolio securities is included in Appendix C to this SAI.

Certain Conflicts Related to Securities Lending

A Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, other financial institutions and other eligible persons in order to earn additional income on those securities. Certain of the sub-advisers to the sub-advised series of EQ Advisors Trust (or affiliates of these sub-advisers) are approved borrowers under the Funds' securities lending program, and certain of these sub-advisers or their affiliates manage money market funds that are approved for the reinvestment of cash collateral received by a Fund in securities lending transactions.

Certain securities loan termination practices have the potential to benefit corporate shareholders and could have an adverse impact on a lending Fund. During the time a portfolio security is on loan, if the issuer of the security makes an interest or dividend payment, the borrower pays the lending Fund a substitute payment equal to any interest or dividends the lending Fund would have received directly from the issuer of the security had the Fund not loaned the security. When a lending Fund receives dividends directly from domestic or certain foreign corporations, a portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to its shareholders and attributable to those dividends (but not the portion attributable to substitute payments) may be eligible for: (i) treatment as “qualified dividend income” in the hands of individuals, or (ii) the dividends-received deduction in the hands of corporate shareholders. Please see the section of the SAI entitled “Taxation.” The Adviser has implemented processes to ensure that a Fund does not engage in securities loan termination practices that would cause the Fund to terminate a securities loan - and forgo any income on the loan after the termination - in anticipation of a dividend payment.

Certain Conflicts Related to Personal Securities Transactions

The Adviser and its Affiliates, including their respective managers, partners, directors, trustees, officers, and employees, the Trustees of 1290 Funds, and a Sub-Adviser and its affiliates face conflicts of interest when transacting in securities for their own accounts because they could benefit by trading in the same securities as a Fund, which could have an adverse effect on a Fund. In addition, the Adviser and its Affiliates, including their respective managers, partners, directors, trustees, officers, and employees, the Trustees of 1290 Funds, and a Sub-Adviser and its affiliates could acquire material non-public information regarding individual securities in connection with their official duties. 1290 Funds, the Adviser (including in its capacity as the Administrator), each Sub-Adviser, and the Distributor each have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that imposes certain restrictions on securities transactions in the personal accounts of covered persons to help avoid conflicts of interest.

Certain Conflicts Related to the Valuation of the Funds’ Investments

There is an inherent conflict of interest where the Adviser or its Affiliates value, or provide any assistance in connection with the valuation of, the Funds’ investments and the Adviser or its Affiliates are receiving a fee based on the value of such investments. Overvaluing certain positions held by the Funds will inflate the value of the investments as well as the

100

performance record of the Funds, which would likely increase the fees payable to the Adviser and/or its Affiliates. As a result, there could be circumstances where the Adviser has an incentive to determine valuations that are higher than the actual fair value of investments.

Certain Conflicts Related to Trade Errors and Other Operational Mistakes

Trade errors and other operational mistakes occasionally occur in connection with the Adviser’s or an Affiliate’s management of funds and accounts, including the Funds. Trade errors and other operational mistakes can result from a variety of situations, including situations involving portfolio management (e.g., inadvertent violation of investment restrictions), trading, processing, or other functions (e.g., miscommunication of information, such as wrong number of shares, wrong price, wrong account, calling a transaction a buy rather than a sell and vice versa, etc.). The Adviser’s policies and procedures generally do not require perfect implementation of investment management decisions or trading, processing, or other functions performed by the Adviser. Therefore, depending on the facts and circumstances, not all mistakes will be considered compensable to an impacted fund or account, including a Fund. The Adviser or an Affiliate, including an affiliated Sub-Adviser, could face a potential conflict of interest when the Adviser identifies a trade error or other operational mistake that is considered compensable to an impacted Fund and the Adviser or an Affiliate, including an affiliated Sub-Adviser, is responsible for compensating the Fund.

The Adviser’s policies and procedures require that all trade errors affecting a Fund’s account be resolved promptly and fairly. Further, any transaction relating to the disposition of a trading error in which the Adviser’s own interests are placed before those of a Fund is prohibited. The Adviser will not use Fund assets to correct a trading error.

Certain Conflicts Related to Brokerage Transactions, including with Affiliates

To the extent permitted by applicable law and in accordance with procedures established by 1290 Funds’ Board, the Funds may engage in brokerage transactions with brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser or its Affiliates, including Bernstein Institutional Services, LLC, Sub-Advisers, brokers who are affiliates of such Sub-Advisers, or unaffiliated brokers who trade or clear through affiliates of the Adviser or the Sub-Advisers. A Fund’s portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the Sub-Advisers’ selection of the brokers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Fund. The Adviser’s and/or its Affiliates’ other existing or potential business relationships, including with Sub-Advisers, or other financial or personal relationships, could create an incentive for a Fund’s portfolio managers, in the selection process, to favor certain brokers, including affiliated brokers. The Adviser and the Funds’ Sub-Advisers, as appropriate, seek to obtain the best net price and execution on all orders placed for the Funds, considering all the circumstances. Any such transactions with an affiliated broker are executed in accordance with the provisions of Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act. For additional information about brokerage transactions, including with affiliates, please see the section of this SAI entitled “Brokerage Allocation and Other Strategies.”

Certain Conflicts Related to Distributions of Assets Other Than Cash

With respect to redemptions from the Funds, the Funds may, in certain circumstances, have discretion to decide whether to permit or limit redemptions and whether to make distributions in connection with redemptions in the form of securities or other assets, and in such case, the composition of such distributions. In making such decisions, the Adviser could have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities with respect to redeeming shareholders (which, in certain cases, could be funds-of-funds advised by the Adviser or an Affiliate) and remaining shareholders.

Certain Conflicts Related to Gifts and Entertainment, Political Contributions, and Outside Business Activities

The code of ethics adopted by 1290 Funds and the Adviser contains a policy to address the conflicts of interest related to the giving or receipt of gifts and/or entertainment to or from clients, intermediaries, current or potential Sub-Advisers, or current or potential service providers or third-party vendors to the Funds or the Adviser or its Affiliates, which could have the appearance of affecting or could potentially affect the judgment of covered persons or the manner in which they conduct business. The policy requires the reporting and/or pre-clearance of gifts, meals and entertainment given or received that exceeds certain thresholds. The Adviser also has adopted a policy that prohibits covered persons from making any direct or indirect political contribution to any political party, elected official or candidate with the intention of soliciting or maintaining investment advisory business for the Adviser. Further, given the nature of the Adviser’s business,

101

its duties to its clients and the role of investment advisory professionals generally, covered persons who engage in outside business activities could face numerous conflicts of interest. Outside business activities include, but are not limited to, service as an officer, employee or member of the board of another organization whether affiliated or unaffiliated with the Adviser, consulting engagements, and public and charitable positions. To avoid such conflicts, covered persons must receive pre-approval from the compliance department prior to pursuing any outside business activities. Actual and potential conflicts of interest are analyzed during the pre-clearance and pre-approval processes.

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares

Information concerning purchase and redemption of shares of the Funds, as well as information concerning computation of net asset value per share is set forth in the Prospectus.

Each Fund, except the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund, has three separate classes of shares: Class A, Class I and Class R shares. The 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund has one class of shares: Class E shares. Each class of shares of a Fund represents an identical interest in the investment portfolio of that Fund and has the same rights, except that: (i) each class may bear differing amounts of certain class-specific expenses, (ii) Class A shares are subject to an initial sales charge, (iii) Class A and Class R shares are subject to an ongoing distribution fee and service fee, (iv) the Class A and Class R shares have exclusive voting rights with respect to matters related to distribution and servicing expenditures; (v) Class I and Class E shares are not subject to any sales charge or any distribution, account maintenance or service fee, (vi) the classes have separate exchange privileges, and (vii) the classes have separate conversion features. In addition, the income attributable to each class and the dividends payable on the shares of each class will be reduced by the amount of the distribution fee or service fee, if any, payable by that class. The distribution-related fees paid with respect to any class will not be used to finance the distribution expenditures of another class. Sales personnel may receive different compensation for selling different classes of shares.

Fund shares are purchased at the net asset value next determined, plus the applicable sales charge, after the application for the purchase of shares is received by the 1290 Funds’ transfer agent, DST (the “Transfer Agent”), or approved financial intermediaries. The sales charge may be imposed at the time of purchase (Class A shares) or may be deferred (Class A shares purchased in the amount of $1,000,000 or more if held for less than 12 months). Purchases can be made through most investment dealers who, as part of the service they provide, must transmit orders promptly.

Exemptions from Class A CDSC

No contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) will be imposed when a shareholder redeems Class A shares in the following instances: (a) shares or amounts representing increases in the value of an account above the net cost of the investment due to increases in the net asset value per share; (b) shares acquired through reinvestment of income dividends or other distributions; (c) shares acquired by exchange from any Fund of the 1290 Funds where the exchanged shares would not have been subject to a CDSC upon redemption; and (d) shares purchased in the amount of $1,000,000 or more if held for more than 12 months.

In determining whether the Class A CDSC is payable, it will be assumed that shares that are not subject to a CDSC are redeemed first and that other shares are then redeemed in the order purchased. No CDSC will be imposed on exchanges to purchase shares of another Fund of the 1290 Funds although a CDSC will be imposed on shares (when redeemed) of the acquired fund purchased by exchange of shares subject to a CDSC. The holding period of shares subject to a CDSC that are exchanged will be deemed to commence as of the date of the initial investment.

Special Fiduciary Relationships

The CDSC will not apply with respect to purchases of Class A shares for which the selling dealer is not permitted to receive a sales load or redemption fee imposed on a shareholder with whom such dealer has a fiduciary relationship in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and regulations thereunder. In accordance with the provisions of the CDSC exemption, such dealer agrees to the reimbursement provision described below and no sales charge will be imposed on sales. In addition, the Distributor will pay to the selling dealer a commission described in the Prospectus. In the event of a redemption of any such shares within 12 months of purchase, the selling dealer will reimburse the Distributor for the amount of commission paid, less the amount of the distribution fee with respect to such shares.

102

Services for Investors

For the convenience of investors, the following plans are available. Investors should realize that none of these plans can guarantee profit or insure against loss.

Automatic Reinvestment Plan.

All shareholders, unless they request otherwise, are enrolled in the Automatic Reinvestment Plan under which all dividends and other distributions on their shares are automatically reinvested in shares of the same class of the distributing Fund(s), in each case at the net asset value per share computed on the record date of the distribution. The Automatic Reinvestment Plan may be terminated by participants or by the 1290 Funds at any time. No sales charge is applied upon reinvestment of distributions.

Automatic Bank Draft Plan.

An Automatic Bank Draft Plan is available for investors who wish to purchase shares of one or more of the funds in amounts of $50 or more on a regular basis by having the amount of the investment automatically deducted from the investor’s checking account. The minimum initial investment for this Plan is $500 for Class A shares. Forms authorizing this service for eligible classes of shares are available from the 1290 Funds. The Automatic Bank Draft Plan is not available for Class R, Class I and Class E shares.

Letter of Intent Investments.

Any investor may execute a Letter of Intent covering purchases of Class A shares of a Fund, at the public offering price, to be made within a period of 13 months. A reduced sales charge may be applicable to the total dollar amount of Class A shares purchased in the 13-month period. The minimum initial investment under a Letter of Intent is 5% of the amount indicated in the Letter of Intent. Class A shares purchased with the first 5% of such amount will be held in escrow (while remaining registered in the name of the investor) to secure payment of the higher sales charge applicable to the shares actually purchased if the full amount indicated is not purchased, and such escrowed shares will be involuntarily redeemed to pay the additional sales charge, if necessary. When the full amount indicated has been purchased, the escrow will be released.

Investors wishing to enter into a Letter of Intent in conjunction with their investment in Class A shares of the Funds should complete the appropriate portion of the new account application.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

Investors may elect a systematic withdrawal plan under which a fixed sum of at least $500 will be paid quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Investors must have at least $10,000 in their account to participate in the plan. Shares in the plan are held on deposit in non-certificate form, and any dividends from investment income and other capital gain distributions are invested in additional shares of the same class of the distributing Fund(s) at net asset value. Shares in the plan account are then redeemed at net asset value to make each withdrawal payment. Redemptions for the purpose of withdrawals are made on or about the 15th day of the month of payment at that day’s closing net asset value and checks are mailed within five days of the redemption date. Such dividends and other distributions are subject to taxation. See the “Taxation” section of this SAI.

Since withdrawal payments may include a return of principal, redemptions for the purpose of making such payments may reduce or even use up the investment, depending upon the size of the payments and the fluctuations of the market price of the underlying Fund securities. For this reason, the payments cannot be considered as a yield of income on the investment.

Exchange Privilege.

Class A, Class I and Class R shares of a Fund generally may be exchanged for shares of the same class of any other Fund of 1290 Funds.

103

The minimum initial investment rules applicable to a Fund apply to any exchange where the exchange results in a new account being opened in such Fund. Exchanges into existing accounts are not subject to a minimum amount.

Shares of a Fund that are not subject to a CDSC will be processed at the net asset value next determined after the Transfer Agent or approved financial intermediary receives your exchange request. Shares of a Fund that are subject to a CDSC will be exchangeable on the basis of the relative net asset value per share without payment of any CDSC which might otherwise be due upon redemption of the shares of the Fund. For purposes of computing the CDSC that may be payable upon a disposition of the shares acquired in the exchange, the holding period for the previously owned shares of the Fund is “tacked” onto the holding period for the newly acquired shares of the other Fund. The exchange feature may be modified or discontinued at any time, upon notice to shareholders in accordance with applicable rules adopted by the SEC. Your exchange may be processed only if the shares of the Fund to be acquired are eligible for sale in your state and if the exchange privilege may be legally offered in your state.

An exchange represents the redemption of shares of one Fund which may produce a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes, and the purchase of shares of another Fund.

Redemptions — General

Payment for redeemed shares is ordinarily made within seven days after receipt by the Transfer Agent of redemption instructions in proper form. The redemption privilege may be suspended or payment may be postponed for more than seven days during any period when: (1) the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed other than for customary weekend or holiday closings or trading thereon is restricted as determined by the SEC; (2) an emergency, as defined by the SEC, exists making trading of portfolio securities or valuation of net assets not reasonably practicable; or (3) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension or delay. The 1290 Funds reserves the right to redeem an account at its option upon not less than 60 days’ notice to a shareholder if an account’s net asset value is $500 or less and remains so during the notice period.

Redemptions In Kind

The 1290 Funds’ organizational documents provide that it may redeem its shares in kind. The 1290 Funds has elected, pursuant to Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, to commit itself to pay in cash all requests for redemption by any shareholder of record, limited in amount with respect to each shareholder during any 90- day period to the lesser of: (i) $250,000; or (ii) 1% of the net asset value of the 1290 Funds at the beginning of such period. Securities distributed in kind are subject to market risk until sold and shareholders may incur brokerage or other costs and taxable capital gains when converting those securities to cash.

Determination of Net Asset Value

The 1290 Funds will offer and sell its shares for cash or securities at a price based on each Fund’s net asset value per share, which will be determined in the manner set forth below. Shares of a Fund will be issued to a shareholder upon receipt of consideration.

The net asset value of the shares of each class of each Fund normally will be determined once daily, immediately after the declaration of dividends, if any, at the close of business on each business day as defined below. The net asset value per share of each class of a Fund will be computed by dividing the sum of the investments held by that Fund applicable to that class plus any cash or other assets, minus all liabilities, by the total number of outstanding shares of that class of the Fund at such time. All expenses borne by each Fund and each of its classes will be accrued daily.

The net asset value per share of each Fund will be determined and computed as follows, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and consistent with the 1940 Act:

•

The assets belonging to each Fund will include (i) all consideration received by the 1290 Funds for the issue or sale of shares of that particular Fund, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, (ii) all income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, (iii) any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, and (iv) “General Items,” if any, allocated to that Fund. “General Items” include any assets, income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof, funds, or payments that are not readily identifiable as belonging

104

to any particular Fund. General Items will be allocated in a manner or pursuant to procedures that the 1290 Funds’ Board considers fair and equitable.

•

The liabilities belonging to each Fund will include (i) the liabilities of the 1290 Funds in respect of that Fund, (ii) all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that Fund, and (iii) any general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves of the 1290 Funds which are not readily identifiable as belonging to any particular Fund which have been allocated in a manner or pursuant to procedures that the 1290 Funds’ Board considers fair and equitable.

The value of each Fund is normally determined at the close of business on each “business day.” Generally, this would be at the close of regular trading on the NYSE on days the NYSE is open for trading (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). In the event of an emergency or other disruption in trading on the NYSE, the value of each Fund would still normally be determined as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth (observed), Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Values are determined according to accepted accounting practices and all laws and regulations that apply. A Fund generally values its investments based upon their last reported sale prices, market quotations, or estimates of value provided by an independent pricing service as of the time as of which the Fund’s share price is calculated. Generally, the assets of each Fund are valued as follows:

•

Stocks listed on national securities exchanges (including securities issued by ETFs) are valued at the last quoted sale price or official closing price, or, if there is no sale or official closing price, at the latest available bid price provided by a pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market will be valued using the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). Generally, the NOCP will be the last sale price unless the reported trade for the security is outside the range of the bid/ask price. In such cases, the NOCP will be normalized to the nearer of the bid or ask price. Other unlisted stocks are valued at their last sale price or official closing price or, if there is no reported sale during the day or official closing price, at a bid price estimated by a broker.

•

Foreign securities not traded directly, or in ADRs or similar form, in the U.S. are valued at most recent sales or bid price from the primary exchange in the currency of the country of origin. Foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollar equivalent at current exchange rates. Because foreign securities sometimes trade on days when a Fund’s shares are not priced, the value of the Fund’s investment that includes such securities may change on days when shares of the Fund cannot be purchased or redeemed.

•

U.S. Treasury securities and other obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, corporate bonds and notes are generally valued on the basis of prices provided by an approved pricing service. The pricing services may utilize many inputs that are observable in making evaluations which may include, but are not limited to, trading activity for similar securities, issuer details, yields, default rates, credit spreads, quoted prices and any developments related to the specific securities. However, when the price of the securities cannot be obtained from an approved pricing service, such securities are generally valued at a bid price estimated by a broker. Debt securities with original or remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost.

•

Convertible preferred stocks listed on national securities exchanges or included on the Nasdaq Stock Market are valued as of their last sale price or official closing price or, if there is no sale, at the latest available bid price.

•

Convertible bonds, and unlisted convertible preferred stocks, are valued at prices obtained from a pricing service for such instruments or, if a pricing service price is not available, at bid prices obtained from one or more of the major dealers in such bonds or stocks. Convertible bonds may be matrix-priced based upon the conversion value to the underlying common stocks and market premiums.

•

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are valued at prices obtained from an approved pricing service

105

where available, or at a bid price obtained from one or more of the major dealers in such securities. If a quoted price is unavailable, an equivalent yield or yield spread quotes will be obtained from a broker and converted to a price.

•

Exchange traded options are valued at their last sale price or, if not available, the bid price. Options not traded on an exchange or not actively traded are valued according to fair value methods. The market value of a put or call option will usually reflect, among other factors, the market price of the underlying security.

•

Futures contracts are valued at their last settlement price or, if there is no sale, at the latest available bid price.

•

Forward foreign exchange contracts are valued by interpolating between the forward and spot currency rates as quoted by a pricing service as of a designated hour on the valuation date.

•

Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements are valued at original cost (par) plus accrued interest. Other pricing methods such as amortized cost may be utilized depending on the features of the instrument.

•

Centrally cleared swaps are priced using the value determined by the central counterparty at the end of the day, which price may be provided to the Funds by an approved pricing service. With respect to over-the-counter swaps and centrally cleared swaps where the central counterparty price is unavailable, a price provided by an approved pricing service will be used. Central counterparties and approved pricing services may utilize evaluation techniques including pricing models to provide pricing information.

•

Shares of open end mutual funds (other than ETFs) held by any Fund will be valued at the net asset value of the shares of such funds as described in such funds’ prospectuses.

Pricing services may use, without limitation, a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specified inputs and assumptions. This may result in the securities being valued at a price different from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used. Pricing services generally value fixed income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but a Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots often trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. A Fund’s ability to value its investment may also be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third-party service providers.

The Adviser has developed a process to approve independent pricing services used by the Funds and to periodically review information provided by independent pricing services for all types of securities.

Pursuant to applicable law, the Board of Trustees of the 1290 Funds has designated the Adviser as the Funds' valuation designee. As the Funds' valuation designee, and subject to the Board's oversight, the Adviser is responsible for determining in good faith the fair value of Fund investments for which market quotations are not readily available or are believed by the Adviser to be unreliable. In these circumstances, the Fund may use a fair value estimate made according to methods the Adviser has approved in the good-faith belief that the resulting valuation will reflect the fair value of the security. For example, a security whose trading has been halted during the trading day may be fair valued based on the available information at the time of the close of the trading market. A Fund may also use these methods to value certain types of illiquid securities and instruments. Some methods for valuing these securities may include: fundamental analysis (earnings multiple, etc.), matrix pricing, discounts from market prices of similar securities, or discounts applied due to the nature and duration of restrictions on the disposition of the securities. In addition, if events or circumstances affecting the values of portfolio securities occur between the closing of their principal markets and the time a Fund’s net asset value is determined, such as with respect to foreign securities trading on foreign exchanges that may close before the time the net asset value is determined, the Adviser may ascertain a fair value for such securities when it deems that the event or circumstance would materially affect such Fund’s net asset value. Such events or circumstances may be company specific, such as an earning report, country or region specific, such as a natural disaster, or global in nature. Such events or circumstances also may include price movements in the U.S. securities markets.

106

The effect of fair value pricing is that securities may not be priced on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, but rather may be priced by a fair valuation method established by the Adviser that relies on other available pricing inputs. As such, fair value pricing is based on subjective judgments and it is possible that the valuations reached may differ materially from the value realized on a sale and from the prices used by other registered funds to calculate their net asset values. The fair value pricing policy is intended to assure that a Fund's net asset value fairly reflects security values as of the time of pricing. In certain circumstances, fair valuation of a Fund’s securities can help to protect the Fund by reducing arbitrage opportunities available to short-term traders, but there is no assurance that fair value pricing will completely prevent dilution of the Fund’s net asset value by such traders.

Taxation

Qualification for Treatment as a RIC

Each Fund is treated for federal tax purposes as a separate corporation. The 1290 Funds intends that each Fund will qualify (in the case of a Fund that had not completed a taxable year at the date of this SAI) or continue to qualify each taxable year to be treated as a RIC (that is, a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Code). By doing so, a Fund (but not its shareholders) will be relieved of federal income tax on the part of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally of net investment income, the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and net gains and losses from certain foreign currency transactions, if any, all determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid) and realized net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) that it distributes to its shareholders. Such qualification does not involve supervision of management or investment practices or policies by any governmental agency or bureau.

To qualify or continue to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a Fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its investment company taxable income and (ii) 90% of its tax-exempt interest, if any (“Distribution Requirement”) and must meet several additional requirements. With respect to each Fund, these requirements include the following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains (without regard to losses) from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or those currencies (“Qualifying Income”), and (b) net income from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (defined below) (“QPTP”) (“Income Requirement”); and (2) at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with these other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a Fund’s total assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities (equity securities of QPTPs being considered voting securities for these purposes), and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in (i) the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, (ii) the securities (other than securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers a Fund controls (by owning 20% or more of their voting power) that are determined to be engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (iii) the securities of one or more QPTPs (collectively, “Diversification Requirements”). A QPTP is defined as a “publicly traded partnership” (generally, a partnership the interests in which are “traded on an established securities market” or are “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)”) other than a partnership at least 90% of the gross income of which consists of Qualifying Income.

If a Fund failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC for any taxable year — either (1) by failing to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, even if it satisfied the Income and Diversification Requirements, or (2) by failing to satisfy one or more of the other requirements and was unable, or determined not to, avail itself of Code provisions that enable a RIC to cure a failure to satisfy any of the Income and Diversification Requirements as long as the failure “is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect” and the RIC pays a deductible tax calculated in accordance with those provisions and meets certain other requirements — then for federal income tax purposes it would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on its taxable income for that year without being able to deduct the distributions it makes to its shareholders. In addition, for those purposes all those distributions, including distributions of net capital gain, would be taxable to its shareholders as dividends to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. For individual and certain other non-corporate shareholders (each, a “non-corporate shareholder”) who meet certain holding period requirements, those dividends would be taxable

107

as “qualified dividend income” (as defined in the Prospectus) and thus subject to federal income tax at the rates for net capital gain — a maximum of 15% for a single shareholder with taxable income not exceeding $545,500 ($613,700 for married shareholders filing jointly) and 20% for non-corporate shareholders with taxable income exceeding those respective amounts, which apply for 2026 and will be adjusted for inflation annually thereafter. In the case of corporate shareholders that meet certain holding period and other requirements regarding their Fund shares, all or part of those dividends would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying for RIC treatment.

General Tax Treatment of Shareholders

For United States federal income tax purposes, distributions paid out of a Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will generally be taxable as ordinary dividend income.

Distributions of net capital gain, if any, reported as capital gains dividends are taxable to a shareholder as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long the shareholder has held Fund shares. (Net capital gain is the excess (if any) of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, and investment company taxable income is all taxable income and capital gains, other than those gains and losses included in computing net capital gain, after reduction by deductible expenses.) A Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who will be treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will: (i) be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain; (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain; and (iii) increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Dividends and other distributions by a Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made, even if the income was received and capital appreciation and capital gain recognition occurred prior to a shareholder’s purchase of Fund shares and, therefore, was included in the Fund’s NAV and in the purchase price paid by the shareholder.

Dividends and other distributions a Fund declares in October, November, or December of any year that are payable to shareholders of record on a date in any of those months are deemed to have been paid by the Fund and received by the shareholders on December 31 of that year if the Fund pays the distributions during the following January. Accordingly, those distributions are taxed to shareholders for the year in which that December 31 falls.

A shareholder’s basis in Fund shares will be determined in accordance with the Funds’ default method, which is average basis, unless the shareholder affirmatively elects in writing (which may be electronic) to use a different acceptable basis determination method (e.g., a specific identification method). The method a Fund shareholder elects (or the default method) with respect to a redemption (including a redemption that is part of an exchange) of Fund shares may not be changed after the settlement date of the redemption.

In addition to the requirement to report the gross proceeds from a redemption of shares, each Fund (or its administrative agent) must report to the IRS and furnish to its shareholders the basis information for shares that are redeemed and indicate whether they had a short-term (one year or less) or long-term (more than one year) holding period. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the best IRS-accepted basis determination method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the basis reporting law applies to them.

Distributions of a Fund’s “investment company taxable income” to non-U.S. shareholders (including interest income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) will generally be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) as dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. shareholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States of the non-U.S. shareholder. In the case of such effectively connected income, the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons, plus, in certain cases where the non-U.S. shareholder is a corporation, a branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty), and the Fund will not be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax if the non-U.S. shareholder complies with applicable certification and

108

disclosure requirements. Exemptions from the 30% withholding tax are provided for dividends properly designated as interest related dividends or as short-term capital gain dividends paid by a Fund with respect to its qualified net interest income or qualified short-term gain.

A non-U.S. shareholder should provide an applicable Form W-8 to claim any available treaty benefits. Foreign governments and certain types of foreign tax-exempt organizations that provide a properly completed Form W-8EXP would be exempt from the withholding tax.

Actual or deemed distributions of a Fund’s net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses) to a non-U.S. shareholder, and gains realized by a non-U.S. shareholder upon the sale of Fund shares, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless (a) the distributions or gains are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. shareholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. shareholder in the United States, or (b) the non-U.S. shareholder is an individual, has been present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable, and certain other conditions are satisfied.

A non-U.S. shareholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the non-U.S. shareholder provides the Fund or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. shareholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), “foreign financial institutions” (“FFIs”) and “non-financial foreign entities” (“NFFEs”) that are Fund shareholders may be subject to a generally nonrefundable 30% withholding tax on income dividends each Fund pays.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a tax compliance agreement with the IRS. Under such an agreement, a participating FFI agrees to (1) verify and document whether it has U.S. accountholders, (2) report certain information regarding their accounts to the IRS, and (3) meet certain other specified requirements.

An FFI resident in a country that has entered into a Model I intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States must report to that country’s government (pursuant to the terms of the applicable IGA and applicable law), which will, in turn, report to the IRS. An FFI resident in a Model II IGA country generally must comply with U.S. regulatory requirements, with certain exceptions, including the treatment of recalcitrant accountholders. An FFI resident in one of those countries that complies with whichever of the foregoing applies will be exempt from FATCA withholding.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from a Fund can avoid FATCA withholding generally by certifying its status as such and, in certain circumstances, either that (1) it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or (2) it does have one or more such owners and reports the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each such owner. The NFFE will report to a Fund or other applicable withholding agent, which may, in turn, report information to the IRS.

Those foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted, or deemed compliant categories established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in a Fund will need to provide the Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA to avoid FATCA withholding. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described in the Prospectus. Foreign investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation and the impact thereof on their investment in a Fund.

Shareholders will be advised annually on Forms 1099 as to the federal income tax character of distributions, if any, each Fund makes. After calendar year-end, however, REITs can and often do change the category (e.g., ordinary income dividend, capital gain distribution, or “return of capital”) of the distributions they have made during that year, which would result at that time in a Fund also having to re-categorize some of the distributions it made to its shareholders. Those changes would be reflected in the Forms 1099. Although those forms generally will be distributed in February of each year, a Fund may, in one or more years, request from the IRS an extension of time to distribute those forms until

109

mid-March to enable it to receive the latest information it can from the REITs in which it invests and thereby accurately report that information to its shareholders on a single form (rather than having to send them amended forms).

The Code generally allows individuals and certain non-corporate entities a deduction for 20% of (1) “qualified REIT dividends” and (2) “QPTP income.” Regulations allow a Fund to pass the character of its qualified REIT dividends through to its shareholders provided certain holding period requirements are met. The Treasury Department has also announced that it is considering adopting regulations that would provide a similar pass-through of QPTP income, but that pass-through is not currently available. As a result, an investor who invests directly in QPTPs will be able to receive the benefit of the 20% deduction, which a shareholder in a Fund that invests in QPTPs currently will not.

Taxation of the Funds in General

Each Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax (“Excise Tax”) to the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year an amount equal to the sum of (1) at least 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (2) at least 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses, as prescribed by the Code) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. A Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year. Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid liability for the Excise Tax. However, a Fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate portfolio investments to make those distributions, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss.

If a Fund uses hedging strategies, such as selling (writing) and purchasing options and futures contracts and entering into forward contracts, complex rules apply to determine for income tax purposes the amount, character, and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund realizes in connection therewith. Gains from the disposition of foreign currencies (except certain gains that may be excluded by future regulations), and gains from options, futures, and forward contracts a Fund derives with respect to its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, are treated as Qualifying Income.

Some futures, foreign currency contracts, and “nonequity” options (i.e., certain listed options, such as those on a “broad-based” securities index) — except any “securities futures contract” that is not a “dealer securities futures contract” (both as defined in the Code) and any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement — in which a Fund invests may be subject to section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Any section 1256 contract a Fund holds at the end of its taxable year must be “marked-to-market” (i.e., treated as having been sold at that time for its fair market value) for federal tax purposes, with the result that unrealized gains or losses will be treated as though they were realized. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on these deemed sales, and 60% of any net realized gain or loss from any actual sales of section 1256 contracts, will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the balance will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Section 1256 contracts also may be marked-to-market for purposes of the Excise Tax.

These rules may operate to increase the amount that a Fund must distribute to satisfy the Distribution Requirement (i.e., with respect to the portion treated as short-term capital gain, which will be included in investment company taxable income and thus taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income when distributed to them), and to increase the net capital gain a Fund recognizes, without in either case increasing the cash available to it. A Fund may elect not to have the foregoing rules apply to any “mixed straddle” (i.e., a straddle the Fund clearly identifies in accordance with applicable regulations, at least one (but not all) of the positions of which are section 1256 contracts), although doing so may have the effect of increasing the relative proportion of short-term capital gain (distributions of which are taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income) and thus increasing the amount of dividends it must distribute.

If a call option written by a Fund lapses (i.e., terminates without being exercised), the amount of the premium it received for the option will be short-term capital gain. If a Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction with respect to a written call option, it will have a short-term capital gain or loss based on the difference between the premium it received for the option it wrote and the premium it pays for the option it buys. If such an option is exercised and a Fund thus sells the securities or futures contract subject to the option, the premium it received will be added to the exercise price to

110

determine the gain or loss on the sale. If a Fund allows a purchased call option to lapse, it will realize a capital loss. If a Fund exercises such an option, the premium it paid for the option will be added to its basis in the subject securities or futures contract.

Offsetting positions a Fund may enter into or hold in any actively traded security, option, futures, or forward contract may constitute a “straddle” for federal income tax purposes. Straddles are subject to certain rules that may affect the amount, character, and timing of recognition of a Fund’s gains and losses with respect to positions of the straddle by requiring, among other things, that (1) loss realized on disposition of one position of a straddle be deferred to the extent of any unrealized gain in an offsetting position until the latter position is disposed of, (2) the Fund’s holding period in certain straddle positions not begin until the straddle is terminated (possibly resulting in gain being treated as short-term rather than long-term capital gain), and (3) losses recognized with respect to certain straddle positions, that otherwise would constitute short-term capital losses, be treated as long-term capital losses. Applicable regulations also provide certain “wash sale” rules, which apply to transactions where a position is sold at a loss and a new offsetting position is acquired within a prescribed period, and “short sale” rules applicable to straddles. Different elections are available to a Fund, which may mitigate the effects of the straddle rules, particularly with respect to mixed straddles.

Under Code section 988, gains or losses (1) from the disposition of foreign currencies, including forward contracts, (2) except in certain circumstances, from options and forward contracts on foreign currencies (and on financial instruments involving foreign currencies) and from notional principal contracts (e.g., swaps, caps, floors, and collars) involving payments denominated in foreign currencies, (3) on the disposition of each foreign-currency-denominated debt security that are attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the dates of acquisition and disposition of the security, and (4) that are attributable to exchange rate fluctuations between the time a Fund accrues interest, dividends, or other receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time it actually collects the receivables or pays the liabilities, generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss. These gains or losses will increase or decrease the amount of a Fund’s investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income, rather than affecting the amount of its net capital gain. If a Fund’s section 988 losses exceed its other investment company taxable income during a taxable year, the Fund would not be able to distribute any dividends, and any distributions made during that year (including those made before the losses were realized), would be characterized as a “return of capital” to shareholders, rather than as a dividend, thereby reducing each shareholder’s basis in his or her Fund shares.

If a Fund has an “appreciated financial position” — generally, an interest (including an interest through an option, futures or forward contract, or short sale) with respect to any stock, debt instrument (other than “straight debt”), or partnership interest the fair market value of which exceeds its adjusted basis — and enters into a “constructive sale” of the position, the Fund will be treated as having made an actual sale thereof, with the result that it will recognize gain at that time. A constructive sale generally consists of a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract, or a futures or forward contract a Fund or a related person enters into with respect to the same or substantially identical property. In addition, if the appreciated financial position is itself a short sale or such a contract, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially identical property will be deemed a constructive sale. The foregoing will not apply, however, to any transaction of a Fund during any taxable year that otherwise would be treated as a constructive sale if the transaction is closed within 30 days after the end of that year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged for 60 days after that closing (i.e., at no time during that 60-day period is the Fund’s risk of loss regarding that position reduced by reason of certain specified transactions with respect to substantially identical or related property, such as having an option to sell, being contractually obligated to sell, making a short sale, or granting an option to buy substantially identical stock or securities).

Certain Funds may invest in the stock of PFICs. A PFIC is any foreign corporation (with certain exceptions) that, in general, meets either of the following tests for a taxable year: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, a Fund will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received on the stock of a PFIC and of any gain from disposition of that stock (collectively “PFIC income”), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC income as a dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in the Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent it distributes that income to its

111

shareholders. Fund distributions thereof will not be eligible for the 15% and 20% maximum federal income tax rates on non-corporate shareholders’ “qualified dividend income” mentioned above.

If a Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), then in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in its gross income each taxable year its pro rata share of the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (which it may have to distribute to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax), even if the QEF does not distribute those earnings and gain to the Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain of its requirements.

Each Fund may elect to “mark-to-market” its stock in certain PFICs. “Marking-to-market,” in this context, means including in gross income each taxable year (and treating as ordinary income) the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a PFIC’s stock over a Fund’s adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year. Pursuant to the election, a Fund also would be allowed to deduct (as an ordinary, not a capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in PFIC stock over the fair value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock the Fund included in income for prior taxable years under the election. A Fund’s adjusted basis in each PFIC’s stock with respect to which it has made this election will be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder.

Certain Funds may acquire (1) zero-coupon bonds issued with OID, (2) payment-in-kind bonds, and/or (3) inflation-indexed securities (in the case of such securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, on which principal is adjusted based on changes in the CPI-U). A Fund must include in its gross income the OID that accrues on OID securities, bonds it receives as “interest” on payment-in-kind bonds, and the amount of any principal increases on inflation-indexed securities during the taxable year, even if it receives no corresponding payment on them during the year. Because a Fund annually must distribute substantially all of its investment company taxable income, including any accrued OID and other non-cash income, to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax, it might be required in a particular taxable year to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash it actually receives. Those distributions would have to be made from a Fund’s cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales of its portfolio securities. A Fund might realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which would increase or decrease its investment company taxable income and/or net capital gain.

Certain Funds may invest in REITs that (1) hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or (2) engage in mortgage securitization transactions that cause the REITs to be taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”) or have a qualified REIT subsidiary that is a TMP. A portion of the net income allocable to REMIC residual interest holders may be an “excess inclusion.” The Code authorizes the issuance of regulations dealing with the taxation and reporting of excess inclusion income of REITs and RICs that hold residual REMIC interests and of REITs, or qualified REIT subsidiaries, that are TMPs. Although those regulations have not yet been issued, the U.S. Treasury and the IRS issued a notice in 2006 (“Notice”) announcing that, pending the issuance of further guidance (which has not yet been issued), the IRS would apply the principles in the following paragraphs to all excess inclusion income, whether from REMIC residual interests or TMPs.

The Notice provides that a REIT must (1) determine whether it or its qualified REIT subsidiary (or a part of either) is a TMP and, if so, calculate the TMP’s excess inclusion income under a “reasonable method,” (2) allocate its excess inclusion income to its shareholders generally in proportion to dividends paid, (3) inform shareholders that are not “disqualified organizations” (i.e., governmental units and tax-exempt entities that are not subject to tax on their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”)) of the amount and character of the excess inclusion income allocated thereto, (4) pay tax (at the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations, currently 21%) on the excess inclusion income allocable to its shareholders that are disqualified organizations, and (5) apply the withholding tax provisions with respect to the excess inclusion part of dividends paid to foreign persons without regard to any treaty exception or reduction in tax rate. Excess inclusion income allocated to certain tax-exempt entities (including qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts and public charities) constitutes UBTI to them.

A RIC with excess inclusion income is subject to rules identical to those in clauses (2) through (5) above (substituting “that are nominees” for “that are not ‘disqualified organizations’” in clause (3) and inserting “record” after “its” in clause (4)). The Notice further provides that a RIC is not required to report the amount and character of the excess inclusion income allocated to its shareholders that are not nominees, except that (1) a RIC with excess inclusion income from all sources

112

that exceeds 1% of its gross income must do so and (2) any other RIC must do so by taking into account only excess inclusion income allocated to the RIC from REITs the excess inclusion income of which exceeded 3% of its dividends. Each Fund will not invest directly in REMIC residual interests and does not intend to invest in REITs that, to its knowledge, invest in those interests or are TMPs or have a qualified REIT subsidiary that is a TMP.

Other Information

Delaware Statutory Trust. The 1290 Funds is an entity of the type commonly known as a Delaware statutory trust. Delaware law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Trustees and shareholders of the 1290 Funds, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Trustees and shareholders are determined by the Trustees as set forth in the 1290 Funds’ Agreement and Declaration of Trust (“Declaration of Trust”) and By-laws, as amended and restated. Every shareholder of the 1290 Funds, by virtue of purchasing shares and becoming a shareholder, agrees to be bound by the terms of the Declaration of Trust. Some of the more significant provisions of the Declaration are described below.

Shareholder Liability. Although Delaware law statutorily limits the potential liabilities of a Delaware statutory trust’s shareholders to the same extent as it limits the potential liabilities of a Delaware corporation’s shareholders, shareholders of a Fund could, under certain conflicts of laws jurisprudence in various states, be held personally liable for the obligations of the 1290 Funds or a Fund. However, the Declaration of Trust provides that no shareholder shall be personally liable for the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred by, contracted for, or otherwise existing with respect to, the 1290 Funds or any Fund. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification from a Fund’s property for all losses and expenses of any Fund shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of that Fund or as a result of his or her being a shareholder (and not because of his or her acts or omissions or for some other reason). Thus, the risk of a shareholder’s incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which a Fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations, a possibility that the Adviser believes is remote and not material. Upon payment of any liability incurred by a shareholder solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder of a Fund, the shareholder paying such liability will be entitled to reimbursement from the general assets of the Fund. The Trustees intend to conduct the operations of the Funds in such a way as to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate liability of the shareholders for liabilities of the Funds.

Classes of Shares. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board may establish funds and classes in addition to those currently established and that the Board may determine, in its sole discretion, the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the funds and classes. The Board may, without shareholder approval, change any of those features, terminate any fund or class, combine funds with other funds of the 1290 Funds, combine one or more classes of a fund with another class in that fund or convert the shares of one class into shares of another class.

Each Fund, except the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund, consists of Class A shares, Class I shares and Class R shares. The 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund consists of Class E shares. A share of each class of a Fund represents an identical interest in that Fund’s investment portfolio and has the same rights, privileges and preferences. Each class may differ, however, with respect to sales charges, if any, distribution and/or service fees, if any, other expenses allocable exclusively to each class, voting rights on matters exclusively affecting that class, and its exchange privilege and/or conversion features, if any. The different sales charges and other expenses applicable to the different classes of shares of the Funds will affect the performance of those classes. Each share of a Fund is entitled to participate equally in dividends, other distributions and the proceeds of any liquidation of that Fund. Due to the differing expenses of the classes, however, dividends and liquidation proceeds of each share class of a Fund will differ.

Voting Rights. The Declaration of Trust provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Delaware law, actions by the Trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. Trustees may fill vacancies on the Board or appoint new Trustees if the result is that at least two-thirds of the Trustees have been elected by shareholders. Shareholders of each Fund are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held. The shares of the 1290 Funds will be voted in the aggregate, except when a separate vote of a Fund is required by law or when a matter involves any action that the Board of Trustees has determined will affect only the interests of one or more Funds or classes.

Shareholder Meetings. The 1290 Funds does not hold annual meetings. Shareholders of record of no less than two-thirds of the total combined net asset value of all issued and outstanding shares of the 1290 Funds may remove a Trustee through a

113

declaration in writing or by vote cast in person or by proxy at a meeting called for that purpose. A meeting may be called to vote on the removal of a Trustee at the written request of holders of at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the 1290 Funds.

Class-Specific Expenses. Each Fund may determine to allocate certain of its expenses (in addition to service and distribution fees) to the specific classes of its shares to which those expenses are attributable.

Derivative and Direct Actions. The Declaration of Trust provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to a Fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. The Declaration of Trust provides that, prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by no fewer than three unaffiliated and unrelated shareholders must first be made on the Trustees prior to bringing a derivative action. The Declaration of Trust details information and undertakings that must be included in the demand. The Trustees are not required to consider a demand that is not submitted in accordance with the requirements contained in the Declaration of Trust. The Declaration of Trust also requires that, in order to bring a derivative action, the complaining shareholders must be joined in their request by shareholders representing, at the time of the alleged wrongdoing, at the time of demand, and at the time the action is commenced, at least 5% of all shares issued or outstanding, or of the Funds or classes to which such action relates if it does not relate to all Funds and classes. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider a shareholder request and to investigate the basis of the claim. The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trustees are entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of a shareholder request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making a request to reimburse the Trust or the applicable Funds for the expense of any such advisors in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring the derivative action.

The Declaration of Trust provides that no shareholder may bring a direct action claiming injury as a shareholder of any Fund or class thereof unless the shareholder has suffered an injury distinct from that suffered by shareholders of the Fund or class, generally. A shareholder bringing a direct claim must be a shareholder of the Fund or class against which the direct action is brought at the time of the injury complained of, or acquired the shares afterwards by operation of law from a person who was a shareholder at that time.

The Declaration of Trust also requires that direct or derivative actions by shareholders against the 1290 Funds be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware to the extent there is subject matter jurisdiction in such court for the claims asserted or, if not, then in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware (the “Exclusive Jurisdictions”), and that shareholders irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection they may have to the laying of venue of any such actions in such courts. The Declaration of Trust further requires that the right to jury trial be waived to the fullest extent permitted by law. Other investment companies may not be subject to similar restrictions. The designation of Exclusive Jurisdictions may make it more expensive for a shareholder to bring a suit than if the shareholder were permitted to select another jurisdiction. Also, the designation of Exclusive Jurisdictions and the waiver of jury trials limit a shareholder’s ability to litigate a claim in the jurisdiction and in a manner that may be more convenient and favorable to the shareholder. The Declaration of Trust further provides that no provision of the Declaration of Trust is effective to waive rights or limit the ability of a person to bring or make claims under the 1940 Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Trustees of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees shall have all powers necessary to manage the business of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees and officers of the Trust shall have only the duties, including fiduciary duties, and obligations expressly provided by the terms of the Declaration of Trust, except as required by mandatory provisions of applicable federal law, including the 1940 Act, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into the Declaration of Trust against the Trustees and officers of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust further provides that no Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or a shareholder for any action or failure to act or for any other reason except solely for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office of Trustee or officer, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented by any person as to matters the Trustees reasonably believe are within the person’s professional or expert competence. The Declaration of Trust further provides that the provisions of Section 3540 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code and any provisions of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Delaware (other than the Delaware Act) pertaining to trusts shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Trustees or the Declaration of Trust or any shareholders, to the extent such provisions relate to or regulate, among

114

other things, the establishment of fiduciary or other standards or liabilities of trustees or officers that are inconsistent with the limitations or liabilities of the Trustees or officers set forth or referenced in the Declaration of Trust. No provision of the Declaration of Trust modifying, restricting, or eliminating the duties or liabilities of the Trustees or officers shall apply to or in any way limit the duties or liabilities of such persons with respect to matters arising under the federal securities laws.

Books and Records of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that no shareholder shall have any right to inspect any books, records or other documents of the Trust or any Fund that are not publicly available, except (1) as conferred by the Trustees in their sole discretion and (2) that, upon reasonable demand for a purpose reasonably related to the shareholder’s ownership interest in a Fund and subject to such reasonable standards (including standards governing at what time and location and whose expense the information is made available for inspection) as may be established by the Trustees, a shareholder may inspect the current list of the name and last known address of each record owner of shares of the Fund of which the shareholder holds shares.

Amendments to the Declaration of Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that no vote or consent of any shareholder shall be required for any amendment to the Declaration of Trust except (i) as determined by the Trustees in their sole discretion or (ii) as required by federal law, including the 1940 Act, but only to the extent so required.

Additional Information. No Fund is sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by any third party involved in, or related to, compiling, computing or creating any index. No third party index provider makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the issuer or owners of any Fund or any other person or entity regarding the advisability of investing in investment companies generally or in any Fund particularly or the ability of any index to track corresponding stock market performance. Indices are determined, composed and calculated by third parties without regard to any Fund or the issuer or owners of a Fund or any other person or entity. No third party index provider has any obligation to take the needs of the issuer or owners of any Fund or any other person or entity into consideration in determining, composing or calculating indices. Further, no third party index provider has any obligation or liability to the issuer or owners of any Fund or any other person or entity in connection with the administration, marketing or offering of a Fund.

Third party index providers shall obtain information for inclusion in or for use in the calculation of indices from sources that the third party index providers consider reliable, none of the third parties warrant or guarantee the originality, accuracy and/or the completeness of any index or any data included therein. None of the third party index providers make any warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the issuer of the Funds, owners of the Funds, or any other person or entity, from the use of any index or any data included therein. None of the third party index providers shall have any liability for any errors, omissions or interruptions of or in connection with any index or any data included therein. Further, none of the third party index providers make any express or implied warranties of any kind, and the third party index providers hereby expressly disclaim all warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, with respect to each index and any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall any of the third party index providers have any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential or any other damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

Other Services

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, serves as the 1290 Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. PwC is responsible for auditing the annual financial statements of the 1290 Funds. In addition to providing audit services, PwC assists in the preparation and/or review of the 1290 Funds’ federal and state income tax returns.

Custodian

JPMorgan Chase, 4 Chase Metrotech Center, 16th Floor, Brooklyn, New York 11245, serves as custodian of the 1290 Funds’ portfolio securities and other assets. Under the terms of the custody agreement between the 1290 Funds and JPMorgan Chase, JPMorgan Chase maintains cash, securities and other assets of the Funds. JPMorgan Chase is also required, upon the order of the 1290 Funds, to deliver securities held by JPMorgan Chase, and to make payments for securities purchased by the 1290 Funds. JPMorgan Chase has also entered into sub-custodian agreements with a number of foreign banks and clearing agencies, pursuant to which portfolio securities purchased outside the United States are maintained in the custody of these entities.

Transfer Agent

SS&C GIDS, Inc., 1055 Broadway, Kansas City, 64105, serves as the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for the 1290 Funds.

115

Securities Lending Agent

JPMorgan Chase also serves as securities lending agent for the Funds and in that role administers the Funds’ securities lending program pursuant to the terms of a securities lending agreement entered into between the 1290 Funds, on behalf of the Funds, and JPMorgan Chase (“Securities Lending Agreement”).

The services provided by JPMorgan Chase include: (1) lending available securities to approved borrowers; (2) determining whether a loan shall be made and negotiating the terms and conditions of the loan with the borrower, provided that such terms and conditions are consistent with the terms and conditions of the Securities Lending Agreement; (3) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers to secure obligations of borrowers with respect to any loan of available securities; (4) marking loaned securities and collateral to their market value each business day; (5) obtaining additional collateral, as needed, to maintain the value of the collateral relative to the market value of the loaned securities at the levels required by the Securities Lending Agreement; (6) investing cash collateral in permitted investments according to the guidelines outlined in the Securities Lending Agreement; (7) ensuring that all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to loaned securities are credited to a Fund’s relevant account; (8) at the termination of the loan, returning the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the loaned securities; and (9) establishing and maintaining records and providing periodic statements related to a Fund’s securities lending activities.

JPMorgan Chase is compensated for the above-described services from its securities lending revenue split, as provided in the Securities Lending Agreement. See Appendix E for a table setting forth, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the gross income received by a Fund from securities lending activities, the fees and/or other compensation paid by a Fund for securities lending activities, and the net income earned by a Fund from securities lending activities. Because the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund is new, it had not engaged in any securities lending activities as of the date of this SAI.

Counsel

K&L Gates LLP, 1601 K Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20006-1600, serves as counsel to the 1290 Funds.

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, One Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees of the 1290 Funds.

Financial Statements

The Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, including the financial highlights, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm to the 1290 Funds, as indicated in its report with respect thereto, and appear in the 1290 Funds' Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information on Form N-CSR, filed electronically with the SEC on January 7, 2026 (File No. 811-22959), and are incorporated by reference and made a part of this document. The unaudited Financial Statements for the six month period ended April 30, 2026, including the financial highlights, appear in the 1290 Funds' Semi-Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information on Form N-CSR, filed electronically with the SEC on July 1, 2026 (File No. 811-22959), and are incorporated by reference and made a part of this document. Financial Statements for the 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund are not available because the Fund is newly organized and had no operations or financial information of its own prior to the date of this SAI.

116

Appendix A

Ratings of Corporate Debt Securities

DESCRIPTION OF COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

S&P’s ratings are as follows:

•

A-1 is the highest rating and indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong or, where the obligation is rated A-1+, extremely strong.

•

Issues or issuers rated A-2 are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories; however, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

•

Issues or issuers rated A-3 exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

•

Issues or issuers rated B are regarded as vulnerable and have significant speculative characteristics. The obligor of a B-rated short-term obligation currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation but faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

•

Issues or issuers rated C are currently vulnerable to nonpayment. The obligor of a C-rated short-term obligation is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

•

The D rating is used when a short-term obligation is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. The D rating will also be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Moody’s ratings are as follows:

•

The rating Prime-1 (P-1) is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody’s. Issues or supporting institutions rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

•

Issues or supporting institutions rated Prime-2 (P-2) have a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

•

Issues or supporting institutions rated Prime-3 (P-3) have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

•

Issues or supporting institutions rated Not Prime (NP) do not fall within any of the above Prime rating categories.

Fitch’s ratings are as follows:

•

Issues or issuers rated F1 exhibit the highest short-term credit quality and strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. Issues or issuers with any exceptionally strong credit feature may be rated F1+.

•

Issues or issuers rated F2 exhibit good short-term credit quality and good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

•

Issues or issuers rated F3 exhibit fair short-term credit quality and an adequate intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

•

Issues or issuers rated B exhibit speculative short-term credit quality with a minimal capacity for timely repayment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

•

Issues or issuers rated C exhibit high short-term default risk, and default is a real possibility.

A-1

•

RD typically applies to entities only and indicates that the entity has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations.

•

D indicates a broad-based default event for an entity or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

Bonds are considered to be “investment grade” if they are in one of the top four ratings.

S&P’s ratings are as follows:

•

Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by S&P’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

•

The obligor of a bond rated AA has a very strong capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

•

The obligor of a bond rated A has a strong capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Bonds rated A are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

•

Bonds rated BBB exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

•

Bonds rated BB, B, CCC, CC or C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such bonds will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

•

Bonds rated BB are less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues but face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

•

Bonds rated B are more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

•

Bonds rated CCC are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and are dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

•

Bonds rated CC are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The CC rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

•

Bonds rated C are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

•

Bonds rated D are in default or in breach of an imputed promise. This rating is also used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Moody’s ratings are as follows:

•

Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

A-2

•

Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

•

Bonds which are rated A are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations and are subject to low credit risk.

•

Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, are subject to moderate credit risk and may possess certain speculative characteristics.

•

Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

•

Bonds which are rated B are considered speculative and subject to high credit risk.

•

Bonds which are rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

•

Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are highly speculative. Such issues are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

•

Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal and interest.

Moody’s applies modifiers to each rating classification from Aa through Caa to indicate relative ranking within its rating categories. The modifier “1” indicates that a security ranks in the higher end of its rating category, the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking and the modifier “3” indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. Additionally, a “hyb” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

Fitch ratings are as follows:

•

AAA — This is the highest rating assigned by Fitch, denoting the lowest expectation of default risk relative to other issues or issuers. This rating is assigned only to issues or issuers with an exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments that is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

•

AA — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers that present very low default risk and have a very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments that is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

•

A — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers that present a low default risk and have a strong capacity for payment of financial commitments; however, this capacity may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than higher rated issues or issuers.

•

BBB — This rating indicates expectations of default risk are currently low. Issues or issuers assigned this rating have an adequate capacity for payment of financial commitments; however, adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

•

BB — This rating indicates an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

•

B — This rating indicates a material default risk is present but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met but the capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

•

CCC — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers with a substantial credit risk, and default is a real possibility.

•

CC — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers with very high levels of credit risk, and default of some kind appears probable.

•

C — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers with exceptionally high levels of credit risk, and a default or default-like process has begun.

A-3

•

RD — This rating indicates that, in Fitch’s opinion, an issuer has experienced an uncured default but has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and has not otherwise ceased operating.

•

D — This rating indicates that, in Fitch’s opinion, an issuer has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or has otherwise ceased business, and debt is still outstanding.

PLUS (+) or MINUS (-) — The ratings above may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major categories.

A-4

Appendix B

Portfolio Manager Information

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Equitable Investment Management, LLC (“EIM II” or the “Adviser”)
Portfolio Manager	Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of April 30, 2026.	Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$170.44 B	6	$213.73 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Miao Hu	117	$171.37 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	44	$79.86 B	6	$207.13 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	44	$79.86 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 Diversified Bond Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$170.09 B	6	$213.73 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Miao Hu	117	$171.37 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	44	$79.86 B	6	$207.13 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	44	$79.86 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$170.55 B	6	$213.73 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Miao Hu	117	$171.37 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	44	$79.86 B	6	$207.13 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	44	$79.86 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 Equity 500 Index Fund*
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$168.75 B	6	$191.3 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Miao Hu	117	$168.75 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	117	$168.75 B	6	$191.3 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	117	$168.75 B	6	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$170.47 B	6	$213.73 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Miao Hu	117	$171.37 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	44	$79.86 B	6	$207.13 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	44	$79.86 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 High Yield Bond Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$170.56 B	6	$213.73 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Miao Hu	117	$171.37 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	44	$79.86 B	6	$207.13 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	44	$79.86 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$170.56 B	6	$213.73 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Miao Hu	117	$171.37 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	44	$79.86 B	6	$207.13 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	44	$79.86 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$170.63 B	6	$213.73 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0

B-1

Equitable Investment Management, LLC (“EIM II” or the “Adviser”)
Portfolio Manager	Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of April 30, 2026.	Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets
Miao Hu	117	$171.37 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	44	$79.86 B	6	$207.13 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	44	$79.86 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Lee Soja	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski	117	$170.39 B	6	$213.73 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Miao Hu	117	$171.37 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Xavier Poutas	44	$79.86 B	6	$207.13 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin McCarthy	44	$79.86 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0

*As of September 30, 2026 for 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund.

Description of any Material Conflicts

Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account, such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad band of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager or Adviser has a greater financial incentive, such as a performance fee account. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts and that serve to operate in a manner that is fair and equitable among its clients, including the Funds.

In addition, certain registered investment companies for which the Portfolio Managers serve as the portfolio manager are generally structured as “funds of funds,” which invest in other registered investment companies for which the Adviser or an affiliate serves as the investment adviser and/or in registered investment companies that are exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). Each Portfolio Manager also serves as a portfolio manager to allocated portions which invest in ETFs for certain funds that are not “funds of funds”. None of these funds or allocated portions is subject to an advisory fee that is based on the performance of the fund or allocated portion. Given the structure of these funds and allocated portions and the absence of performance-based advisory fees, as well as the lack of any impact of portfolio performance on individual portfolio manager’s compensation as further described below, each Portfolio Manager is not, as a general matter and in relation to these funds or allocated portions, subject to the potential conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with his or her management of the Funds, on the one hand, and the other funds and allocated portions, on the other, such as material differences in the investment strategies or allocation of investment opportunities.

Compensation as of April 30, 2026*

Because each Portfolio Manager serves as officer and employee of the Adviser and their respective roles are not limited to serving as the portfolio manager of the Funds and other accounts they manage, their compensation is based on the Adviser’s compensation program as it applies to the firm’s officers in general. The Adviser’s compensation program consists of a base salary, short-term incentive compensation and long-term incentive compensation. Individual jobs are defined based on scope, responsibility and market value and assigned to a specific level within the firm’s base salary structure. An individual’s base salary is then established within the range of such structure based on a combination of experience, skills, job content and performance and periodically evaluated based on survey data and market research. Annual short-term incentive compensation opportunities, granted in cash, are made available depending on whether firm-wide objectives were met during the year, as measured by various performance objectives such as underlying and

B-2

adjusted earnings, expense management and sales. Once the target level of the short-term incentive compensation, granted in the form of stock options, restricted stocks, and/or performance units, is offered in a manner similar to the short-term incentive compensation and is based on the combination of firm-wide performance and individual performance. Annual long-term incentive compensation, granted in the form of stock options, restricted stocks and/or performance units, is offered in a manner similar to the short-term incentive compensation and is based on the combination of firm-wide performance and individual performance.

*As of September 30, 2026 for 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund.

Ownership of Shares of the Funds as of April 30, 2026

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski	X
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X
1290 Diversified Bond Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski	X
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X
1290 Equity 500 Index Fund*
Kenneth Kozlowski	X
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski	X
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski	X
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X
1290 High Yield Bond Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski	X
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski		X
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X
1290 Multi-Alternative Strategies Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski		X

B-3

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X
Lee Soja	X
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski	X
Miao Hu	X
Xavier Poutas	X
Kevin McCarthy	X

*As of September 30, 2026 for 1290 Equity 500 Index Fund.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AllianceBernstein”)

Portfolio Manager

Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other

accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the

accounts managed within each category as of June 30, 2026.

Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts

and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory

fee is based on the performance of the account

Registered

Investment

Companies

Other Pooled

Investment

Vehicles

Other Accounts

Registered

Investment

Companies

Other Pooled

Investment

Vehicles

Other Accounts

Number

Accounts

Total

Assets

Number

Accounts

Total

Assets

Number

Accounts

Total

Assets

Number

Accounts

Total

Assets

Number

Accounts

Total

Assets

Number

Accounts

Total

Assets

1290 Equity 500 Index Fund

Joshua Lisser

$45,484 M

$523 M

$33,340 M

$699 M

Geoff Tomlinson

$43,495 M

$523 M

$32,266 M

$699 M

Description of any Material Conflicts

Conflicts of Interest: As an investment adviser and fiduciary, AllianceBernstein owes its investment advisory client’s duty of loyalty. AllianceBernstein recognizes that conflicts of interest are inherent in its business and accordingly has developed policies and procedures (including oversight monitoring) reasonably designed to detect, manage and mitigate the effects of actual or potential conflicts of interest in the area of employee personal trading, managing multiple accounts for multiple clients, and allocating investment opportunities. Investment professionals, including portfolio managers and research analysts, are subject to the above-mentioned policies and oversight monitoring to ensure that all clients are treated equitably. AllianceBernstein places the interests of its clients first and expects all of its employees to meet their fiduciary duties.

Approach to Handling Conflicts of Interest: When acting as a fiduciary, AllianceBernstein owes our investment advisory clients a duty of loyalty. This includes the duty to address – or at least disclose – conflicts of interest which may exist between different clients, between the firm and clients, or between our employees and clients. Where potential conflicts arise from our fiduciary activities, we take steps to mitigate, or at least disclose, them. Where our activities do not involve fiduciary obligations – such as the level of client servicing we offer through each client channel – we reserve the right to act in accordance with our business judgment. Conflicts arising from fiduciary activities that we cannot avoid (or choose not to avoid) are mitigated through written policies that we believe protect the interests of our clients as a whole. In these cases— which include issues such as personal trading and client entertainment —regulators have generally prescribed detailed rules or principles for investment firms to follow. By complying with these rules and using robust compliance practices, we believe we address these conflicts appropriately. Some potential conflicts are outside the scope of compliance monitoring. Identifying these conflicts requires careful and continuing consideration of the interaction of different products, business lines, operational processes and incentive structures. These interactions are not static; changes in the firm’s activities can lead to new potential conflicts. Potential conflicts may also arise from new products or services, operational changes, new reporting lines and market developments.

B-4

Conflicts Committee: To assist in this area, AllianceBernstein has appointed a Conflicts Committee, which is chaired by our firm’s Conflicts Officer. The Committee is comprised of compliance directors, firm counsel and experienced business leaders, who review areas of change and assess the adequacy of controls. The work of our Conflicts Committee is overseen by our Code of Ethics Oversight Committee.

Written Policies and Procedures: AllianceBernstein has an “Approach to Potential Conflicts” disclosure which summarizes our firm’s conflicts management plan. It is meant to provide our employees, clients, and prospective clients with a summary description of the conflicts and potential conflicts we may encounter, and outlines the policies and procedures the firm maintains for managing those conflicts. For a more detailed account of the conflicts and our approaches to handling those conflicts please refer to AllianceBernstein Form ADV Part 2A (“the ADV”). Both our ADV and our Code of Ethics are available at www.alliancebernstein.com.

*****

Employee Personal Trading: AllianceBernstein (“AB”) has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that is designed to detect and prevent conflicts of interest amongst investment professionals and other personnel of AB. Personal securities transactions by an employee may raise a potential conflict of interest when an employee owns or trades in a security that is owned or considered for purchase or sale by a client or recommended for purchase or sale by an employee to a client. Subject to the reporting requirements and other limitations of AB’s Code, AB permits its employees to engage in personal securities transactions, including acquisition of AB’s proprietary Mutual Funds and ETFs, though the Code generally discourages employees from engaging in personal trading of individual securities. AB’s Code requires disclosure of all personal and dependent accounts and maintenance of brokerage accounts must be with designated broker-dealers approved by AB. AB’s Code also requires preclearance of all securities transactions including AB’s proprietary funds (except transactions in U.S.Treasuries and non-AB open-end mutual funds), as well as imposes a limit of twenty (20) personal trades per rolling 30 days and a 60-day holding period for securities purchased by employees to discourage short-term trading. Subject to reporting and certain controls, AB may allow its employees to hire discretionary investment advisers to manage their personal accounts. Employees must confirm annually that they have disclosed any potential conflicts of interest and that they are in compliance with the requirements associated with the firm's Policy and Procedures.

The Code’s personal trading procedures are administered by the AB’s Legal and Compliance Department. The firm has established a Code of Ethics Oversight Committee, which is comprised of senior firm personal and who are responsible for reviewing exceptions to and violations of the Code, as well as establishing new or amending rules as necessary.

*****

Managing Multiple Accounts for Multiple Clients: AllianceBernstein has compliance policies and oversight monitoring in place to address conflicts of interest relating to the management of multiple accounts for multiple clients. Conflicts of interest may arise when an investment professional has responsibilities for the investments of more than one account because the investment professional may be unable to devote equal time and attention to each account. The investment professional or investment professional teams for each client may have responsibilities for managing all or a portion of the investments of multiple accounts with a common investment strategy, including other registered investment companies, unregistered investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, pension plans, separate accounts, collective trusts and charitable foundations. Among other things, AllianceBernstein’s policies and procedures provide for the prompt dissemination to investment professionals of initial or changed investment recommendations by analysts so that investment professionals are better able to develop investment strategies for all accounts they manage. In addition, investment decisions by investment professionals are reviewed for the purpose of maintaining uniformity among similar accounts and ensuring that accounts are treated equitably. Investment professional compensation reflects a broad contribution in multiple dimensions to long-term investment success for our clients and is generally not tied specifically to the performance of any particular client’s account, nor is it generally tied directly to the level or change in level of assets under management.

*****

Allocating Investment Opportunities: The investment professionals at AllianceBernstein routinely are required to select and allocate investment opportunities among accounts. AllianceBernstein has policies and procedures intended to

B-5

address conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that information relevant to investment decisions is disseminated promptly within its portfolio management teams and investment opportunities are allocated equitably among different clients. AllianceBernstein’s policies and procedures require, among other things, objective allocation for limited investment opportunities (e.g., on a rotational basis) and documentation and review of justifications for any decisions to make investments only for select accounts or in a manner disproportionate to the size of the account. Portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar accounts which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities. Nevertheless, access to portfolio funds or other investment opportunities may be allocated differently among accounts due to the particular characteristics of an account, such as size of the account, cash position, tax status, risk tolerance and investment restrictions or for other reasons.

AllianceBernstein’s procedures are also designed to address potential conflicts of interest that may arise when AllianceBernstein has a particular financial incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, relating to an account. An investment professional may perceive that he or she has an incentive to devote more time to developing and analyzing investment strategies and opportunities or allocating securities preferentially to accounts for which AllianceBernstein could share in investment gains.

Compensation Information as of June 30, 2026

AllianceBernstein’s compensation program for portfolio managers is designed to align with clients’ interests, emphasizing each portfolio manager’s ability to generate long-term investment success for AllianceBernstein’s clients, including the Funds. AllianceBernstein also strives to ensure that compensation is competitive and effective in attracting and retaining the highest caliber employees.

Portfolio managers receive a base salary, incentive compensation and contributions to AllianceBernstein’s 401(k) plan. Part of the annual incentive compensation is generally paid in the form of a cash bonus, and part through an award under the firm’s Incentive Compensation Award Plan (ICAP). The ICAP awards vest over a three-year period. Deferred awards are paid in the form of restricted grants of the firm’s Master Limited Partnership Units, and award recipients have the ability to receive a portion of their awards in deferred cash. The amount of contributions to the 401(k) plan is determined at the sole discretion of AllianceBernstein. On an annual basis, AllianceBernstein endeavors to combine all of the foregoing elements into a total compensation package that considers industry compensation trends and is designed to retain its best talent.

The incentive portion of total compensation is determined by quantitative and qualitative factors. Quantitative factors,which are weighted more heavily, are driven by investment performance. Qualitative factors are driven by contributions to the investment process and client success.

The quantitative component includes measures of absolute, relative and risk-adjusted investment performance. Relative and risk-adjusted returns are determined based on the benchmark in the Fund’s prospectus and versus peers over one-, three- and five-year calendar periods, with more weight given to longer time periods. Peer groups are chosen by Chief Investment Officers, who consult with the product management team to identify products most similar to our investment style and most relevant within the asset class. Portfolio managers of the Funds do not receive any direct compensation based upon the investment returns of any individual client account, and compensation is not tied directly to the level or change in level of assets under management.

Among the qualitative components considered, the most important include thought leadership, collaboration with other investment colleagues, contributions to risk-adjusted returns of other portfolios in the firm, efforts in mentoring and building a strong talent pool and being a good corporate citizen. Other factors can play a role in determining portfolio managers’ compensation, such as the complexity of investment strategies managed, volume of assets managed and experience.

AllianceBernstein applies a leadership framework to clarify expectations and define how performance is measured. Assessments of investment professionals are formalized in a year-end review process that includes 360-degree feedback from other professionals from across the investment teams and AllianceBernstein

B-6

Ownership of Shares of the Fund as of June 30, 2026

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
1290 Equity 500 Index Fund
Joshua Lisser	X
Geoff Tomlinson	X

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“American Century”)
Portfolio Manager	Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of October 31, 2025	Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account
Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
Eduardo Repetto	48	$94.403B	1	$317.866M	21	$434.244M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Mitchell Firestein	43	$91.987B	1	$317.866M	21	$434.244M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Daniel Ong	48	$94.403B	1	$317.866M	21	$434.244M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Ted Randall	43	$91.987B	1	$317.866M	21	$434.244M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Matthew Dubin	43	$91.987B	1	$317.866M	21	$434.244M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0

Description of any Material Conflicts

Certain conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios. Potential conflicts include, for example, conflicts among investment strategies, such as one portfolio buying or selling a security while another portfolio has a differing, potentially opposite position in such security. This may include one portfolio taking a short position in the security of an issuer that is held long in another portfolio (or vice versa). Other potential conflicts may arise with respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, which are discussed in more detail below. American Century Investments has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to minimize the effects of these conflicts.

Responsibility for managing American Century Investments client portfolios is organized according to investment discipline. Investment disciplines include, for example, disciplined equity, global growth equity, global value equity, global fixed income, multi-asset strategies, exchange traded funds, and Avantis Investors funds. Within each discipline are one or more portfolio teams responsible for managing specific client portfolios. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by the same team using the same objective, approach, and philosophy. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest. In addition, American Century Investments maintains an ethical wall that restricts real time access to information regarding any portfolio’s transaction activities and positions to team members that have responsibility for a given portfolio or are within the same equity investment discipline. The ethical wall is intended to aid in preventing the misuse of portfolio holdings information and trading activity in the other disciplines.

For each investment strategy, one portfolio is generally designated as the “policy portfolio.” Other portfolios with similar investment objectives, guidelines and restrictions, if any, are referred to as “tracking portfolios.” When managing policy and tracking portfolios, a portfolio team typically purchases and sells securities across all portfolios that the team manages. American Century Investments’ trading systems include various order entry programs that assist in the management of multiple portfolios, such as the ability to purchase or sell the same relative amount of one security across several funds. In some cases a tracking portfolio may have additional restrictions or limitations that cause it to be managed separately from the policy portfolio. Portfolio managers make purchase and sale decisions for such portfolios alongside the policy portfolio to the extent the overlap is appropriate, and separately, if the overlap is not.

B-7

American Century Investments may aggregate orders to purchase or sell the same security for multiple portfolios when it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution on behalf of its clients. Orders of certain client portfolios may, by investment restriction or otherwise, be determined not available for aggregation. American Century Investments has adopted policies and procedures to minimize the risk that a client portfolio could be systematically advantaged or disadvantaged in connection with the aggregation of orders. To the extent equity trades are aggregated, shares purchased or sold are generally allocated to the participating portfolios pro rata based on order size. Because initial public offerings (IPOs) are usually available in limited supply and in amounts too small to permit across-the-board pro rata allocations, American Century Investments has adopted special procedures designed to promote a fair and equitable allocation of IPO securities among clients over time. A centralized trading desk executes all fixed income securities transactions for Avantis ETFs and mutual funds. For all other funds in the American Century complex, portfolio teams are responsible for executing fixed income trades with broker/dealers in a predominantly dealer marketplace. Trade allocation decisions are made by the portfolio manager at the time of trade execution and orders entered on the fixed income order management system. There is an ethical wall between the Avantis trading desk and all other American Century traders. The Advisor’s Global Head of Trading monitors all trading activity for best execution and to make sure no set of clients is being systematically disadvantaged.

Finally, investment of American Century Investments’ corporate assets in proprietary accounts may raise additional conflicts of interest. To mitigate these potential conflicts of interest, American Century Investments has adopted policies and procedures intended to provide that trading in proprietary accounts is performed in a manner that does not give improper advantage to American Century Investments to the detriment of client portfolios.

Compensation Information as of December 31, 2025

American Century portfolio manager compensation is structured to align the interests of portfolio managers with those of the shareholders whose assets they manage. As of December 31, 2025, it includes the components described below.

Base Salary

Portfolio managers receive base pay in the form of a fixed annual salary.

Bonus

A significant portion of the portfolio managers’ compensation takes the form of an annual bonus. The annual bonus of the Chief Investment Officer of Avantis is tied to average assets under management in the Avantis Investors’ funds. The bonuses of all other portfolio managers are discretionary, allocated by the Chief Investment Officer of Avantis, based on individual performance. Factors impacting the discretionary bonus may include a portfolio manager’s understanding and improvement of the funds’ investment models, efficient execution of investment decisions, and client interaction.

Restricted Stock Plans Portfolio managers are eligible for grants of restricted stock of ACC. These grants are discretionary, and eligibility and availability can vary from year to year. The size of an individual’s grant is determined several factors including but not limited to individual and product performance & manager discretion. Grants can appreciate/depreciate in value based on the performance of the ACC stock during the restriction period (generally three to four years).

Ownership of Securities of the Fund as of December 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
1290 Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund
Eduardo Repetto	X
Mitchell Firestein	X
Daniel Ong	X
Ted Randall	X
Matthew Dubin	X

B-8

AXA Investment Managers US Inc. (“AXA IM”)
Portfolio Manager	Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of October 31, 2025	Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account
Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets
1290 High Yield Bond Fund
Michael Graham	2	$267.516 M	20	$10.389 B	23	$3.217 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Robert Houle	2	$267.516 M	11	$5.007 B	10	$2.279 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
Cameron Gray	1	$273.9 M	29	$5.358 B	24	$4.179 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Ram Rasaratnam	1	$273.9 M	29	$5.358 B	24	$4.179 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Jonathan White	1	$273.9 M	29	$5.358 B	24	$4.179 B	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0

Description of any Material Conflicts

As indicated above, a portfolio manager may also manage other funds and accounts. At different times, a portfolio manager may manage other funds or accounts with investment objectives and strategies similar to, or different from, those of the Fund. At times, those responsibilities could potentially conflict with the interests of the Fund. That may occur whether the investment objectives and strategies of the other funds and accounts are the same as, or different from, the Fund’s investment objectives and strategies. For example, a portfolio manager may need to allocate investment opportunities between the Fund and another fund or account having similar objectives or strategies, or may need to execute transactions for another fund or account that could have a negative impact on the value of securities held by the Fund. Not all funds and accounts advised by AXA Investment Managers US Inc. (the “Sub-Adviser”) have the same management fee. If the management fee structure of another fund or account is more advantageous to the Sub-Adviser than the fee structure of the Fund, the Sub-Adviser could have an incentive to favor the other fund or account. However, the Sub-Adviser’s compliance procedures and Code of Ethics recognize the Sub-Adviser’s obligation to treat all of its clients, including the Fund, fairly and equitably, and are designed to preclude a portfolio manager from favoring one client over another. It is possible, of course, that those compliance procedures and the Code of Ethics may not always be adequate to do so. In addition, although the Sub-Adviser does not invest in securities for its own account, it does, however, manage certain client accounts and funds which include investments by affiliated subsidiaries of the BNP Paribas. Clients should be aware that BNP Paribas investments in these accounts and funds (including the Fund) may be deemed to create a conflict of interest for the Sub-Adviser, as there could be an incentive for the Sub-Adviser to allocate investment opportunities to these accounts and funds at the expense of other advisory clients.

In addition, certain AXA IM employees have disclosed to the firm that they have family members that are employed by third party services that support AXA IM and its business. AXA IM manages these conflicts through a comprehensive set of disclosure requirements, as well as through a combination of periodic testing oversight, financial analysis and internal reporting procedures.

Compensation for the year completed October 31, 2025

As part of its staff retention strategy, AXA IM has adopted a competitive compensation policy which is linked to both overall performance and individual achievements. Professional development also serves as a key retention tool. The financial compensation package is composed of a fixed salary, based mainly on qualifications and experience, and a discretionary bonus. Bonus payments can be structured with a combination of cash immediately payable and vesting programs that are tied to the performance of the overall investment strategy to which the fund belongs as well as overall firm performance. In this manner, the company can influence short term, medium term and long term value creation for both parties. Total compensation is benchmarked against industry standards to ensure we retain our highly competent team members.

B-9

We constantly monitor the employment market in our area for talented investment professionals with an eye for both new investment talent as well as market-competitive compensation packages. As an additional retention strategy for certain key individuals in the US high yield team, contractual arrangements have also been secured Feedback from the market and our extremely low turnover indicates that we are offering competitive compensation. AXA IM consistently attempts to align employee compensation with overall firm goals. Incentive pools are based on several factors, but focus on the following categories:

• Employee performance with respect to objectives and responsibilities set

• Employee contribution to overall firm performance

• Investment strategy performance

• Overall firm profitability

Retention strategies for our team members are multifaceted. AXA IM believes compensation should be viewed as a total reward approach. In addition to industry competitive compensation structures as detailed above, AXA IM’s retention strategies include career development and international mobility opportunities, an appropriate work-life balance, and benefit programs that are viewed as investments in a team member (e.g., employee stock purchase program, health club reimbursement, corporate discounts, etc.). For our investment staff at AXA IM their incentive compensation is specifically guided depending on their roles within the firm, as described below.

Portfolio Managers or Strategists

The performance of our portfolio managers is assessed at mid-year and year-end against stated objectives set at the start of the year with a senior manager. The criteria taken into consideration are:

•

Their role in the investment process

•

Overall client satisfaction relating to portfolios under management as measured by overall client dialogue and retention for external clients)

Credit Analysts

The performance of our analysts is judged on their ability to translate information into practical recommendations for the portfolio managers. The criteria taken into consideration are:

•

Quality of industry and issuer coverage

•

Ability to react swiftly to market information

•

Speed with which information is integrated into recommendations

Traders

The performance of our traders is judged on their ability to deliver trading solutions that enhance performance for our clients. The criteria taken into consideration are:

•

Trade execution and access to liquidity in the market

•

Synthesis and dissemination of important information flow to the investment team, and

•

Ability to deliver qualitative and quantitative analysis

B-10

Ownership of Shares of the Funds as of October 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
1290 High Yield Bond Fund
Michael Graham	X
Robert Houle	X
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
Ram Rasaratnam	X
Cameron Gray	X
Jonathan White	X

B-11

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC (“Brandywine Global”)
Portfolio Manager	Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of October 31, 2025	Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account
Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets
1290 Diversified Bond Fund
Anujeet Sareen	11	$3.304 B	42	$10.087BB	41	$15.372 B	0	$0	2	$263.675 M	8	$8.709 B
Tracy Chen	11	$3.304 B	42	$10.153 B	42	$14.983 B	0	$0	2	$263.675M B	0	$8.709 B
Brian Kloss	11	$3.304	42	$10.153 B	42	$14.983 B	0	$0	2	$263.675 M	8	$8.709 B
Paul Mielczarski	9	$2.747 B	28	$5.296 B	38	$14.435 B	0	$0	1	$80.907 M	7	$7.785 B
Kevin O’Neil*	4	$887 M	6	$1.513 M	10	$2.744 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0

*As of September 30, 2026.

Description of any Material Conflicts

Brandywine Global does not anticipate any actual or potential conflicts of interest in providing its investment management services other than those conflicts generally experienced by investment advisers.

At times, Brandywine Global manages client accounts that pay performance-based fees alongside client accounts that pay asset based fees and utilize the same investment strategy and invest in the same assets. The simultaneous management of client accounts that pay performance-based fees alongside client accounts that only pay an asset-based fee creates a conflict of interest as the portfolio manager may have an incentive to favor client accounts with the potential to receive greater fees.

Additionally, Brandywine Global may at times be trading identical securities in the opposite direction for multiple client accounts. This typically occurs in accounts that have different investment mandates. In some instances, opposite direction trades may occur in accounts with similar investment mandates due to differing cash flows in client accounts.

To address these types of conflicts, Brandywine Global has developed trade allocation policies and procedures. Orders for all accounts seeking to make the same investment are aggregated and executions are allocated pro rata across all participating accounts. Brandywine Global periodically reviews the trading of client accounts to seek to ensure that no account, or group of accounts, is receiving preference in the trading process.

Compensation Information as of October 31, 2025

Portfolio managers, analysts and traders earn a base salary and bonus tied to investment performance. The performance bonus is awarded based on peer group outperformance on a one-quarter, one-year, three-year and five-year basis. The performance calculation is weighted to place more emphasis on longer-term outperformance, and less emphasis on the short-term. This emphasis on long term performance, in addition to quarterly oversight of the investment committee, serves as mechanisms to deter excessive risk-taking.

Investment professionals also receive a second quarterly bonus based on the profitability of their product group. Each investment team at Brandywine Global manages its own P&L and retains the bulk of its profits at the end of each quarter. The portion that is not retained is shared with the other investment teams in an effort to smooth income and to promote cross-team fertilization and cooperation. Brandywine Global has found that this form of compensation aligns the interests of investment professionals and clients and leads to accountability and low-turnover among Brandywine Global’s staff. In essence, the portfolio management teams own all of the residual profits of the Firm, which Brandywine Global believe leads to responsibility, accountability, and low turnover of people.

B-12

Ownership of Securities of the Fund as of October 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
1290 Diversified Bond Fund
Anujeet Sareen	X
Tracy Chen	X
Brian L. Kloss	X
Paul Mielczarski	X
Kevin O’Neil*	X

*As of September 30, 2026

B-13

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Essex Investment Management LLC (“Essex” or “Sub-Adviser”)
Portfolio Manager	Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of October 31, 2025	Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account
Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund
Nancy Prial	1	$96.7 M	0	$0	20	$348.9 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Saralyn Sacks*	1	$116.1 M	0	$0	20	$341.7 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0

*As of September 11, 2026

Description of any Material Conflicts

Conflicts Regarding Allocation of Attention, Resources and Investment Opportunities — It is possible that conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the portfolio managers’ management of the Fund’s investments on the one hand and the investments of other accounts for which the portfolio manager is responsible on the other. For example, a portfolio manager may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time and resources among the Fund and other accounts she advises. In addition, due to differences in the investment strategies or restrictions between the Fund and the other accounts, the portfolio manager may take action with respect to another account that differs from the action taken with respect to the Fund. It is also possible that certain investment opportunities in smaller companies cannot practicably be allocated between the Fund and other eligible accounts. Whenever such a conflict arises, the portfolio manager will endeavor to exercise her discretion in a manner that she believes is equitable to all interested persons.

Short and Long Positions — Other portfolio managers at the firm manage strategies which permit the use of short sales. To manage the conflict that could arise if a portfolio manager sought a short position in a security in which the Fund held a long position, the firm has adopted procedures to identify and manage such conflicts, including review and approval by the firm’s chief compliance officer before any short position is established.

Conflicts Regarding Portfolio Manager’s Multiple Responsibilities — The portfolio manager also exercises certain executive and management responsibilities for the firm in addition to her portfolio management responsibilities. These multiple roles could create conflicts between the portfolio manager’s duties to the firm and to the Fund and the accounts that she manages. The portfolio manager is mindful decisions and actions made in her managerial capacity must be consistent with the firm’s fiduciary duties to all of its clients is of paramount importance.

Compensation as of October 31, 2025

Compensation for key employees is standard, in terms of the structure: salary, bonus, and benefits. The firm believes it is highly competitive within the industry, and the firm’s employee retention rates suggest its efforts in this area are more than adequate. In addition to offering its employees industry-competitive salaries, key employees are compensated using a three-tiered approach:

• Firm profitability, in which employees are paid a percentage of the firm’s profits through a profit-sharing/pension plan.

• Annual bonuses based on personal performance and obtainment of set employee, team and company goals.

• Competitive benefits package, including comprehensive family health insurance coverage.

Investment performance is the primary driver of investment personnel incentive compensation. The portfolio manager’s bonus is based on portfolios' absolute, relative, and risk-adjusted performance, as well as growth in assets for the strategy. 60% of the evaluation is based on investment performance with 40% based on teamwork, communication, and other subjective criteria. Performance is evaluated on a blend of 1 year and 3-year performance numbers with a higher weighting to 1 year performance.

B-14

Ownership of Securities of the Fund as of October 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
1290 Essex Small Cap Growth Fund
Nancy Prial	X
Saralyn Sacks*	X

*As of September 11, 2026

B-15

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

GAMCO Asset Management Inc. (“Sub-Adviser”)
Portfolio Manager	Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of October 31, 2025	Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account
Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
Mario J. Gabelli	21	$16.9 B	10	$998.6 M	807	$6.6 B	1	$132.9 M	8	$910.1 M	0	$0
Christopher J. Marangi*	10	$7.6 B	1	$22.6 M	240	$605.9 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin V. Dreyer*	6	$7.4 B	1	$22.6 M	234	$592.9 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0

*As of December 31, 2025.

Description of any Material Conflicts

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when the portfolio manager also has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other accounts. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention — Because the portfolio manager manages many accounts, he may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as if he were to devote substantially more attention to the management of only a few accounts.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities — If the portfolio manager identifies an investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple accounts, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity because the opportunity may need to be allocated among all or many of these accounts.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies — At times, the portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the accounts for which he exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of these accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may execute differing or opposite transactions for one or more accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transactions, or both, to the detriment of one or more of his accounts.

Selection of Broker/Dealers — Because of the portfolio manager’s position with an affiliated broker/dealer and his indirect majority ownership interest in such affiliate, he may have an incentive to use the affiliate to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund even if using the affiliate is not in the best interest of the Fund.

Variation in Compensation — A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the accounts that he manages. If the structure of the Sub-Adviser’s management fee or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager may be motivated to favor certain accounts over others. The portfolio manager also may be motivated to favor funds or accounts in which he has an investment interest, or in which the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates have investment interests. In Mr. Gabelli’s case, the Sub-Adviser’s compensation (and expenses) for the Fund are marginally greater as a percentage of assets than for certain other accounts and is less than for certain other accounts managed by Mr. Gabelli, while his personal compensation structure varies with near-term performance to a greater degree in certain performance fee based accounts than with non-performance based accounts. In addition he has investment interests in several of the funds managed by the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates. The Sub-Adviser has adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address the various conflicts of interest that may arise for the Sub-Adviser and its staff members. However, there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will be able to identify and address every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may arise.

B-16

Compensation for the year completed October 31, 2025

Mr. Gabelli receives compensation from his employer, GAMCO Investors, Inc., based on the fees received from sub-advisory assets. These fees fluctuate with the asset level of the Funds. Mr. Gabelli receives incentive-based variable compensation from his employer based on a percentage of net revenues received by the Sub-Adviser for managing the Fund(s). Net revenues are determined by deducting from gross investment management fees the firm’s expenses (other than Mr. Gabelli’s compensation) allocable to the Fund(s). Additionally, he receives similar incentive-based variable compensation for managing other accounts within GAMCO Investors, Inc. This method of compensation is based on the premise that superior long-term performance in managing a portfolio should be rewarded with higher compensation as a result of growth of assets through appreciation and net investment activity. One of the other registered investment companies managed by Mr. Gabelli has a performance (fulcrum) fee arrangement for which his compensation is adjusted up or down based on the performance of the investment company relative to an index. Mr. Gabelli manages other accounts with performance fees. Compensation for managing these accounts has two components. One component is based on a percentage of net revenues received by the Sub-Adviser for managing the account. The second component is based on absolute performance of the account, with respect to which a percentage of such performance fee is paid to Mr. Gabelli. As an executive officer of the Sub-Adviser’s parent company, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Mr. Gabelli also receives ten percent of the net operating profits of the parent company. He receives no base salary, no annual bonus and no stock options. Mr. Gabelli waived all of his portfolio and relationship manager compensation from March 1, 2025 to May 31, 2025.

Ownership of Securities of the Fund as of October 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
Mario J. Gabelli	X
Christopher J. Marangi*	X
Kevin V. Dreyer*	X

*As of December 31, 2025.

B-17

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles” or “Sub-Adviser”)
Portfolio Manager	Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of October 31, 2025	Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account
Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets	Number of Accounts	Total Assets
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund
Elaine Kan	1	$99.499 M	0	$0	1	$1.364 M	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0
Kevin Kearns	2	$149.308 M	9	$4.184 B	36	$4.127 B	0	$0	1	$108.179 M	3	$944.159 M
Vivek Garg	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0	0	$0

Description of any Material Conflicts

Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Fund(s) and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees, accounts that pay performance-based fees, accounts of affiliated companies and accounts in which the portfolio manager has an interest. In addition, due to differences in the investment strategies or restrictions among the Fund(s) and a portfolio manager’s other accounts, the portfolio manager may take action with respect to another account that differs from the action taken with respect to the Fund(s). Although such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities or allocations for some accounts and may appear to create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time and resources, Loomis Sayles strives to ensure that portfolio managers endeavor to exercise their discretion in a manner that is equitable to all interested persons. Furthermore, Loomis Sayles makes investment decisions for all accounts (including institutional accounts, mutual funds, hedge funds and affiliated accounts) based on each account’s investment objective, investment guidelines and restrictions, the availability of other comparable investment opportunities and Loomis Sayles’ desire to treat all accounts fairly and equitably over time. Loomis Sayles maintains Trade Allocation and Aggregation Policies and Procedures to mitigate the effects of these potential conflicts as well as other types of conflicts of interest. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises or that Loomis Sayles will treat all accounts identically. Conflicts of interest also arise to the extent a portfolio manager short sells a stock or otherwise takes a short position in one client account but holds that stock long in other accounts, including the Fund(s), or sells a stock for some accounts while buying the stock for others, and through the use of “soft dollar arrangements,” which are discussed in Loomis Sayles’ Brokerage Allocation Policies and Procedures and Loomis Sayles’ Trade Aggregation and Allocation Policies and Procedures.

Compensation for the year completed October 31, 2025

Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for its clients. Although portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets under management, a portfolio manager’s base salary and/or bonus potential may reflect the amount of assets for which the manager is responsible relative to other portfolio managers. The annual bonus is incentive-based and generally represents a significant multiple of base salary. The bonus is based on three factors: investment performance, profit growth of the firm, and personal conduct. Investment performance is the primary component of the annual bonus and generally represents at least 60% of the total for fixed-income managers. The other factors are used to determine the remainder of the annual incentive bonus, subject to the discretion of the Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) and senior management. The CIO and senior management evaluate these other factors annually.

The investment performance component of the annual incentive bonus depends primarily on investment performance against benchmark and/or against peers within similar disciplines. The score is based upon the product’s institutional composite performance; however, adjustments may be made if there is significant dispersion among the returns of the

B-18

composite and accounts not included in the composite. For most products, the product investment score compares the product’s rolling three year performance over the past nine quarters (a five year view) against both a benchmark and a peer group established by the CIO. The scoring rewards both the aggregate excess performance of the product against a benchmark and the product’s relative rank within a peer group. In addition, for fixed income products, the performance score rewards for the consistency of that outperformance and is enhanced if over the past five years it has kept its rolling three-year performance ahead of its benchmark. Managers working on several product teams receive a final score based on the relative revenue weight of each product.

Portfolio managers may also participate in the three segments of the long-term incentive program. The amount of the awards for each segment are dependent upon role, industry experience, team and firm profitability, and/or investment performance.

General

The core elements of the Loomis Sayles compensation plan include a base salary, an annual incentive bonus, and, for senior investor and leadership roles, a long-term incentive bonus. The base salary is a fixed amount based on a combination of factors, including industry experience, firm experience, job performance and market considerations. The annual incentive bonus and long term incentive bonus is driven by a variety of factors depending upon the specific role. Factors include investment performance, individual performance, team and firm profitability, role, and industry experience. Both the annual and long term bonus have a deferral component. Loomis Sayles has developed and implemented three long-term incentive plan segments to attract and retain investment talent.

For the senior-most investment roles, a Long Term Incentive Plan provides annual grants relative to the role, and includes a post retirement payment feature to incentivize effective succession management. Participation is contingent upon signing an award agreement, which includes a non-compete covenant. The second and third Long Term Incentive Plans are constructed to create mid- term alignment for key positions, including a two year deferral feature. The second plan is role based, and the third is team based which is more specifically dependent upon team profitability and/or investment performance.

In addition, Loomis Sayles also offers a profit sharing plan for all employees and a defined benefit plan for employees who joined the firm prior to May 3, 2003. The profit sharing contribution to the retirement plan of each employee is based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount). The defined benefit plan is based on years of service and base compensation (up to a maximum amount).

Ownership of Securities of the Fund as of October 31, 2025

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Portfolio Manager	None	$1- $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	Over $1,000,000
1290 Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund
Elaine Kan	X
Kevin Kearns	X
Vivek Garg	X

B-19

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

EQ ADVISORS TRUST

1290 FUNDS

(individually, a “Trust” and collectively, the “Trusts”)

\n\n\n\n

Trusts’ Policy Statement

Each Trust is firmly committed to ensuring that proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities are voted in the best interest of the Trust. The following policies and procedures have been established to implement each Trust’s proxy voting program (the “Program”).

\n\n\n\n

II.

Trusts’ Proxy Voting Program

Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC serves as the investment adviser to each series of EQ Advisors Trust, and Equitable Investment Management, LLC serves as the investment adviser to each series of the 1290 Funds (each series of each Trust, a “Portfolio”, and together, the “Portfolios”). Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Investment Management, LLC are referred to herein as “EIM”. Each Trust has delegated proxy voting responsibility with respect to each Portfolio to EIM. EIM, through its Proxy Voting Committee, is responsible for monitoring and administering the Program. Equitable Investment Management, LLC (“Administrator”) serves as the administrator of the Trusts and is generally responsible for monitoring, testing and maintaining compliance policies, procedures and other items for the Trusts, and thus assists in monitoring compliance with applicable requirements pursuant to these Policies and Procedures.

\n\n\n\n

Sub-Advised Portfolios

EIM is responsible for the selection and ongoing monitoring of investment sub-advisers (the “Sub-Advisers”) who, among other responsibilities, provide portfolio management services including the day-to-day research and stock selection for each sub-advised Portfolio or an allocated portion of a Portfolio (a “Sub-Advised Portfolio”). EIM views proxy voting as a function that is incidental and integral to the portfolio management services provided by Sub-Advisers. Therefore, except as described in Section III below, EIM, in turn, delegates proxy voting responsibility with respect to each Sub-Advised Portfolio to the applicable Sub-Adviser. The primary focus of the Trusts’ Program as it relates to the Sub-Advised Portfolios, therefore, is to seek to ensure that the Sub-Advisers have adequate proxy voting policies and procedures in place and to monitor each Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting. The Sub-Advisers’ proxy voting policies and procedures may be amended from time to time and need not be identical.

\n\n\n\n

“Fund-of-Funds Portfolios”

EIM provides the day-to-day portfolio management services to certain Portfolios, or an allocated portion of a Portfolio (“Allocated Portion”), each of which seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in other mutual funds managed by EIM (“Underlying Affiliated Portfolios”), unaffiliated mutual funds (“Underlying Unaffiliated Funds”) or exchange-traded funds (“Underlying ETFs”) (referred to collectively as the “Fund-of-Funds Portfolios”). Accordingly, EIM retains proxy voting responsibility with respect to each Fund-of-Funds Portfolio and votes proxies in accordance with the policies and procedures set forth in Section III below.

\n\n\n\n

III.

EIM’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

EIM has a fiduciary duty to vote proxies on behalf of a Portfolio in the best interest of the Portfolio and its shareholders. EIM believes that its proxy voting policies and procedures represent the voting positions most likely to support a Portfolio’s and its shareholders’ best interests across a range of sectors and contexts.

\n\n\n\n

Underlying Affiliated Portfolios. EIM will vote the Fund-of-Funds Portfolios’ or Allocated Portions’ shares in Underlying Affiliated Portfolios either for or against a proposal, or abstain, in the same

C-1

\n\n\n

\nproportion as the vote of all other securities holders of the applicable Underlying Affiliated Portfolio (whether or not the proposal presents an issue as to which EIM or its affiliates could be deemed to have a conflict of interest). If there are no security holders of an Underlying Affiliated Portfolio except Fund-of-Funds Portfolio, EIM will vote a Fund-of-Funds’ Portfolios’ shares in Underlying Affiliated Portfolio in its discretion, subject to compliance with other provisions of these Procedures, including Section III.E.2. below regarding resolution of potential conflicts of interest regarding a proposal.

\n\n\n\n

Underlying Unaffiliated Funds, Underlying ETFs and Certain Sub-Advised Portfolios.

\n\n\n\n

With respect to voting proxies of Underlying Unaffiliated Funds and Underlying ETFs where a Portfolio, and other members of its “advisory group” (as defined in Rule 12d1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940) in the aggregate (i) hold more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an Underlying Unaffiliated Fund or Unaffiliated ETF as a result of a decrease in the outstanding voting securities of the acquired fund, or (ii) hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an Underlying Unaffiliated Fund or Unaffiliated ETF that is a registered closed-end management investment company or business development company, each member of such “advisory group” will vote its securities in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities; provided, however, that in circumstances where all holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Underlying Unaffiliated Fund or Unaffiliated ETF are required by the rule or otherwise under Section 12(d)(1) to vote such securities in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities, the Portfolio will seek instructions from its security holders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to such Underlying Unaffiliated Fund or Underlying ETF securities and vote such proxies only in accordance with such instructions.

\n\n\n\n

With respect to voting proxies for Underlying Unaffiliated Funds, Underlying ETFs in all other circumstances, and certain Sub-Advised Portfolios as described in Section III. D below, the following guidelines generally will apply:

\n\n\n\n

The decision whether, and if so, how to vote a proxy will be made by EIM based on what it determines to be in the best interest of the relevant Portfolio and its shareholders and in accordance with these procedures.

\n\n\n\n

EIM, with the assistance of Administrator, may enlist the services of an independent proxy voting service to assist with the research and analysis of voting issues, provide voting recommendations and/or carry out the actual voting process, as further described in Section III.E below.

\n\n\n\n

EIM’s policy is to vote all proxies, except under circumstances in which EIM has determined that it is consistent with the best interest of the relevant Portfolio and its shareholders not to vote the proxy or to abstain on one or more proposals. Such circumstances may include the following:

\n\n\n\n

The security is on loan. See Section VI for additional information.

\n\n\n\n

The issuer is based in a country that requires “share blocking,”¹ and EIM believes that the value of exercising the vote is outweighed by the detriment of not being able to sell the shares during the blocking period.

\n\n\n\n

EIM has not received sufficient information to make an informed decision.

\n\n\n

Shareholders in “share blocking” countries wishing to vote must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting (usually one week) with a designated depositary. During the blocking period shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares are returned to clients’ custodian banks.

C-2

\n\n\n\n

Seed Capital Investments. EIM and any affiliate will vote Portfolio shares they own, including through “seed money” investments in a Portfolio, either for or against a proposal, or abstain, in the same proportion as the vote of all other security holders of the Portfolio (whether or not the proposal presents an issue as to which EIM or its affiliates could be deemed to have a conflict of interest), or as otherwise required under applicable law (e.g., as may be required under a “mixed and shared funding” order). If EIM or an affiliate is the sole shareholder of a Portfolio, EIM or the affiliate will vote the Portfolio’s shares that it owns in its discretion.

\n\n\n\n

Sub-Advised Portfolios; No Delegation. Under certain circumstances EIM may assume responsibility for voting the proxies for shares held by a Sub-Advised Portfolio. For example, if a Sub-Adviser notifies EIM that it is unable or unwilling to assume responsibility for voting a proxy for a Sub-Advised Portfolio (e.g., if voting such proxy presents a potential material conflict of interest for the Sub-Adviser), EIM will vote such proxy in accordance with these procedures.

\n\n\n\n

EIM and Administrator will be required to maintain proxy voting policies and procedures that satisfy the following elements:

\n\n\n\n

Written Policies and Procedures: EIM and Administrator must maintain written proxy voting policies and procedures in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and must provide to each Trust copies of such policies and procedures.

\n\n\n\n

Conflicts of Interest: If EIM or Administrator becomes aware that a proxy voting issue may present a potential material conflict of interest, the issue will be referred to the CCO or other member of Legal and Compliance. If the CCO and/or Legal and Compliance determines that an affiliated person of EIM has a potential material conflict, that affiliated person will not participate in the voting decision.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Potential material conflicts may arise between the interests of a Portfolio and EIM or any of its affiliated persons if, for example, a proxy vote relates to a matter involving issuers in which EIM or its affiliates have a substantial economic interest. Potential conflicts of interest include, but are not limited to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Portfolio Managers owning shares of Underlying Unaffiliated Funds, ETFs or shares of securities that are also held in the Portfolios of the Trust(s).

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable”) holding investments in Underlying Unaffiliated Funds or ETFs that are also held in the Portfolios of the Trust(s). It is possible that EIM may vote differently than Equitable.

\n\n\n\n

Voting Guidelines: EIM, with the assistance of Administrator, may engage an independent proxy voting service to assist with the research and analysis of voting issues, provide voting recommendations and/or carry out the actual voting process as deemed necessary. Currently, EIM subscribes to the corporate governance and proxy research services of International Shareholder Services (“ISS”), a provider of proxy voting services. ISS provides voting recommendations based on established guidelines and practices. The ISS U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “ISS Guidelines”) are attached hereto as Appendix A. Based on its review of the ISS Guidelines, EIM has determined generally to instruct ISS to vote proxies for Underlying Unaffiliated Funds, Underlying ETFs and certain Sub-Advised Portfolios as described in Section III.D above consistent with the ISS Guidelines. However, EIM’s use of the ISS Guidelines is not intended to constrain EIM’s consideration of any proxy proposal, and so there may be times when EIM deviates from the ISS Guidelines. EIM reserves the right not to vote in accordance with the ISS recommendation if it determines that it is not in the best interest of a Portfolio and its Shareholders to do so. In addition, if EIM becomes aware of a conflict of interest between ISS and an issuer subject to a proxy vote, EIM will consider the recommendation of the issuer and instruct ISS to vote the proxy based on what EIM believes to be in the best interest of the Portfolio and its shareholders.

C-3

The Proxy Voting Committee, with the assistance of Administrator, will maintain records regarding EIM’s determination generally to vote proxies for Underlying Unaffiliated Funds, Underlying ETFs, and certain Sub-Advised Portfolios as described in Section III.D above consistent with the ISS Guidelines, and that determination will be reviewed periodically.

The following guidelines describe EIM’s general positions on common proxy issues for Underlying Unaffiliated Funds and Underlying ETFs:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Election of Directors: EIM generally votes in favor of slates recommended by the board of directors.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Fee Increases: EIM generally votes against proposals to increase fees.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Changes to the investment strategy, investment objective or fundamental investment restrictions, and proposed mergers: EIM generally votes against changes that would impact adversely the allocation model of a Fund-of-Funds Portfolio.

The EIM and Administrator Compliance Department (“Compliance”) will conduct a due diligence review of any proxy voting service (“Proxy Service”) engaged by EIM or Administrator to assess (1) the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Service’s staffing, personnel and technology, and whether the Proxy Service has the capacity and competence to adequately analyze proxy issues and the ability to make proxy voting recommendations based on materially accurate and complete information; (2) whether the Proxy Service has the ability to execute proxy votes in accordance with EIM’s instructions; (3) whether the Proxy Service has adequately disclosed to EIM the methodologies it uses in formulating its voting recommendations, including its process for obtaining current and accurate information relevant to matters included in its research and on which it makes recommendations, the nature of any third-party information sources that the Proxy Service uses as a basis for its voting recommendations, and how and when the Proxy Service would expect to engage with issuers and third parties; (4) the effectiveness of the Proxy Service’s process for seeking timely input from issuers; and (5) the adequacy of the Proxy Service’s policies and procedures for identifying, disclosing and addressing actual and potential conflicts of interest. EIM or Administrator will require the Proxy Service to update EIM or Administrator, as applicable, on an ongoing basis regarding (1) any business changes relevant to its capacity and competence to provide independent proxy voting advice or carry out voting instructions, (2) any conflicts of interest that may arise with respect to its proxy voting recommendations, and (3) any operational or compliance issues or problems. The due diligence review will be conducted at least annually and may be conducted by on-site visit or written questionnaire. In the event that EIM or Administrator becomes aware of factual errors, incompleteness or methodological weaknesses in the Proxy Service’s analysis, it will assess whether this materially affected the research or recommendations used by EIM and the Proxy Service’s efforts to correct any material deficiencies in its analysis or methodology.

\n\n\n\n

Record Retention and Inspection: EIM, or Administrator on EIM’s behalf, will maintain all documentation associated with its proxy voting decisions. Compliance is responsible for verifying that such documentation is properly maintained in accordance with the Trusts’ procedures and applicable laws and regulations.

\n\n\n\n

IV.

Due Diligence and Compliance Program

EIM, with the assistance of Administrator, will conduct a due diligence review of each Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures (including any proxy voting guidelines) in connection with the initial selection of the Sub-Adviser to manage a Sub-Advised Portfolio and on at least an annual basis thereafter. As part of its ongoing due diligence and compliance responsibilities, with respect to the Sub-Advised Portfolios, EIM, with the assistance of Administrator, will seek to ensure that each Sub-Adviser maintains proxy voting policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

C-4

\n\n\n\n

Sub-Advisers’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Each Sub-Adviser will be required to maintain proxy voting policies and procedures in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and that satisfy the following elements:

A. Written Policies and Procedures: The Sub-Adviser must maintain written proxy voting policies and procedures in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and must provide to the Trusts, EIM, and Administrator, upon request, copies of such policies and procedures.

B. Fiduciary Duty: The Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to ensure that the Sub-Adviser votes client securities in the best interest of its clients.

C. Conflicts of Interest: The Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures must include appropriate procedures to identify and resolve as necessary, before voting client proxies, all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the Sub-Adviser (including its affiliates) and its clients.

D. Voting Guidelines: The Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures must address with reasonable specificity how the Sub-Adviser will vote proxies, or what factors it will consider, when voting on particular types of matters, e.g., corporate governance proposals, compensation issues and matters involving social or corporate responsibility. The Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures also should describe the considerations it will take into account if it retains a Proxy Service to assist it in discharging its proxy voting duties and its process for conducting due diligence on, and overseeing, services provided by a Proxy Service.

E. Monitoring Proxy Voting: The Sub-Adviser must have a system and/or process that is reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted on behalf of its clients in a timely and efficient manner.

F. Record Retention and Inspection: The Sub-Adviser must have an established system for creating and retaining all appropriate documentation relating to its proxy voting activities as required by applicable laws and regulations. The Sub-Adviser must provide to the Trusts, EIM, and Administrator such information and records with respect to proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities as required by law and as the Trusts, EIM, or Administrator may reasonably request.

\n\n\n\n

VI.

Securities on Loan

Securities on loan as of a record date cannot be voted. In certain circumstances, a security on loan may be recalled before the record date if, for example, EIM or the applicable Sub-Adviser receives relevant information about a material proxy issue (such as a contested director election or a merger or acquisition) prior to the record date. In addition, EIM or a Sub-Adviser may elect to participate in an automatic recall program in which securities on loan are recalled prior to the record date. Generally, however, securities out on loan remain on loan and are not voted because, among other reasons, EIM or the applicable Sub-Adviser was not aware of relevant information about a material proxy issue prior to the record date, or because the income that the Portfolio derives from the loan outweighs the benefit the Portfolio would receive from voting the security.

\n\n\n\n

VII.

Disclosure of Trusts’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and Proxy Voting Record

EIM and Administrator, on behalf of the Trusts, will take reasonable steps as necessary to seek to ensure that the Trusts comply with all applicable laws and regulations relating to disclosure of the Trusts’ proxy voting policies and procedures and proxy voting records. EIM and Administrator (including, at their option, through third-party service providers) will maintain a system that is reasonably designed to ensure that its actual proxy voting record and the actual proxy voting record of the Sub-Advisers with respect to the Trusts’ portfolio securities are collected, processed, filed with the SEC and made available to the Trusts’ shareholders as required by applicable laws and regulations.

C-5

\n\n\n\n

VIII.

Proxy Voting Committee

The Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring and administering the Program. The Proxy Voting Committee is composed of EIM’s and Administrator’ CCO, officers of EIM and Administrator, and/or members of EIM’s or Administrator’s (as applicable) Investment Management Services, Legal and Compliance, or any combination thereof, who may be advisory members of the Committee. The Proxy Voting Committee holds meetings as needed, but no less frequently than annually.

\n\n\n\n

IX.

Reports to Trusts’ Board of Trustees

EIM, with the assistance of Administrator, will periodically (but no less frequently than annually) report to the Board of Trustees with respect to each Trust’s implementation of the Program, including summary information with respect to: 1) the proxy voting record of the Sub-Advisers with respect to the Sub-Advised Portfolios’ portfolio securities; 2) the proxy voting record of EIM with respect to the Fund-of-Funds Portfolios or Allocated Portions; and 3) the proxy voting record of EIM with respect to the portfolio securities of any Sub-Advised Portfolio for which EIM has assumed proxy voting responsibility. In addition, if a material conflict of interest was reported to the CCO and/or the Legal and Compliance during the previous quarter and it was determined that a material conflict of interest did exist, EIM, with the assistance of Administrator, will report such material conflict of interest to the Board of Trustees at the next quarterly meeting. EIM, with the assistance of Administrator, will also provide the Board of Trustees with any other information requested by the Board.

The CCO’s annual written compliance report or other reports to the Board of Trustees will contain a summary of material changes to these policies and procedures during the period covered by the report.

Adopted by EQ Advisors Trust (“EQAT”) Board of Trustees: March 1, 2011

Effective: May 1, 2011

Predecessor Procedures of the Investment Manager Adopted: August 6, 2003

Amended: July 11, 2007

Adopted by 1290 Funds Board of Trustees: June 10, 2014

Effective: June 10, 2014

Policies of EQAT and 1290 Funds Combined: July 14, 2014

Revised: April 12-13, 2017

Policies of EQAT and 1290 Funds Combined with EQ Premier VIP Trust: July 18-20, 2017

Revised: September 26, 2019

Revised: December 15, 2020

Revised: August 2021

Revised: December 2021

Revised: January 2023

Revised: November 2023 to remove EQ Premier VIP Trust

Revised: September 2024

C-6

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

TABLE OF CONTENTS

\n\n	\n	\n\n	\n	\n	\n
Coverage			14
1.		Board of Directors			15
\n	\n
\n		Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections			15
\n		Independence			15
\n		ISS Classification of Directors – U.S.			16
\n		Composition			19
\n		Attendance			19
\n		Overboarded Directors			19
\n		Gender Diversity			20
\n		Racial and/or Ethnic Diversity			20
\n		Responsiveness			20
\n		Accountability			22
\n		Poison Pills			22
\n		Unequal Voting Rights			22
\n		Classified Board Structure			23
\n		Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards			23
\n		Problematic Governance Structure			23
\n		Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments			23
\n		Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals			24
\n		Director Performance Evaluation			24
\n		Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions			25
\n		Problematic Audit-Related Practices			25
\n		Problematic Compensation Practices			26
\n		Problematic Pledging of Company Stock			26
\n		Climate Accountability			27
\n		Governance Failures			27
\n		Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections			28
\n		Vote-No Campaigns			28
\n		Proxy Contests/Proxy Access			28
\n		Other Board-Related Proposals			28
\n		Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy			28
\n		Board Refreshment			28
\n		Term/Tenure Limits			29
\n		Age Limits			29
\n		Board Size			29
\n		Classification/Declassification of the Board			29
\n		CEO Succession Planning			29
\n		Cumulative Voting			30
\n		Director and Officer Indemnification, Liability Protection, and Exculpation			30
\n		Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications			30
\n		Establish Other Board Committee Proposals			31
\n		Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors			31

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		2 of 91

C-8

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n	\n	\n\n	\n	\n	\n
\n		Independent Board Chair			31
\n		Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees			32
\n		Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors			32
\n		Proxy Access			33
\n		Require More Nominees than Open Seats			33
\n		Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)			33
\n	\n
2.		Audit-Related			33
\n	\n
\n		Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability			33
\n		Auditor Ratification			34
\n		Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services			34
\n		Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation			34
\n	\n
3.		Shareholder Rights & Defenses			35
\n	\n
\n		Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations			35
\n		Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent			35
\n		Control Share Acquisition Provisions			35
\n		Control Share Cash-Out Provisions			36
\n		Disgorgement Provisions			36
\n		Fair Price Provisions			36
\n		Freeze-Out Provisions			36
\n		Greenmail			36
\n		Shareholder Litigation Rights			37
\n		Federal Forum Selection Provisions			37
\n		Exclusive Forum Provisions for State Law Matters			37
\n		Fee shifting			38
\n		Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments			38
\n		Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)			38
\n		Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy			38
\n		Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill			39
\n		Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)			39
\n		Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation			39
\n		Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions			40
\n		Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses			41
\n		Reincorporation Proposals			41
\n		Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent			41
\n		Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings			42
\n		Stakeholder Provisions			42
\n		State Antitakeover Statutes			42
\n		Supermajority Vote Requirements			42
\n		Virtual Shareholder Meetings			43
\n	\n
4.		Capital/Restructuring			43
\n	\n
\n		Capital			43
\n		Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock			43

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		3 of 91

C-9

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n	\n	\n\n	\n	\n	\n
\n		Common Stock Authorization			43
\n		General Authorization Requests			43
\n		Specific Authorization Requests			44
\n		Dual Class Structure			44
\n		Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan			45
\n		Preemptive Rights			45
\n		Preferred Stock Authorization			45
\n		General Authorization Requests			45
\n		Recapitalization Plans			47
\n		Reverse Stock Splits			47
\n		Share Issuance Mandates at U.S. Domestic Issuers Incorporated Outside the U.S.			47
\n		Share Repurchase Programs			48
\n		Share Repurchase Programs Shareholder Proposals			48
\n		Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends			48
\n		Tracking Stock			48
\n		Restructuring			49
\n		Appraisal Rights			49
\n		Asset Purchases			49
\n		Asset Sales			49
\n		Bundled Proposals			50
\n		Conversion of Securities			50
\n		Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans			50
\n		Formation of Holding Company			50
\n		Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)			51
\n		Joint Ventures			51
\n		Liquidations			52
\n		Mergers and Acquisitions			52
\n		Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures			53
\n		Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)			54
\n		Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)			55
\n		Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) — Proposals for Extensions			55
\n		Spin-offs			56
\n		Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals			56
\n	\n
5.		Compensation			57
\n	\n
\n		Executive Pay Evaluation			57
\n		Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation — Management Proposals (Say-on-Pay)			57
\n		Pay-for-Performance Evaluation			58
\n		Problematic Pay Practices			59
\n		Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness			60
\n		Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)			60
\n		Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale			61
\n		Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans			61
\n		Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)			63

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		4 of 91

C-10

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n	\n	\n\n	\n	\n	\n
\n		Three-Year Value-Adjusted Burn Rate			63
\n		Egregious Factors			63
\n		Liberal Change in Control Definition			63
\n		Repricing Provisions			64
\n		Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect			64
\n		Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))			64
\n		Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations			65
\n		Dividend Equivalent Rights			65
\n		Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)			65
\n		Other Compensation Plans			66
\n		401(k) Employee Benefit Plans			66
\n		Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)			66
\n		Employee Stock Purchase Plans — Qualified Plans			66
\n		Employee Stock Purchase Plans — Non-Qualified Plans			66
\n		Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options			66
\n		Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash			67
\n		Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs			67
\n		Director Compensation			68
\n		Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs			68
\n		Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors			69
\n		Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans			69
\n		Shareholder Proposals on Compensation			69
\n		Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”			69
\n		Compensation Consultants — Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization			70
\n		Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors			70
\n		Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits			70
\n		Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time			70
\n		Pay Disparity			71
\n		Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards			71
\n		Pay for Superior Performance			72
\n		Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)			72
\n		Prohibit Outside CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees			73
\n		Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances			73
\n		Severance and Golden Parachute Agreements			73
\n		Share Buyback Impact on Incentive Program Metrics			74
\n		Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)			74
\n		Tax Gross-Up Proposals			74
\n		Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity			74
\n	\n
6.		Routine/Miscellaneous			75
\n	\n
\n		Adjourn Meeting			75
\n		Amend Quorum Requirements			75
\n		Amend Minor Bylaws			76

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		5 of 91

C-11

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n	\n	\n\n	\n	\n	\n
\n		Change Company Name			76
\n		Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting			76
\n		Other Business			76
\n	\n
7.		Social and Environmental Issues			76
\n	\n
\n		Global Approach — E&S Shareholder Proposals			76
\n		Endorsement of Principles			77
\n		Animal Welfare			77
\n		Animal Welfare Policies			77
\n		Animal Testing			77
\n		Animal Slaughter			77
\n		Consumer Issues			78
\n		Genetically Modified Ingredients			78
\n		Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices			78
\n		Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation			78
\n		Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials			79
\n		Tobacco-Related Proposals			80
\n		Climate Change			80
\n		Say on Climate (SoC) Management Proposals			80
\n		Say on Climate (SoC) Shareholder Proposals			81
\n		Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions			81
\n		Energy Efficiency			82
\n		Renewable Energy			82
\n		Diversity			83
\n		Board Diversity			83
\n		Equality of Opportunity			83
\n		Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits			84
\n		Gender, Race/Ethnicity Pay Gap			84
\n		Racial Equity and/or Civil Rights Audit Guidelines			84
\n		Environment and Sustainability			85
\n		Facility and Workplace Safety			85
\n		Natural Capital- Related and/or Community Impact Assessment Proposals			85
\n		Hydraulic Fracturing			85
\n		Operations in Protected Areas			86
\n		Recycling			86
\n		Sustainability Reporting			86
\n		Water Issues			86
\n		General Corporate Issues			87
\n		Charitable Contributions			87
\n		Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues			87
\n		ESG Compensation-Related Proposals			87
\n		Human Rights, Human Capital Management, and International Operations			88
\n		Human Rights Proposals			88
\n		Mandatory Arbitration			89
\n		Operations in High-Risk Markets			89

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		6 of 91

C-12

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n	\n	\n\n	\n	\n	\n
\n		Outsourcing/Offshoring			89
\n		Sexual Harassment			89
\n		Weapons and Military Sales			90
\n		Political Activities			90
\n		Lobbying			90
\n		Political Contributions			90
\n		Political Expenditures and Lobbying Congruency			91
\n		Political Ties			91
\n	\n
8.		Mutual Fund Proxies			92
\n	\n
\n		Election of Directors			92
\n		Closed End Funds- Unilateral Opt-In to Control Share Acquisition Statutes			92
\n		Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund			92
\n		Proxy Contests			92
\n		Investment Advisory Agreements			93
\n		Approving New Classes or Series of Shares			93
\n		Preferred Stock Proposals			93
\n		1940 Act Policies			93
\n		Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction			93
\n		Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental			94
\n		Name Change Proposals			94
\n		Change in Fund’s Subclassification			94
\n		Business Development Companies — Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value			94
\n		Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation			95
\n		Changes to the Charter Document			95
\n		Changing the Domicile of a Fund			95
\n		Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval			96
\n		Distribution Agreements			96
\n		Master-Feeder Structure			96
\n		Mergers			96
\n		Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds			96
\n		Establish Director Ownership Requirement			96
\n		Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred			96
\n		Terminate the Investment Advisor			97

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		7 of 91

C-13

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Coverage

The U.S. research team provides proxy analyses and voting recommendations for the common shareholder meetings of U.S. — incorporated companies that are publicly-traded on U.S. exchanges, as well as certain OTC companies, if they are held in our institutional investor clients’ portfolios. Coverage generally includes corporate actions for common equity holders, such as written consents and bankruptcies. ISS’ U.S. coverage includes investment companies (including open-end funds, closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds, and unit investment trusts), limited partnerships (“LPs”), master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and business development companies. ISS reviews its universe of coverage on an annual basis, and the coverage is subject to change based on client need and industry trends.

Foreign-incorporated companies

In addition to U.S. — incorporated, U.S. — listed companies, ISS’ U.S. policies are applied to certain foreign-incorporated company analyses. Like the SEC, ISS distinguishes two types of companies that list but are not incorporated in the U.S.:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

U.S. Domestic Issuers — which have a majority of outstanding shares held in the U.S. and meet other criteria, as determined by the SEC, and are subject to the same disclosure and listing standards as U.S. incorporated companies (e.g. they are required to file DEF14A proxy statements) — are generally covered under standard U.S. policy guidelines.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs) — which are allowed to take exemptions from most disclosure requirements (e.g., they are allowed to file 6-K for their proxy materials) and U.S. listing standards — are generally covered under a combination of policy guidelines:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

FPI Guidelines (see the Americas Regional Proxy Voting Guidelines), may apply to companies incorporated in governance havens, and apply certain minimum independence and disclosure standards in the evaluation of key proxy ballot items, such as the election of directors; and/or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Guidelines for the market that is responsible for, or most relevant to, the item on the ballot.

U.S. incorporated companies listed only on non-U.S. exchanges are generally covered under the ISS guidelines for the market on which they are traded.

An FPI is generally covered under ISS’ approach to FPIs outlined above, even if such FPI voluntarily files a proxy statement and/or other filing normally required of a U.S. Domestic Issuer, so long as the company retains its FPI status.

In all cases — including with respect to other companies with cross-market features that may lead to ballot items related to multiple markets — items that are on the ballot solely due to the requirements of another market (listing, incorporation, or national code) may be evaluated under the policy of the relevant market, regardless of the “assigned” primary market coverage.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		8 of 91

C-14

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n

Board of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

Independence: Boards should be sufficiently independent from management (and significant shareholders) to ensure that they are able and motivated to effectively supervise management’s performance for the benefit of all shareholders, including in setting and monitoring the execution of corporate strategy, with appropriate use of shareholder capital, and in setting and monitoring executive compensation programs that support that strategy. The chair of the board should ideally be an independent director, and all boards should have an independent leadership position or a similar role in order to help provide appropriate counterbalance to executive management, as well as having sufficiently independent committees that focus on key governance concerns such as audit, compensation, and nomination of directors.

Composition: Companies should ensure that directors add value to the board through their specific skills and expertise and by having sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively. Boards should be of a size appropriate to accommodate diversity, expertise, and independence, while ensuring active and collaborative participation by all members. Boards should be sufficiently diverse to ensure consideration of a wide range of perspectives.

Responsiveness: Directors should respond to investor input, such as that expressed through significant opposition to management proposals, significant support for shareholder proposals (whether binding or non-binding), and tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered.

Accountability: Boards should be sufficiently accountable to shareholders, including through transparency of the company’s governance practices and regular board elections, by the provision of sufficient information for shareholders to be able to assess directors and board composition, and through the ability of shareholders to remove directors.

General Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances (with new nominees¹ considered on case-by-case basis):

Independence

Vote against² or withhold from non-independent directors (Executive Directors and Non-Independent Non-Executive Directors per ISS’ Classification of Directors) when:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Independent directors comprise 50 percent or less of the board;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The non-independent director serves on the audit, compensation, or nominating committee;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or

\n\n\n

A “new nominee” is a director who is being presented for election by shareholders for the first time. Recommendations on new nominees who have served for less than one year are made on a case-by-case basis depending on the timing of their appointment and the problematic governance issue in question.

\n\n\n

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		9 of 91

C-15

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee.

ISS Classification of Directors — U.S.

\n\n\n\n\n

Executive Director

\n\n\n\n\n

1.1.

Current officer¹ of the company or one of its affiliates².

\n\n\n\n\n

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Board Identification

\n\n\n\n\n

2.1.

Director identified as not independent by the board.

Controlling/Significant Shareholder

\n\n\n\n\n

2.2.

Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).

Current Employment at Company or Related Company

\n\n\n\n\n

2.3.

Non-officer employee of the firm (including employee representatives).

\n\n\n\n\n

2.4.

Officer¹, former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.

Former Employment

\n\n\n\n\n

2.5.

Former CEO of the company. ^{3, 4}

\n\n\n\n\n

2.6.

Former non-CEO officer¹ of the company or an affiliate² within the past five years.

\n\n\n\n\n

2.7.

Former officer¹ of an acquired company within the past five years.⁴

\n\n\n\n\n

2.8.

Officer¹ of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off within the past five years.

\n\n\n\n\n

2.9.

Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be made.⁵

Family Members

\n\n\n\n\n

2.10.

Immediate family member⁶ of a current or former officer¹ of the company or its affiliates² within the last five years.

\n\n\n\n\n

2.11.

Immediate family member⁶ of a current employee of company or its affiliates² where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role).

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		10 of 91

C-16

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Professional, Transactional, and Charitable Relationships

\n\n\n\n\n

2.12.

Director who (or whose immediate family member⁶) currently provides professional services⁷ in excess of $10,000 per year to: the company, an affiliate², or an individual officer of the company or an affiliate; or who is (or whose immediate family member⁶ is) a partner, employee, or controlling shareholder of an organization which provides the services.

\n\n\n\n\n

2.13.

Director who (or whose immediate family member⁶) currently has any material transactional relationship⁸ with the company or its affiliates²; or who is (or whose immediate family member⁶ is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has the material transactional relationship⁸ (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

\n\n\n\n\n

2.14.

Director who (or whose immediate family member⁶) is a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowments⁸ from the company or its affiliates².

Other Relationships

\n\n\n\n\n

2.15.

Party to a voting agreement⁹ to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.

\n\n\n\n\n

2.16.

Has (or an immediate family member⁶ has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation Committee.¹⁰

\n\n\n\n\n

2.17.

Founder¹¹ of the company but not currently an employee.

\n\n\n\n\n

2.18.

Director with pay comparable to Named Executive Officers.

\n\n\n\n\n

2.19.

Any material¹² relationship with the company.

\n\n\n\n\n

Independent Director

\n\n\n\n\n

3.1.

No material¹² connection to the company other than a board seat.

Footnotes:

1. The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will generally be classified as a Non-Independent Non-Executive Director under “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation exceeding $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Director.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		11 of 91

C-17

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

2. “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. ISS uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation. The manager/advisor of an externally managed issuer (EMI) is considered an affiliate.

3. Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).

4. When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, ISS will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

5. ISS will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. ISS will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.

6. “Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, stepchildren, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

7. Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services, commercial banking (beyond deposit services), investment services, insurance services, accounting/audit services, consulting services, marketing services, legal services, property management services, realtor services, lobbying services, executive search services, and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services, IT tech support services, educational services, and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.

8. A material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity, exceeding the greater of: $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, for a company that follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, for a company that follows NYSE listing standards. For a company that follows neither of the preceding standards, ISS will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		12 of 91

C-18

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

9. Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as Independent Directors if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

10. Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on

each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).

11. The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, ISS may deem him or her an Independent Director.

12. For purposes of ISS’s director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal, or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings: Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year³) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Medical issues/illness;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Family emergencies; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

In cases of chronic poor attendance without reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, generally vote against or withhold from appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors: Generally vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Sit on more than five public company boards; or

\n\n\n

³	Nominees who served for only part of the fiscal year are generally exempted from the attendance policy.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		13 of 91

C-19

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own — withhold only at their outside boards⁴.

NOTE: For shareholder meeting reports published on or after February 25th, 2025, Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) has indefinitely halted the consideration of the gender diversity of a company’s board when making vote recommendations with respect to the election or re-election of directors at U.S. companies covered by these guidelines under its proprietary ISS U.S. Benchmark policy.

Gender Diversity: Generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) at companies where there are no women on the company’s board. An exception will be made if there was at least one woman on the board at the preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to return to a gender-diverse status within a year.

NOTE: For shareholder meeting reports published on or after February 25th, 2025, Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) has indefinitely halted the consideration of the racial and/or ethnic diversity of a company’s board when making vote recommendations with respect to the election or re-election of directors at U.S. companies covered under these guidelines under its proprietary ISS U.S. Benchmark policy.

Racial and/or Ethnic Diversity: For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) where the board has no apparent racially or ethnically diverse members⁵. An exception will be made if there was racial and/or ethnic diversity on the board at the preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to appoint at least one racial and/or ethnic diverse member within a year.

Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or failed to act on a management proposal seeking to ratify an existing charter/bylaw provision that received opposition of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The subject matter of the proposal;

\n\n\n

⁴

Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards with publicly-traded common stock will be counted as separate boards, ISS will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

\n\n\n

⁵	Aggregate diversity statistics provided by the board will only be considered if specific to racial and/or ethnic diversity.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		14 of 91

C-20

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other factors as appropriate.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and/or the say-on-pay proposal when the company’s previous say-on-pay received support of less than 70 percent of votes cast.

Factors that will be considered in assessing board responsiveness include:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors, including the frequency and timing of engagements and the company participants (including whether independent directors participated);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns.

If the company discloses meaningful engagement efforts, but in addition states that it was unable to obtain specific feedback, ISS will assess company actions taken in response to the say-on-pay vote as well as the company’s explanation as to why such actions are beneficial for shareholders.

Additional factors that may be considered include:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s ownership structure;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Significant corporate activity, such as a recent merger or proxy contest; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other compensation action or factor considered relevant to assessing board responsiveness.

If the say-on-pay support level was less than 50 percent of votes cast, this would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness, as assessed under the factors noted above.

Vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) if the board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		15 of 91

C-21

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Accountability

PROBLEMATIC TAKEOVER DEFENSES, CAPITAL STRUCTURE, AND GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE

Poison Pills: Generally vote against or withhold from all nominees (except new nominees¹, who should be considered case-by-case) if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has a poison pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature⁶;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board makes a material adverse modification to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has a long-term poison pill (with a term of over one year) that was not approved by the public shareholders⁷.

Vote case-by-case on nominees if the board adopts an initial short-term pill⁶ (with a term of one year or less) without shareholder approval, taking into consideration:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The trigger threshold and other terms of the pill;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The disclosed rationale for the adoption;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The context in which the pill was adopted, (e.g., factors such as the company’s size and stage of development, sudden changes in its market capitalization, and extraordinary industry-wide or macroeconomic events);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder vote;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s overall track record on corporate governance and responsiveness to shareholders; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other factors as relevant.

Unequal Voting Rights: Generally vote withhold or against directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees¹, who should be considered case-by-case), if the company employs a multi-class capital stock structure with unequal voting rights⁸.

Exceptions to this policy will generally be limited to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Newly-public companies⁹ with a sunset provision of no more than seven years from the date of going public;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Limited Partnerships and the Operating Partnership (OP) unit structure of REITs;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Convertible preferred shares that vote on an “as-converted” basis;

\n\n\n

⁶	If a short-term pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature is enacted but expires before the next shareholder vote, ISS will generally still recommend withhold/against nominees at the next shareholder meeting following its adoption.

\n\n\n

⁷	Approval prior to, or in connection, with a company’s becoming publicly-traded, or in connection with a de-SPAC transaction, is insufficient.

\n\n\n

⁸	This generally includes classes of common stock that have additional votes per share than other shares; classes of shares that are not entitled to vote on all the same ballot items or nominees; or stock with time-phased voting rights (“loyalty shares”).

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		16 of 91

C-22

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Situations where the enhanced voting rights are limited in duration and applicability, such as where they are intended to overcome low voting turnout and ensure approval of a specific non-controversial agenda item and “mirrored voting” applies;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Situations where the super-voting shares represent less than 5% of total voting power and therefore considered to be de minimis; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company provides sufficient protections for minority shareholders, such as allowing minority shareholders a regular binding vote on whether the capital structure should be maintained.

Classified Board Structure: The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards: The company has opted into, or failed to opt out of, state laws requiring a classified board structure.

Problematic Governance Structure: For companies that hold or held their first annual meeting⁹ of public shareholders after Feb. 1, 2015, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees¹, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted the following bylaw or charter provisions that are considered to be materially adverse to shareholder rights:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A classified board structure; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other egregious provisions.

A provision which specifies that the problematic structure(s) will be sunset within seven years of the date of going public will be considered a mitigating factor.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments: Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees¹, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

\n\n\n

⁹	Includes companies that emerge from bankruptcy, SPAC transactions, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete a traditional initial public offering.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		17 of 91

C-23

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s ownership structure;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s existing governance provisions;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case-by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees¹, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Classified the board;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Adopted a fee-shifting provision; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Adopted another provision deemed egregious.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals: Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the governance committee if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s governing documents impose undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis.

Submission of management proposals to approve or ratify requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8 for the submission of binding bylaw amendments will generally be viewed as an insufficient restoration of shareholders’ rights. Generally continue to vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis until shareholders are provided with an unfettered ability to amend the bylaws or a proposal providing for such unfettered right is submitted for shareholder approval.

Director Performance Evaluation: The board lacks mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one-, three-, and five-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s operational metrics and other factors as warranted. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A classified board structure;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		18 of 91

C-24

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A supermajority vote requirement;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections, or a majority vote standard in contested elections;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A multi-class capital structure; and/or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A non-shareholder-approved poison pill.

Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions: Vote against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board, where boards ask shareholders to ratify existing charter or bylaw provisions considering the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s ownership structure; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		19 of 91

C-25

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Problematic Compensation Practices

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Generally vote against or withhold from the Compensation Committee chair, other committee members, or potentially the full board if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

Generally vote against members of the board committee responsible for approving/setting non-employee director compensation if there is a pattern (i.e. two or more consecutive or non-consecutive years/across multiple years) of awarding excessive or otherwise problematic¹⁰ non-employee director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors.

Adverse recommendations may be warranted in the first year for particularly egregious director compensation issues/instances/cases¹⁰.

Problematic Pledging of Company Stock: Vote against the members of the committee that oversees risks related to pledging, or the full board, where a significant level of pledged company stock by executives or directors raises concerns. The following factors will be considered:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other relevant factors.

\n\n\n

¹⁰	May include excessive magnitude, problematic perquisites, performance awards, stock options, or retirement benefits.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		20 of 91

C-26

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Climate Accountability

For companies that are significant greenhouse gas (GHG) emitters, through their operations or value chain¹¹, generally vote against or withhold from the incumbent chair of the responsible committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) in cases where ISS determines that the company is not taking the minimum steps needed to understand, assess, and mitigate risks related to climate change to the company and the larger economy.

Minimum steps to understand and mitigate those risks are considered to be the following. Both minimum criteria will be required to be in alignment with the policy :

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Detailed disclosure of climate-related risks, such as according to the framework established by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), including:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Board governance measures;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Corporate strategy;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Risk management analyses; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Metrics and targets.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Appropriate GHG emissions reduction targets.

At this time, “appropriate GHG emissions reductions targets” will be medium-term GHG reduction targets or Net Zero-by-2050 GHG reduction targets for a company’s operations (Scope 1) and electricity use (Scope 2). Targets should cover the vast majority of the company’s direct emissions.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight¹², or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

\n\n\n

¹¹	Companies defined as “significant GHG emitters” will be those on the current Climate Action 100+ Focus Group list.

\n\n\n

¹²

Examples of failure of risk oversight include but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant adverse legal judgments or settlement; or hedging of company stock.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		21 of 91

C-27

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Vote-No Campaigns

General Recommendation: In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote-no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Management’s track record;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Background to the contested election;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether there are more candidates than board seats).

Other Board-Related Proposals

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.

Board Refreshment

Board refreshment is best implemented through an ongoing program of individual director evaluations, conducted annually, to ensure the evolving needs of the board are met and to bring in fresh perspectives, skills, and diversity as needed.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		22 of 91

C-28

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Term/Tenure Limits

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals regarding director term/tenure limits, considering:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The rationale provided for adoption of the term/tenure limit;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The robustness of the company’s board evaluation process;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the limit is of sufficient length to allow for a broad range of director tenures;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the limit would disadvantage independent directors compared to non-independent directors; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the board will impose the limit evenly, and not have the ability to waive it in a discriminatory manner.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for the company to adopt director term/tenure limits, considering:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The scope of the shareholder proposal; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Evidence of problematic issues at the company combined with, or exacerbated by, a lack of board refreshment.

Age Limits

General Recommendation: Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors through mandatory retirement ages. Vote for proposals to remove mandatory age limits.

Board Size

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.

Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

Classification/Declassification of the Board

General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board.

Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

CEO Succession Planning

General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering, at a minimum, the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The reasonableness/scope of the request; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		23 of 91

C-29

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Cumulative Voting

General Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulate voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting, unless:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has proxy access¹³, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

Vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%).

Director and Officer Indemnification, Liability Protection, and Exculpation

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals on director and officer indemnification, liability protection, and exculpation¹⁴.

Consider the stated rationale for the proposed change. Also consider, among other factors, the extent to which the proposal would:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Eliminate directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Eliminate directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of loyalt;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for, at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e., “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.

Vote for those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If the individual was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that the individual reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If only the individual’s legal expenses would be covered.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and the degree to which they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

\n\n\n

¹³	A proxy access right that meets the recommended guidelines.

\n\n\n

¹⁴

Indemnification: the condition of being secured against loss or damage. Limited liability: a person’s financial liability is limited to a fixed sum, or personal financial assets are not at risk if the individual loses a lawsuit that results in financial award/damages to the plaintiff. Exculpation: to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director or officer to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		24 of 91

C-30

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Vote case-by-case on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The scope and structure of the proposal.

Establish Other Board Committee Proposals

General Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee, as such proposals seek a specific oversight mechanism/structure that potentially limits a company’s flexibility to determine an appropriate oversight mechanism for itself. However, the following factors will be considered:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The scope and structure of the proposal.

Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

General Recommendation: Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause. Vote for proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause.

Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

Independent Board Chair

General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the board chair position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The scope and rationale of the proposal;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s current board leadership structure;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s governance structure and practices;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		25 of 91

C-31

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Company performance; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.

The following factors will increase the likelihood of a “for” recommendation:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A majority non-independent board and/or the presence of non-independent directors on key board committees;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A weak or poorly-defined lead independent director role that fails to serve as an appropriate counterbalance to a combined CEO/chair role;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The presence of an executive or non-independent chair in addition to the CEO, a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair, and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Evidence that the board has failed to oversee and address material risks facing the company;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A material governance failure, particularly if the board has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns or if the board has materially diminished shareholder rights; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Evidence that the board has failed to intervene when management’s interests are contrary to shareholders’ interests.

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees

General Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’ definition of Independent Director (See ISS’ Classification of Directors.)

Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors unless they currently meet that standard.

Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors

General Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections. Vote against if no carve-out for a plurality vote standard in contested elections is included.

Generally vote for precatory and binding shareholder resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		26 of 91

C-32

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Proxy Access

General Recommendation: Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access. Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Require More Nominees than Open Seats

General Recommendation: Vote against shareholder proposals that would require a company to nominate more candidates than the number of open board seats.

Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)

General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals, or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has an independent chair or a lead director, according to ISS’ definition. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

\n\n\n\n

Audit-Related

Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The terms of the auditor agreement — the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders’ rights;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		27 of 91

C-33

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The quality of the company’s disclosure; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s historical practices in the audit area.

Vote against or withhold from members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Auditor Ratification

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as fraud or misapplication of GAAP; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns and refund claims, and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning, or consulting, should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.

In circumstances where “Other” fees include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events (such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees that are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance and preparation for purposes of determining whether non-audit fees are excessive.

Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The tenure of the audit firm;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		29 of 90

C-34

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

\n\n\n\n

Shareholder Rights & Defenses

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory, and shareholder review.

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/nominations must be no earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the previous year’s meeting and have a submittal window of no shorter than 30 days from the beginning of the notice period (also known as a 90-120-day window). The submittal window is the period under which shareholders must file their proposals/nominations prior to the deadline.

In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

General Recommendation: Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

Vote case-by-case on proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders, taking into account the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any impediments to shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws (i.e. supermajority voting requirements);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s ownership structure and historical voting turnout;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the board could amend bylaws adopted by shareholders; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether shareholders would retain the ability to ratify any board-initiated amendments.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		29 of 91

C-35

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

Vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to “cash-out” of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

Disgorgement Provisions

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions.

Fair Price Provisions

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

Generally vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

Freeze-Out Provisions

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.

Greenmail

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Vote case-by-case on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		30 of 91

C-36

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.

Shareholder Litigation Rights

Federal Forum Selection Provisions

Federal forum selection provisions require that U.S. federal courts be the sole forum for shareholders to litigate claims arising under federal securities law.

General Recommendation: Generally vote for federal forum selection provisions in the charter or bylaws that specify “the district courts of the United States” as the exclusive forum for federal securities law matters, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote against provisions that restrict the forum to a particular federal district court; unilateral adoption (without a shareholder vote) of such a provision will generally be considered a one-time failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

Exclusive Forum Provisions for State Law Matters

Exclusive forum provisions in the charter or bylaws restrict shareholders’ ability to bring derivative lawsuits against the company, for claims arising out of state corporate law, to the courts of a particular state (generally the state of incorporation).

General Recommendation: Generally vote for charter or bylaw provisions that specify courts located within the state of Delaware as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters for Delaware corporations, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.

For states other than Delaware, vote case-by-case on exclusive forum provisions, taking into consideration:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of past harm from duplicative shareholder lawsuits in more than one forum;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The breadth of application of the charter or bylaw provision, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the charter or bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.

Generally vote against provisions that specify a state other than the state of incorporation as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters, or that specify a particular local court within the state; unilateral adoption of such a provision will generally be considered a one-time failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		31 of 91

C-37

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Fee shifting

Fee-shifting provisions in the charter or bylaws require that a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation and its directors and officers.

General Recommendation: Generally vote against provisions that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., including cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption of a fee-shifting provision will generally be considered an ongoing failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case, considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing 5-percent holder);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The value of the NOLs;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

General Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) A shareholder-approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		32 of 91

C-38

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A term of no more than three years;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

No deadhand, slowhand, no-hand, or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The value of the NOLs;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding proxy voting mechanics, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		33 of 91

C-39

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\nshareholder rights. Specific issues covered under the policy include, but are not limited to, confidential voting of individual proxies and ballots, confidentiality of running vote tallies, and the treatment of abstentions and/or broker non-votes in the company’s vote-counting methodology.

While a variety of factors may be considered in each analysis, the guiding principles are: transparency, consistency, and fairness in the proxy voting process. The factors considered, as applicable to the proposal, may include:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The scope and structure of the proposal;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s stated confidential voting policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a “level playing field” by providing shareholder proponents with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s vote standard for management and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity of vote results;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the company’s disclosure regarding its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any recent controversies or concerns related to the company’s proxy voting mechanics;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation of the proposal; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other factors that may be relevant.

Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions

General Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to ratify provisions of the company’s existing charter or bylaws, unless these governance provisions align with best practice.

In addition, voting against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board may be warranted, considering:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s ownership structure; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		34 of 91

C-40

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The election of fewer than 50 percent of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.

Reincorporation Proposals

General Recommendation: Management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated case-by-case, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Reasons for reincorporation;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.

Vote for reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

General Recommendation: Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The consent threshold;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Investor ownership structure; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		35 of 91

C-41

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

An unfettered¹⁵ right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

An annually elected board.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

General Recommendation: Vote against management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote for management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10 percent preferred);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Investor ownership structure; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Stakeholder Provisions

General Recommendation: Vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

State Antitakeover Statutes

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, and anti-greenmail provisions).

Supermajority Vote Requirements

General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote for management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote case-by-case, taking into account:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Ownership structure;

\n\n\n

¹⁵

“Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		36 of 91

C-42

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Quorum requirements; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Vote requirements.

Virtual Shareholder Meetings

General Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means, so long as they do not preclude in-person meetings. Companies are encouraged to disclose the circumstances under which virtual-only¹⁶ meetings would be held, and to allow for comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate electronically as they would have during an in-person meeting.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals concerning virtual-only meetings, considering:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Scope and rationale of the proposal; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Concerns identified with the company’s prior meeting practices.

\n\n\n\n

Capital/Restructuring

Capital

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

General Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.

Vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.

Common Stock Authorization

General Authorization Requests

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock that are to be used for general corporate purposes:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If share usage (outstanding plus reserved) is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current authorized share;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current authorized, vote for an increase of up to 100% of current authorized shares;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If share usage is greater than current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

In the case of a stock split, the allowable increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization.

\n\n\n

¹⁶	Virtual-only shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively using technology without a corresponding in-person meeting.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		37 of 91

C-43

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Generally vote against proposed increases, even if within the above ratios, if the proposal or the company’s prior or ongoing use of authorized shares is problematic, including, but not limited to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The proposal seeks to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights to other share classes;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has a non-shareholder approved poison pill (including an NOL pill); or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has previous sizeable placements (within the past 3 years) of stock with insiders at prices substantially below market value, or with problematic voting rights, without shareholder approval.

However, generally vote for proposed increases beyond the above ratios or problematic situations when there is disclosure of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request, such as:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

In, or subsequent to, the company’s most recent 10-K filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company states that there is a risk of imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A government body has in the past year required the company to increase its capital ratios.

For companies incorporated in states that allow increases in authorized capital without shareholder approval, generally vote withhold or against all nominees if a unilateral capital authorization increase does not conform to the above policies.

Specific Authorization Requests

General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with transaction(s) (such as acquisitions, SPAC transactions, private placements, or similar transactions) on the same ballot, or disclosed in the proxy statement, that warrant support. For such transactions, the allowable increase will be the greater of:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

the allowable increase as calculated for general issuances above.

Dual Class Structure

General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		38 of 91

C-44

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The new class of shares will be transitory;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

General Recommendation: Vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder-approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

Preemptive Rights

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights, taking into consideration:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The size of the company;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The shareholder base; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The liquidity of the stock.

Preferred Stock Authorization

General Authorization Requests

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock that are to be used for general corporate purposes:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If share usage (outstanding plus reserved) is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current authorized shares;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current authorized, vote for an increase of up to 100% of current authorized shares;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If share usage is greater than current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

In the case of a stock split, the allowable increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If no preferred shares are currently issued and outstanding, vote against the request, unless the company discloses a specific use for the shares.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		39 of 91

C-45

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Generally vote against proposed increases, even if within the above ratios, if the proposal or the company’s prior or ongoing use of authorized shares is problematic, including, but not limited to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes;¹⁷

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company seeks to increase a class of non-convertible preferred shares entitled to more than one vote per share on matters that do not solely affect the rights of preferred stockholders “supervoting shares”);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company seeks to increase a class of convertible preferred shares entitled to a number of votes greater than the number of common shares into which they are convertible (“supervoting shares”) on matters that do not solely affect the rights of preferred stockholders;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The stated intent of the increase in the general authorization is to allow the company to increase an existing designated class of supervoting preferred shares;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has a non-shareholder approved poison pill (including an NOL pill); and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

\n\n\n\n\n

•

In, or subsequent to, the company’s most recent 10-K filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company states that there is a risk of imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

A government body has in the past year required the company to increase its capital ratios.

Specific Authorization Requests

General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with

\n\n\n

¹⁷

To be acceptable, appropriate disclosure would be needed that the shares are “declawed”: i.e., representation by the board that it will not, without prior stockholder approval, issue or use the preferred stock for any defensive or anti-takeover purpose or for the purpose of implementing any stockholder rights plan.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		39 of 90

C-46

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\ntransaction(s) (such as acquisitions, SPAC transactions, private placements, or similar transactions) on the same ballot, or disclosed in the proxy statement, that warrant support. For such transactions, the allowable increase will be the greater of:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

the allowable increase as calculated for general issuances above.

Recapitalization Plans

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

More simplified capital structure;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Enhanced liquidity;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Fairness of conversion terms;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Impact on voting power and dividends;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Reasons for the reclassification;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other alternatives considered.

Reverse Stock Splits

General Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that do not meet either of the above conditions, taking into consideration the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Stock exchange notification to the company of a potential delisting;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Disclosure of substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s rationale; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other factors as applicable.

Share Issuance Mandates at U.S. Domestic Issuers Incorporated Outside the U.S.

General Recommendation: For U.S. domestic issuers incorporated outside the U.S. and listed solely on a U.S. exchange, generally vote for resolutions to authorize the issuance of common shares up to 20 percent of currently issued common share capital, where not tied to a specific transaction or financing proposal.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		40 of 91

C-47

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

For pre-revenue or other early-stage companies that are heavily reliant on periodic equity financing, generally vote for resolutions to authorize the issuance of common shares up to 50 percent of currently issued common share capital. The burden of proof will be on the company to establish that it has a need for the higher limit.

Renewal of such mandates should be sought at each year’s annual meeting.

Vote case-by-case on share issuances for a specific transaction or financing proposal.

Share Repurchase Programs

General Recommendation: For U.S. — incorporated companies, and foreign-incorporated U.S. Domestic Issuers that are traded solely on U.S. exchanges, vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, or to grant the board authority to conduct open-market repurchases, in the absence of company-specific concerns regarding:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Greenmail;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The use of buybacks to inappropriately manipulate incentive compensation metrics;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Threats to the company’s long-term viability; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other company-specific factors as warranted.

Vote case-by-case on proposals to repurchase shares directly from specified shareholders, balancing the stated rationale against the possibility for the repurchase authority to be misused, such as to repurchase shares from insiders at a premium to market price.

Share Repurchase Programs Shareholder Proposals

General Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote for the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

General Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

Tracking Stock

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Adverse governance changes;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		41 of 91

C-48

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Unfair method of distribution;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Diminution of voting rights;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Adverse conversion features;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Negative impact on stock option plans; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Alternatives such as spin-off.

Restructuring

Appraisal Rights

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to restore or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal.

Asset Purchases

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Purchase price;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Fairness opinion;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Financial and strategic benefits;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

How the deal was negotiated;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other alternatives for the business; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Non-completion risk.

Asset Sales

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on asset sales, considering the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Potential elimination of diseconomies;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Anticipated use of funds;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Value received for the asset;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Fairness opinion;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

How the deal was negotiated; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		42 of 90

C-49

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Bundled Proposals

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

Conversion of Securities

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals, the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

Vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, after evaluating:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Dilution to existing shareholders’ positions;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Terms of the offer — discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Financial issues — company’s financial situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Control issues — change in management; change in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflict of interest — arm’s length transaction, managerial incentives.

Vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Formation of Holding Company

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The reasons for the change;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any financial or tax benefits;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Regulatory benefits;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Increases in capital structure; and

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		43 of 91

C-50

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend for the transaction, vote against the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on going private transactions, taking into account the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Offer price/premium;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Fairness opinion;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

How the deal was negotiated;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other alternatives/offers considered; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Non-completion risk.

Vote case-by-case on going dark transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock); and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders, taking into account the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Does the company have strong corporate governance?

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction? and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?

Joint Ventures

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Percentage of assets/business contributed;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Percentage ownership;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Financial and strategic benefits;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		44 of 91

C-51

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Governance structure;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Other alternatives; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Non-completion risk.

Liquidations

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on liquidations, taking into account the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Appraisal value of assets; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

Vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

Mergers and Acquisitions

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Valuation — Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Market reaction — How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Negotiations and process — Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest — Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		45 of 91

C-52

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Governance — Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding private placements, warrants, and convertible debentures taking into consideration:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Dilution to existing shareholders’ position: The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent preemptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of “out of the money” warrants and convertible debt. In these instances from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company’s stock price that must occur to trigger the dilutive event.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy):

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry, and anticipation of future performance.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Financial issues:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s financial condition;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Degree of need for capital;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Use of proceeds;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Current and proposed cash burn rate; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger, or sale of part or all of the company.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		46 of 91

C-53

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Control issues:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Change in management;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Change in control;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Guaranteed board and committee seats;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Standstill provisions;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Voting agreements;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Veto power over certain corporate actions; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Market reaction:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The market’s response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

Vote for the private placement, or for the issuance of warrants and/or convertible debentures in a private placement, if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an Official Equity Committee);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Governance of the reorganized company.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		47 of 91

C-54

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Valuation — Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the pre-merger value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target if it is a private entity.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Market reaction — How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Deal timing — A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Negotiations and process — What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest — How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80 percent rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80 percent of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the 18-24-month timeframe.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Voting agreements — Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Governance — What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) — Proposals for Extensions

The main purpose of SPACs is to identify and acquire a viable target within a specified timeframe, and failure to achieve this objective within the allotted time calls into question management’s ability to execute its primary objective. The end of that timeframe is generally referred to as the termination date.

General Recommendation: Generally support requests to extend the termination date by up to one year from the SPAC’s original termination date (inclusive of any built-in extension options, and accounting for prior extension requests).

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		48 of 91

C-55

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Other factors that may be considered include: any added incentives, business combination status, other amendment terms, and, if applicable, use of money in the trust fund to pay excise taxes on redeemed shares.

Spin-offs

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on spin-offs, considering:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Tax and regulatory advantages;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Planned use of the sale proceeds;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Valuation of spinoff;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Fairness opinion;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Benefits to the parent company;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Conflicts of interest;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Managerial incentives;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Corporate governance changes; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Changes in the capital structure.

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Selling the company; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders.

These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Signs of entrenched board and management (such as the adoption of takeover defenses);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Strategic plan in place for improving value;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		49 of 91

C-56

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n

Compensation

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

\n\n\n\n

Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

\n\n\n\n

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

\n\n\n\n

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

\n\n\n\n

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly; and

\n\n\n\n

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors is reasonable and does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation — Management Proposals (Say-on-Pay)

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay or “SOP”) if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		50 of 91

C-57

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

There is no SOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an SOP would otherwise be warranted due to pay-for-performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The board fails to respond adequately to a previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, such as option repricing or option backdating; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The situation is egregious.

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

ISS annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the S&P1500, Russell 3000, or Russell 3000E Indices, this analysis considers the following:

\n\n\n\n

Peer Group¹⁸ Alignment:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a five-year period.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The rankings of CEO total pay and company financial performance within a peer group, each measured over a five-year period.

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median over one- and three-year periods.

\n\n\n\n

Absolute Alignment¹⁹ — the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years — i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, a misalignment between pay and performance is otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to an evaluation of how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The overall ratio of performance-based compensation to fixed or discretionary pay;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The ratio of performance- to time-based long-term incentive awards;

\n\n\n

¹⁸	The ISS peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using factors such as market cap, revenue, assets, GICS industry group, and the company selected peers’ GICS industry group. ISS’ peer selection methodology is detailed in the U.S. Peer Group FAQ.

\n\n\n

¹⁹	Russell 3000E Index companies (excluding S&P1500 and Russell 3000 companies) are not subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		51 of 91

C-58

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Vesting and/or retention requirements for equity awards that demonstrate a long-term focus;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The rigor of performance goals;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The complexity and risks around pay program design;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The transparency and clarity of disclosure;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Financial/operational results, both absolute and relative to peers;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Realizable and/or realized pay compared to granted pay; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

Problematic pay elements are generally evaluated case-by-case considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking or present a windfall risk; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Pay decisions that circumvent pay-for-performance, such as options backdating or waiving performance requirements.

The list of examples below highlights certain problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARs without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Extraordinary perquisites or tax gross-ups;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

New or materially amended agreements that provide for:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Excessive termination or CIC severance payments (generally exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers) or in connection with a problematic Good Reason definition;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

CIC excise tax gross-up entitlements (including “modified” gross-ups); and/or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Multi-year guaranteed awards that are not at risk due to rigorous performance conditions;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Liberal CIC definition combined with any single-trigger CIC benefits;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		52 of 91

C-59

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Severance payments made when the termination is not clearly disclosed as involuntary (for example, a termination without cause or resignation for good reason); and/or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other provision or practice deemed to be egregious and present a significant risk to investors.

The above examples are not an exhaustive list. Please refer to ISS’ U.S. Compensation Policies FAQ document for additional detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as problematic and may lead to negative vote recommendations.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined case-by-case to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Duration of options backdating;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received low support taking into account the factors identified under the Responsiveness section in the Board of Directors policy with respect to say-on-pay.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

General Recommendation: Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		53 of 91

C-60

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers but also considering new or extended arrangements.

Features that may result in an “against” recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Full acceleration of equity awards granted shortly before the change in control;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Acceleration of performance awards above the target level of performance without compelling rationale;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Excessive cash severance (generally >3x base salary and bonus);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), ISS will evaluate the say-on-pay proposal in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

Please refer to ISS’ U.S. Equity Compensation Plans FAQ document for additional details on the Equity Plan Scorecard policy.

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on equity plan proposals subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard framework, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors under three pillars:

I. Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		54 of 91

C-61

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

II. Plan Features:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Quality of disclosure around vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Discretionary vesting authority;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Liberal share recycling on various award types;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Dividends payable prior to award vesting; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Cash-denominated award limits for non-employee directors.

III. Grant Practices:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Vesting requirements in CEO’s recent equity grants;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The estimated duration of the plan;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards classified by ISS as performance-based;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the company maintains a sufficient claw-back policy; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the company maintains sufficient post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors (“overriding factors”) apply:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it — for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies — or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing — for non-listed companies);

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The plan is excessively dilutive to shareholders’ holdings;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share replenishment) feature;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The plan lacks sufficient positive features under the Plan Features pillar; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Any other factors that are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		55 of 91

C-62

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Further Information on certain EPSC Factors:

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full-value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types.

For proposals that are not subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size, and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.²⁰

Three-Year Value-Adjusted Burn Rate

A “Value-Adjusted Burn Rate” is used for stock plan evaluations. Value-Adjusted Burn Rate benchmarks are calculated as the greater of: (1) an industry-specific threshold based on three-year burn rates within the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P 500) and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) a de minimis threshold established separately for each of the S&P 500, the Russell 3000 index less the S&P 500, and the non-Russell 3000 index. Year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a predetermined range above or below the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark.

The Value-Adjusted Burn Rate is calculated as follows:

Value-Adjusted Burn Rate = ((# of options * option’s dollar value using a Black-Scholes model) + (# of full-value awards * stock price)) / (Weighted average common shares * stock price).

Egregious Factors

Liberal Change in Control Definition

Generally vote against equity plans if the plan has a liberal definition of change in control and the equity awards could vest upon such liberal definition of change in control, even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition include, but are not limited to,

\n\n\n

²⁰	For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		56 of 91

C-63

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\nannouncement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.

Repricing Provisions

Vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” typically includes the ability to do any of the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Cancel underwater options in exchange for stock awards; or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Provide cash buyouts of underwater options.

While the above cover most types of repricing, ISS may view other provisions as akin to repricing depending on the facts and circumstances.

Also, vote against or withhold from members of the Compensation Committee who approved repricing (as defined above or otherwise determined by ISS), without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

Vote against plans that do not expressly prohibit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval if the company has a history of repricing/buyouts without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, vote against the plan.

ISS may recommend a vote against the equity plan if the plan is determined to be a vehicle for pay-for-performance misalignment. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Severity of the pay-for-performance misalignment;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether problematic equity grant practices are driving the misalignment; and/or

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether equity plan awards have been heavily concentrated to the CEO and/or the other NEOs.

Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.

Generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Addresses administrative features only; or

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		57 of 91

C-64

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent directors, per ISS’ Classification of Directors. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time for any reason (including after the company’s initial public offering), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be case-by-case (see below).

Vote against proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent directors, per ISS’ Classification of Directors.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time (including after the company’s IPO), whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments do not include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown only for informational purposes.

In the first two case-by-case evaluation scenarios, the EPSC evaluation/score is the more heavily weighted consideration.

Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations

Dividend Equivalent Rights

Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and non-employee directors and this cost should be captured.

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

For Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS), include the common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Operating Partnership (OP) units in the share count for the purposes of determining: (1) market capitalization in the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) analysis and (2) shares outstanding in the burn rate analysis.

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		58 of 91

C-65

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

Other Compensation Plans

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).

Employee Stock Purchase Plans — Qualified Plans

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Offering period is 27 months or less; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the outstanding shares.

Vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans — Non-Qualified Plans

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Broad-based participation;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase when there is a company matching contribution.

Vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria. If the matching contribution or effective discount exceeds the above, ISS may evaluate the SVT cost of the plan as part of the assessment.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Historic trading patterns — the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		59 of 91

C-66

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Rationale for the re-pricing — was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Is this a value-for-value exchange?;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Timing — repricing should occur at least one year out from any precipitous drop in company’s stock price;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Option vesting — does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Term of the option — the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Exercise price — should be set at fair market or a premium to market; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Participants — executive officers and directors must be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing and warrants additional scrutiny. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.

Vote for non-employee director-only equity plans that provide a dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.

Vote case-by-case on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, ISS will not make any adjustments to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

General Recommendation: One-time Transfers: Vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

Vote case-by-case on one-time transfers. Vote for if:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from participating;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		60 of 91

C-67

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.

Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.

Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure, and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Eligibility;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Vesting;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Bid-price;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Term of options;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Option repricing policy.

Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.

Director Compensation

Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking ratification of non-employee director compensation, based on the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

If the equity plan under which non-employee director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

An assessment of the following qualitative factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Equity award vesting schedules;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		61 of 91

C-68

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Meaningful limits on director compensation;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers (in certain circumstances); and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).

On occasion, non-employee director stock plans will exceed the plan cost or burn-rate benchmarks when combined with employee or executive stock plans. In such cases, vote case-by-case on the plan taking into consideration the following qualitative factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Equity award vesting schedules;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Meaningful limits on director compensation;

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans

General Recommendation: Vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors. Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:

\n\n\n\n\n

•

The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n	\n
WWW.ISSGOVERNANCE.COM		62 of 91

C-69

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

\n\n

UNITED STATES

Proxy Voting Guidelines

\n\n\n $\"LOGO\"$ \n

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and

\n\n\n\n\n

•

Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.

Compensation Consultants — Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking di